The first tome or volume of the Paraphrase of Erasmus vpon the Newe Testamente

About this Item

Title
The first tome or volume of the Paraphrase of Erasmus vpon the Newe Testamente
Author
Erasmus, Desiderius, d. 1536.
Publication
[London] :: Enpriented at London in Fletestrete at the signe of the Sunne by Edwarde Whitchurche,
the last daie of Januarie, 1548 [31 Jan. 1548]
Rights/Permissions

To the extent possible under law, the Text Creation Partnership has waived all copyright and related or neighboring rights to this keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above, according to the terms of the CC0 1.0 Public Domain Dedication (http://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/). This waiver does not extend to any page images or other supplementary files associated with this work, which may be protected by copyright or other license restrictions. Please go to http://www.textcreationpartnership.org/ for more information.

Subject terms
Bible. -- N.T. -- Paraphrases, English.
Bible. -- N.T. -- Commentaries.
Cite this Item
"The first tome or volume of the Paraphrase of Erasmus vpon the Newe Testamente." In the digital collection Early English Books Online. https://name.umdl.umich.edu/A16036.0001.001. University of Michigan Library Digital Collections. Accessed April 30, 2024.

Pages

Page i

To the moste uertuous Ladie Quene Kateryne late wyfe to Kyng Henry the eyght of moste famous memorye deceassed, Nycolas Udall your graces most humble oratour, and seruaunt, wysheth perpetuall felicitee and ioye in Iesus Christ our lorde.

FOr as much as nothyng doeth with lyke spede or with better effecte eyther open to the worlde or engraue in mennes heartes the knowelage of Goddes commaun∣dementes, and the rules of true christian doctrine, then deuout and godly tractises for the expoundyng and declaryng of holy scrypture: howe happie and blyssed are we, and howe greatly bounde to thanke God, that in these our tymes there dayly cum foorth so many and the same so fruictfull and Godly weorkes in our owne toung, to the ghostely coumfort and edifiyng of all deuout chrystian readers in the true fayeth and relygyon. For where in tymes past the studyous wry∣ters of bookes wer enforced with much highe suite and seruice to procure the fauoure and good wyll of prynces or other estates, to whome to dedicate such weorkes as thei wrote, to thentent that vnder the name and protection of such noble personages the sayd weorkes might be the better habled to the readers, and the better accepted of the people: nowe dooe Kynges, Quenes, prynces, and other piers (especyally here in Englande) of their owne mere mocions, and good zele, not only with their propense fauour, and with their benefycyall ayde, coumforte, and lyberalitee, helpe forewarde the good endeuour and se∣dulytee of studious wryters, myndyng by their godly monumentes to edifie the feithfull congregacion: but also are dylygent and peynefull, bothe to put to theyr owne handes to the endictyng and pennyng of many holsome traicti∣ses for that purpose, yea and ferther by their exaumple and prouocacion to set other in hande with wrytyng or translatyng, to the fructefull exercise of the learned, to the holsome enstruccion of Englyshe readers, and to the effectuall edifiyng of the simple ignoraunt multitude, if the same can bee content for their solle helthe to gyue eare and mynde thereto. And emong this sorte of publique benefactours, your excellent highnesse, Quene Kateryne, deserueth no lesse then next after our soueraygne lorde the kynges maiestee, whoe euen nowe already at the fyrst entreaunce of this his moste noble reigne, and with∣in the yeres of tendre minoritee, doth with the aduice and consent of the moste prudent and the same his moste dere vncle Edwarde duke of Somersette, as∣well of his moste royall persone in the tyme of his mynorytee gouernoure, as also of all hys Maiestees realmes, dominyons, and subiectes Protector, to∣gether with the assent and consent of the other his moste honourable, moste trusty, and moste feythfull Counsaillours, moste forewardly, moste earnestly, and with all possible diligence labour daye and nyght as well by moste holsō, lawes, as also by O••••elyes of moste pure doctryne, and by true preachers to refourme abuses, to sowe abrode the woorde of God, and to plante true rely∣gyon in all partes of his realmes and domynons, youre hyghnesse (I saye)

Page [unnumbered]

next vnto these twoe, deserueth no lesse then to be estemed and called the chiefe patronesse: not onely for dyuers moste godly Psalmes and meditacions of your owne penning and settyng foorthe: but also for procuryng thys present weorke of Erasmus Paraphrases to be translated to the vse of the vnlearned multytude, whiche can go no ferther then the vnderstandyng or readyng of Englyshe. For in this Paraphrase of Erasmus is conteined in maner a whole librarie of deuout & catholyke expositours vpon the whole new testamente, in which new testament is conteyned the plenteous richesse & most precious trea∣soures of Christes ghospell, that is, of the glad newes of Goddes fauour and mercy towardes mankynd. Which fauour and mercy of God whosoeuer doth feithfully & syncerely enbrace, cannot but fauour and ferther the setting foorth of scripture in the vulgare language, that al folkes maye knowe it, and also of any other godly traictises whereby that same generall benefyte of God to∣wardes mankynde, maye the more clerelye and certainly be perceiued. And to this effecte forasmuche as Desiderius Erasmus of Roterodam doeth especi∣ally directe aswell these his Paraphrases vpon the newe testament, as also all other his right christian wrytinges, and that with as much indifferencie as is possible to be: I cannot but iudge, that whoso are prompte and hasty condem∣ners of Erasmus, or eagre aduersaries vnto his doctrine: do vnder the name and colour of Erasmus rather vtter their stomake & hatred againste Goddes woord and the grace of the ghospell, which Erasmus for his parte moste dili∣gently and moste simply laboureth to bryng to lyght. His doctryne (wyll some vneguall iudges saye) is scarcely sincere. If there shall no more insynceritee of doctrine appere in the wrytynges of them that so wyll say, then the comon cō∣sent of the chrystian world doeth fynde and iudge in Erasmus: I doubte not but theyr weorkes shalbe of all good people approued, desyred, enbraced and folowed. Erasmus (wyl some such headie persones say) doth somewhere erre. It maye so be forasmuch as a man he is, and so estemeth hymself, and woulde his weorkes none other wyse to be reade or accepted then the wrytynges of o∣ther mortall men. But in case he should in some place saie now & then a worde to much or to litel, or putte a wurse word for a more apte terme, or if he should in some place stoumble or swarue (whiche poincte of humayne frayltee the best doctours that wrote sence the apostles tyme hathe not escaped, nor Erasmus so standeth in his owne wylfull opynion, but that beeyng found and tryed a faulte, he woulde haue been as readye to retracte it, as euer any other godly & catholike wryter hath ben:) yet were one lytle tryppe (after my poore iudge∣ment) emong so many notable good workes for the enterpretacion of scryp∣ture, and for the helpe of the symple, rather to bee borne withall, then so many good thinges to be either reiected or kept away from the hungry christian rea∣ders. it is, a colde charitee that can beare with nothing: and an eagre malice it is that for a trifle or a matier of nothing woulde haue the ignoraunt multi∣tude to lacke so much good edifying as may be taken of Erasmus, aswel in all hys other ryght deuoute and catholyke woorkes, as also moste specyally in these his paraphrases, in which he laboureth so to enlarge the processe and te∣nour of the texte, as the sense therof may bothe euedentlye be gathered, & may well hange together. Erasmus therfore lyke as he hathe by a paraphrasticall discourse playnly sette foorth the ghospelles of the fower Euangelistes aforeso dooeth he now here expoune the seconde parte of Lukes ghospel, entitled ye Actes of the Apostles, whiche woorke Athanasius (at leste wye if it were

Page ii

Athanasius in dede, that wrote the litle traictise entitled of the bokes of bothe the olde and the newe testament. &c.) testifieth, that Luke wrote out of Peturs mouthe▪ & that Petur endicted vnto Luke what and how he should wryte thē, as Paule endicted to ye same Luke whan he wrote his ghospell. Whereof (as Erasmus in the preface to his paraphrase vpō Lukes ghospel recordeth) it is gathered and thought, that the sayde Actes wer wryten in Rome. But wher∣soeuer they were wryten, certes the worke was no lesse expediente & necessarie to be wrytten, ne the paraphrase vpon the same any thyng lesse requisite to bee translated into Englysh, then the reste of the newe testament: firste for that it is a plain historical narracion & a piece of the veray ghospel, in that it decla∣reth aswell the ascencion of Christe from yearthe vp into heauen, as also hys sendyng oune of the holy ghoste from his heauenly father together with the spryngyng vp of the prymatiue churche, & the fourme and ordre of preachyng that the Apostles than first begonne with: secondely because it was (as Eras∣mus hymselfe testifieth) the last parte that he did of all the whole paraphrases vpon the testament, and by reason thereof (as I iudge) the moste absolute piece of worke and best dooen of the reste, by reason of his long exercise afore in this kynde of writing: and thyrdely because this piece of the new testament is no lesse profytable for the publishyng and furtheraunce of the ghospel, then Luke dyd deuise and entende it, ne to the poore younglynges in Christes dys∣cipline any thyng lesse auaillable. For here may we learne the beginninges of Christes churche, by whome and by what manier persones the feythe of Christe fyrste sprong vp, howe it proceded and grewe, howe it was persecu∣ted, and how by persecucyon it wexed stronger & stronger. For as the Paulme tree the more weight and burdē is layed vpon it, the more it ariseth and shoo∣theth vpryght: so the ghospel the more persecucion that was inflycted vnto it, and the more rigour, wrong▪ reproche, cheynes, and aduersytee that was my∣nistred vnto it, the more it grewe, ye more it prospered, the better it wente fore∣warde, and the more it floryshed. In the Actes is to be reade by what meanes and dryftes of humayne polycy the enemyes of Christes bloude and ghospell wrastled to suppresse the glorye of his crosse, & howe the more that the wysedō of the world thought to euacuate the fruicte of Christes deathe and passion, the more dyd the humylytee of preachyng the Crosse, worke in the hartes of y simple to contemne not onely the pleasures and flattery of the worlde, but also the persecucion & tyranny therof, so that dayly encreased in euery place where the ghospell was preached, thousandes vpō thousandes to augmente ye feith∣full congregation. The Actes therefore were no lesse necessary to be transla∣ted then the rest of the paraphrases, which Actes I haue by occasiō of adding, digesting, and sorting the texte with the paraphrase throughly perused, and conferryng the same with the Latine I haue here and there dooen my good wyll and diligence to make the Englysh aunswerable to the Latyne booke, at lestwyse in sense: as by the same occasion I did also with Mathewe. In Iohn I haue in manier dooen nothing at all sauing only placed the texte, and diui∣ded the paraphrase, because I knew the translatours thereof, with whose erquysite dooynges I myght not without the cryme of great arrogancie and presumpcion be busy to entremedle. Moste humbly therfore beseching your highnesse moste gracious Ladie, in good parte to take my good zele and dili∣gence, and in case any thyng shall not suffyciently answere your mynde or de∣syre,

Page [unnumbered]

the same to impute rather to the lacke of facultee and knowlage, then to any default of good wil in me: I shal here without any ferther circūstaunce of woordes, commend and leue this whole worke to the diligent readyng and folowyng of all the deuout Englyshe congregacyon: and wyth moste hertye prayer beseche almyghty God long yeres to preserue and cōtynewe the prosperous estate of your highnesse, to thende that by your good help and meanes the deuout people that are willing and foreward to learne and to liue Christianlye, maye re∣ceiue many lyke godly weorkes and fruict∣ful traictises, to theyr continuall ghost∣ly profite, coumfort, and edifying in the same our Lorde Iesus Christe, to whome with the father, and with the holy ghoste be al laude, honour, and glory, both in heauen and yearth for euer and euer. Amen.

Page iii

The Actes of the Apostles.

The .i. Chapter.
[ The texte.] In the former treatise (deare Theophilus) we haue spoken of all that Iesus began to do, and teache, vntyll the daye in which he was taken vp, after that he, through the holy ghost, had geuen commaundementes vnto the Apostles, whom he had chosen: to whome also he shewed himself aliue after his passion, and that by many tokens (appering vnto them fourty dayes, & speakyng vnto them of the kyngdome of God) and gathered them together and commaunded them, that they should not departe from Hierusalem: but to wayte for ye promise of the father wherof (saieth he) ye haue heard of me. For Iohn tru∣ly baptised wt water, but ye shalbe baptised with the holy ghost after these fewe daies.

NOwe haue I accomplished thone halfe of my promyse, deare frēde Theophilus, forasmuche as I cōprised in my former treatise, ye life of Iesus Christ, more groundly re∣hersyng the history, then other yt write therof, yt is to wee euen frō the time that Iohn Baptist, which was the fore∣messagier of the Lorde, was conceaued, because ye in this same rehearsal, certaine prophecies were also disclosed, af∣firmīg by expressed wordes of promise, yt Messias should sone after come. This done, sum thinges haue I rehearsed more at large which of the other wryters were lefte vntouched, as of Christes conception, of hys byrthe, of his circumcision, and of the purificacyon of Marye, somwhat also I touched of his godly towardnes wherof he shewed a proufe & tokē being but xii. yeres olde. These thinges thought I for that cause worthy to be recited, ye by many tokens it myght bee euident, that this was he, whome the prophecies had notablye spoken of, and that euen the tender youthe of Iesus lacked not wytnesse of good menne, and of those whiche were inspired with the holy gost. And thoughe it be not to be doubted but ye Iesus whole trade of lyfe, was an excellent example of perfecte holynesse, yet those thynges omitted whiche were doone in the meane space, we passed ouer vntyll that tyme, that Iohn by his preachyng and baptisyng, began to shew hymselfe the foremessagier of Christ, forasmuche as oure lorde Iesus began from that tyme forwarde, chieflye to be occupied aboute the healthe of mannes soule, accordyngly as it was con∣teyned in the figures and darke sayinges of Moyses lawe, and in the foreshe∣winges of the prophetes. All whiche his busye endeuour, resteth in these two poyntes: in dedes, that is as muche to saye, as in workynge of myracles, suffe∣ryng paines of the crosse, and in resurrection, wherin he lefte none of al those thynges vndoen, that either by shadowes of the lawe wer signifyed, or spoken of before by the prophetes: and in wordes, by meane whereof he taught a newe kynde of philosophie, and a ioyfull, so that we might bothe learne of him, and take example to liue a godly lyfe. All these thynges haue I treated of in ordre, euen vnto that daye, that he was receiued into heauen from whence he came, after he had arisen from death to lyfe, and commaunded his .xii. Apostles, and other his disciples to the numbre of threscore & .x. whōe he had specially chosen, to thende that they, whan thei had receiued the holy ghost (whom he euen than breathyng in the very face of them endued them with, and afterward sente the same from heauen more aboundauntlye,) shoulde go throughe all the worlde, and preache this ghospell, not to the Iewes onely, but vnto all maner nacions

Page [unnumbered]

of the world. And fyrst of all it was expedient, that they, by whom he had pur∣posed to bryng all menne in belefe of his wonderful actes: shoulde be through∣ly confyrmed in fayth themselues. The chyefe poynt among the rest, was this, that all menne shoulde be fully perswaded, that Iesus was in veraye dede deade, and that he verayly arose from death to lyfe the thyrd daye, not with a phantasticall body, but with the veray same, beeing now immortall, whiche he before tyme had carryed on yearthe, subiecte to deathe, and whiche had been layed voyde of lyfe, in the graue.

For this cause thought he it not sufficient, once onely to shewe hym selfe to his disciples, after he had arisen from deathe to lyfe, but often tymes appered he to them, not lyke as ghostes are wonte to appere, but in sundrywyse decla∣ryng by euident tokens to them, that he had taken vnto him his liuely bodye agayne: fowerty dayes taryed he with them on yearth, for the same, cause pur∣posely, yet of all this tyme would not he be seene of any, but of his owne disci∣ples. And not onely his pleasure was to be sene of them, hearde, and felte, but also familiarely he eate and dranke with them, which is the moste euident to∣ken that maye be of a lyuely body. And in the meane space, he often commoned with them of the kyngdome of god, puttyng them in mynd of those thynges, whiche he had done and taught before his deathe, that they myght finally per∣ceyue, that euery thyng was cumme to passe, whiche he sayed shoulde cumme, warning them farder, what they from thence forthe shoulde eyther doe, or a∣wayte for. For thoughe he had already geuen them authorytee to preache the ghospell, yet forbade he them, they shoulde not hastely set vpon the exercyse of so weightie a matier, and that they shoulde not departe from Hierusalem, but that they assembled there, and together applying themselues eache with other to fasting, geuing laudes to God, and praying, should awayt for the cummīg of the holy ghoste, whome he before his death, had promysed that hys father should sende, to bee an other comfortour to them. I (sayed he) promysed with myne owne mouthe, and doubte not ye but my father will see the same vnfeig∣nedly perfourmed, that I haue promysed you in his name. For his will and myne bee bothe one. Thentrepryse that ye shall take in hande, is of heuen, and of no yearthely mannes inuencyon: ye shall not teache carnall thynges, as the Phariseis haue doen hitherto, but ghostely thynges: and greate trouble shal ye haue for preachyng of my ghospell. Wherefore it is necessarye that ye bee strēgthed with power from heauē, that ye may be hable to susteyne so charge∣full an entrepryse, that shall not be brought to passe by mannes policie, but by helpe of the holy ghoste.

For those thynges that haue been hitherto done, are but as rules, instruc∣cions & princyples for young begynners, in respecte of setting forward ye gos∣pell. As that Iohn Baptyzed with water, but the holy ghoste gaue he not, for it passeth mannes power to geue hym, and nothing els preached he, but ye man should repent, and that the kyngdome of heauen was at hand.

Nowe muste ye haue stronger mayntenaunce to sette forthe the lyuelye doctryne of the ghospell, and to beare of the assaultes of the worlde, whiche shall stryue agaynste it. To bryng that about it is not sufficient that y be voyde of synne, but ye haue nede of a newe spirite to the settyng forth of this newe kinde of lerning, a plenteous spirite, yt shal aboūdantly assist you, an he∣uenly spirite, & a spirit lyke fier: in whō ye shal be christened within fewe daies.

Page iiii

This is the baptisme, yt Iohn could not geue, but prophecied that I should geue it: For thus sayde he, in bearyng wytnesse of me: he shall christen you (sayed he) with the holy ghoste and fyer. In tymes past also god endewed hys Prophetes, and other holy men, with his spirite. And I haue brethed my holy spirite on you. It is euen the veray same spirite, but nowe shall he most plente∣ously be powred ouerall the whole worlde, and shall renewe all thynges. Agaynst his cummyng, make your selues ready with fastyng and prayer, but specially with full truste and confydence, that ye maye be fytte instrumentes for hym to spreade abrode his heauenly power.

[ The texte.] Whan they therefore were cum together, they asked of him, saying: Lorde, wilte thou at this time, testore agayne the kyngdome of Israell? And he sayed vnto them: It is not for you to knowe the tymes, or the seasons, which the father hath put in his own power: but ye shall receyue power after that the holy ghost is cum vpon you. And ye shalbe wit∣nesses vnto me, not onely in Hierusalē, but also in all Iewrye, & in Samaria & euen vnto the worldes ende.

After Iesus had spoken these wordes vnto his disciples, beyng assembled into one place, because he woulde haue no variaunce lefte emong theim, at hys departyng (for euen to that houre they had not yet put oute of theyr heades theyr phantasticall dreame, of the kyngdome of Israell, to be aduaunced and enlarged by hym) they enquyred of the Lorde, as he was euen readye streight wayes to departe, whether that as soone as he had sente downe the holy ghost, he woulde restore his people of Israell to theyr worldelye kyngdome agayne, and whether he woulde immediatlye appere before the face of the woorlde in his maiestie. For they had not yet conceyued what manner a thyng thys ghos∣tely kyngdome shoulde bee. Peter woulde haue had hym establyshe a kyng∣dome whan he was on the hille. The reste also of thapostles, what tyme men∣cion was made of rysyng from deathe to lyfe, enquired of hys kyngdome, and nowe eftsones vpon that communicacion whiche they had hearde, of sen∣ding down the holy ghoste, they came to remembraunce of a temporall kyng∣dome. For they trusted that it shoulde cum to passe, that the Iewes shoulde bee rewlers ouer all the world. And in veray dede sure it was to cum, that Israell shoulde reigne, not that fleashly Israell, but he that truelye had deserued this name, that is to saye, he that in dede were strong in God. For Iacob deserued well to haue that name whan he wrastled with thaungell. As longe as the worldly manne trusted to his owne desertes, he was not hable to satisfye the Iustice of god. For all the world for sinne was reproued, and subdued vnto punishment. But after that manne began to mystruste his owne workes, and to sticke vnto the promyses of the gospell, he dyd as a man woulde saye, ouer∣cum the iustice of god, and by force obtayned mercye. This kingdome beeyng decayed in euerye place, but speciallye emong the Iewes, Christe restored through hys gospell. The disciples not vnderstandyng thys, phansied with them selfes that sum good chaunce woulde cum, whiche shoulde delyuer them from all persecucion of the wycked. But as for that was not to be loked for before the ende of the worlde. Whiche tyme the lorde woulde not haue theim to knowe, because it was not expediente for them to knowe it. And therfore whan they curyouslye demaunded it, he put them to silence with this answer: Enquire not of those thynges, whyche are not expediente for you to knowe.

Page [unnumbered]

Onely beleue stedfastly, & dooe that ye are commaunded. Ye shalbe but mini∣sters in this matier. Leaue the procedynges herin, & the ende of the same, to my heauenly father. It is not therfore your parte to knowe, what yeare, what mo∣neth, or what houre, that kingdome of Israel shal cum, which thinges ye folysh Calkers curiously seke for. As much as my fathers pleasure was, yt you should knowe I haue tolde you, but that time haue I not vttered vnto you, because my father reteineth to hymselfe the knowleage therof, to this ende, that ye be diligent in doing your duties. The kingdome of god shal cum finally, wheras both the good & the bad shalbee rewarded accordyng to their desertes, againste whose cummyng must ye bee alwayes ready. Albeit this spirituall kyngdome shall in the meane season also appeare, in setting forthe whereof, god shall vse your helpe, but as for rewardyng you therfore let him alone with that. Wher∣fore, settyng aparte your desyre to knowe those matters whiche ye oughte not to know, make redy youre selues to that that is at hand. To the whiche thyng, because ye of your own habilitie are not sufficient, the holy ghoste, accordyng to my promyse, shalbe powred on you from heauen, to augment your strength of mynde, and to bryng into youre remembraunce agayne whatsoeuer I haue heretofore taughte you, and farther to put in your myndes, whatsoeuer thing els it shal behoue you to know. And so shal ye, being taught by his instructiō, and strengthed wyth hys ayde, beare wytnesse of me, fyrste at Hierusalem ac∣cordyng to the saying of the prophete, out of Syon shall the lawe procede, and the word of the lord out of Hierusalem: and sone after, throughout all Iewry, nexte throughout Samaria, which is nygh adioyning to Iewry, and fynally through al cuntreys in the world, where euer any dwelling of man is. For I came indifferently for all mens sakes. I died for euery man, and eche man hath the gracious fauour of my gospel profered him. Hitherto the law hath reigned onely among the Iewes, but my father wyl haue his gospel to reigne, as farre abrode as the worlde is open or wyde.

[ The texte.] And when he had spoken these wordes, while they behelde, he was taken vp on hyght, & a cloude receyued him vp, out of their sight. And while thei loked stedfastly vp toward heauen, behold, two men, as he went, stode by thē in white apparell, whiche also sayed: ye men of Galle, why stande ye gasyng vp into heauen? The same Iesus which is take vp from you into heauen, shall so cum, euen as ye haue sene him go into heauen.

These were the last wordes, that our lorde Iesus spake to all his disciples beyng gathered together into one place at Bethany: After which wordes whē he had blessed them, in syght of them al, caryed he was vp on hygh so long, vn∣til that a bryght cloude toke the bodie of him cleane out of syght. For thā was it full tyme for theym to truste no longer vnto his bodely presence, that they might were the more spiritual, and myght behold Iesus none otherwise than with the iyes of theyr fayth. And for this cause, when Iesus was taken vp on hygh, the disciples stode with their iyes stedfastly fyxed towarde heauen. So hard a thing was it to pul them from him, whō they loued excedyngly, though beyng yet but weake. They loked also, whether that any miracle should be she∣wed them from aboue. Therfore sodenly two messagers frome heauen appered in mannes likenesse in white garmentes, the verye fourme caused them not to feare: the bryghtnesse of theyr garmentes, was conuenient for the messengers of hym, that than hastened to his glory. These two did with frendly wordes

Page v

asswage the disciples sorow, that they had conceyued by the departure of their lord, and called them backe againe from theyr gasing vp, which profited them nothyng vnto theyr vocacion, saying: ye men of Galile, why stande ye here lo∣king vp towardes heauen? This same Iesus, whiche is nowe taken from you to heauen, is returned whence he came, as ye haue often heard of hym, that he came from his father, and that he woulde, leauyng you in the worlde, returne to his father againe. He is not taken vp into the ayre as Helyas was, but he is receyued into his fathers Palayce, and there shall sitte at hys right hande as partener of the kingdom of heauē. You sawe him going to heauen, with a vi∣sible body, and yet immortall. And likewise in tyme to cum shal he returne, that they which would not whiles he was here, knowledge him to bee theyr saui∣our, shal than feele hym to bee a iudge. He shal not cum againe to you poorely, but from on high shal he shewe himselfe to the iyes of al men with greate glo∣ry. But a fewe of you sawe him goyng vp, but euery manne shall see him at his seconde comming. Albeit ye must not loke for him immediatly to returne. He himselfe shewed you that the gospel of god should fyrste be preached through∣out the world. Nowe therfore endeuour youreselues rather to do that. For ye were not bidden tarye here, but to continue at Hierusalem, to the ende that af∣ter ye haue there receyued the holye ghoste, ye maye luckely take in hande this heauenly businesse.

[ The texte.] Than returned they vnto Hierusalem from the mount, that is called Oliuete. Whiche is from Hierusalem a sabboth dayes iourney. And when they wer cum in, they went vp into a parlour, where abode both Peter and Iames, & Iohn, & Andrewe, Phylip & Tho∣mas, Berthelmew & Mathew, Iames the sonne of Alpheus, & Symon zelotes, & Iudas, the brother of Iames. These euery one continued with one accorde in prayer & supplica∣cion with the women and Mary the mother of Iesu and with his brethren: The numbre of the names that were together, were about an hundred and twentye.

The disciples than obeyed these wordes, & departyng from the mount, called Olyuete, whiche our lorde before his death was so delyted with, that veraye often he resorted vnto it, and vpon the whiche he last (also) stoode when he was ready to returne vnto heauen, repayred to Hierusalem. That hyl is from Hie∣rusalem as farre as it were a lawful iourney on the Sabboth daye, that is to saye, almoste two myles. From this hill went he to suffer that shamefull death of the crosse, and frō thence lykewyse he went to glorye: within the sight of this hill is Hierusalem situate, and sittyng thereupon had he Prophecied with we∣ping teres the distruccion of thesame Citie. In this cytie whiche was a mur∣therer of the prophetes, the lorde willed first the lyght of the gospell to sprede, partely for because it was so foresaid by prophetes, & partely that they should haue no pretexte ne cloke lefte them for their excuse whiche otherwise through theyr owne infidelitie woulde vtterly haue perished. Chapostles were more desirous to looke vpward to heauen, whither their lorde went before theim, but we for profite of our neyghbour must often come doune to thinges, which bee rather necessary then pleasaunt. When they came to Hierusalem, they went vp into a certaine parlour, where those discyples abode, that were e∣mong the reste, moste famylyar with Christe: that is to saye, Simon Peter and Iohn, Iames and Andrewe, Philippe and Thomas, Bartholomewe and Mathewe, Iames the soonne of Alpheus, and Simon zelotes, whiche in Hebrewe was called Cananeus, and Iudas, by sirname called Thadeus,

Page [unnumbered]

or Lebbeus, brother to Iames the yonger. Certayne women besydes tarryed in the same parloure, whiche of a deuoute loue folowed the Lorde in hys waie rydyng to Hierusalem, and had serued him with their goodes. Among those was also Marye the mother of Iesus with certayne other hys kynsolkes, whome the Hebrues called his brethren. Marke me here a litle the beginning of the churche, which was than as young borne. They were delyted with the cytie Hierusalem, whiche signifieth with the Hebrues, the sight of peace. But suche that take this worlde for theyr cuntrey, dwell not in Hierusalem neither attayne they to the quietnesse of an heuenly lyfe. Neyther they that haue their myndes troubled with worldlye desyres, dwell in Hierusalem. The holy ghoste cutteth not into such hertes. They were also delited to be in a parloure, whiche is an high place of the house. For shoppes, or worke houses are wonte to occupye the lower partes of houses. But he that maketh himselfe readye to bee a dwellyng place for the holy goste must be vtterly voide of all vile cares. This is that holye congregacion, whiche oure Lorde Iesus chose among all others. This parlour was the first house wherin that godly churche dwelled. Nowe marke what was here done. They spent not the tyme in brablyng or in idle tales, but continued all together of one mynde in holye prayer. Christes church is not there, where is not agrement and concorde. Theyr prayers God accepteth not, whiche loue not brotherly. Neyther is he woorthye to be heard, ye prayeth not instantly. The holy congregation prayeth al one thyng. Where one prayeth for riches, an other wisheth the deathe of his enemye, an other for long lyfe, another for promocion, an other an other thinge, there is no praier mete for Christes congregacion. The reste also of the disciples, resorted to the parlour where thapostles wer. And whosoeuer wil be accoumpted Iesus dis∣ciple, must flocke to the companye of the churche. Nowe was there of people gathered together aboute the numbre of an hundred and twenty. So fewe of them there were that loued Christe with all their hartes.

[ The texte.] And in those dayes Peter stode vp in the myddes of the disciples, and sayed: Ye men and brethren, thys scripture muste nedes haue been fulfylled, which yt holy ghoste thorough the mouth of Dauid spake before of Iudas, which was guide to them that toke Iesus. For he was noumbred with vs, & had obtayned felowship in this ministracion. And the same hath nowe possessed a plat of grounde with the rewarde of iniquitie: and when he was hanged, he burste a sonder, and all his bowelles gushed out. And it is knowen vnto all the inhabytours of Ierusalem: insomuche that thesame fielde is called in their mo∣ther tounge, Archeldama: that is to saye, the bloud fielde.

Here began Peter, as it ful well besemed a faythfull shepeherd that earnestly wished for thincrease of Christes flocke, to be sumwhat careful that thapostles whome his master Iesus had chosen twelue in noumber, wer diminished. For by reason of ye death of Iudas Iscarioth, of twelue there remayned but eleuē. Marke me here, o Theophilus, the maner, that the churche than vsed in their consultacyon. A great multitude of disciples beeyng presente, Peter represen∣ting the person of a bishop, stode vp in the middes where the disciples wer sit∣tyng: to thintent that sum decree with eache mannes consent, myght be stabli∣shed, that should seme conueniēt to make vp thapostolike ordre againe. His be∣ginning was of holy scriptures. For thence must a sermō bee taken, yt is wor∣thy to be spoken of a man of the church, neither was any thing here with them determined, before they all had made with one assent theyr prayers. His wor∣des were these: Brethren, ye ought not to attempt any new matter by mannes

Page vi

polycie or persuasion, but what was spoken of long sythens of the holy goste by the mouth of Dauid, as touching putting in of some man to supplye the roume of Iudas, muste nedes bee fulfylled. For this was Dauids prophecye in his Psalmes, howe it shoulde come to passe, that Iudas in swaruynge from his lorde, should make roume for a nother to succede him. For our lorde Iesus among all other had chosen specially twelue, whome he woulde haue to beare witnes of all that he did and taughte. Ye see them all here presente except Iudas Iscarioth. And him also had the lorde chosen into the numbre of the twelue, and woulde that he shoulde be partaker of the Apostles office. But he had rather chose to caste of his Lordes company and oures, and to bee a guide vnto sinfull souldiers, whiche tooke Iesus, than to folowe hys capitayne Iesus, or to bee felowe with thapostles. But of his wicked pur∣pose came an euill ende. For couetousenes so blynded hym, that he solde and betrayed his lorde, whiche was giltlesse, for thirtie plates of siluer. After∣wardes repenting his faulte, broughte he in againe thungodly money, and cast it before the priestes feete, of whome he had been hyred. And hauing more in minde his mischeuous dede, than the mercye of Iesus, he wroughte hys owne deathe. For he hanged himselfe: and as he hong, hys bealye brake, and all his bowelles fell out. But as for that vnlucky money, whiche he had cast at the priestes feete, was by counsell of them contributed to byinge of a fielde, wherein straungers mighte be buryed, because they thought it vn∣mete, to laye vp the price of an innocentes bloude in their treasurye house. This detestable scrupulositie of the priestes and Phariseis, caused that bothe Iudas wicked acte, and their owne vngodlynesse, was the better knowen with all that were dwellynge at Ierusalem. Insomuche as that fielde was called among the Iewes Acheldama, whiche is asmuche to saye, as a field of bloude. So that nowe we see it fulfylled in Iudas, whiche the holy ghost in the .lxviii. psalme had prophecyed before should cum vnto the Iewes, that with mortall enuye pursued Christe, and woulde not repent being entyced by so manye benefites, whiche shalbe accomplished in the other also, whan the time cummeth. For this is the prophecie: let theyr dwelling place be solytarye, and no manne remayne to dwell in it. Unhappy Iudas hath lost his roume. In tyme to cum also the temple shall bee destroyed the priestehod, the Scri∣bes and Phariseis authoritie, with the citye Hierusalem shall perishe. The cruell Iewes shall be thruste out, and in their places shall true Iewes enter, whiche beeyng circumcysed in mynde, not in bodye, shall knowledge Messi∣as whom they crucified. This also was shewed before by many foreprophe∣cies, and we our selues haue hearde of our Lorde Iesus when he prophecied with wepyng teares, that these thynges shoulde betide the citie Ierusalem.

[ The texte.] For it is written in the boke of Psalmes: his habitacion be voyde, and no man dwel∣ling therin: and his by shoprycke let another take. Wherfore of these mē, which haue cō∣panyed with vs all the tyme that the Lord Iesus had al his conuersacion among vs, be∣ginnyng at the baptisme of Iohn, vnto the same daye that he was taken vp frō vs, must one be ordayned, to be a witnes with vs of his resurreccion.

Wherfore nowe it remayneth for our partes to see, that some manne bee chosen into Iudas towme. For this is meaned by the prophecie of the hun∣dred and eight psalme: let an other take his bisshopryke. For oure office is nothing els, but that in takyng cure of the lordes flocke, we prouide thē foode

Page [unnumbered]

out of the doctrine of the ghospell. He lefte his place, and yet ought not the flocke to bee defeated of theyr shepeherdes, nor that noumbre of them to bee diminished, whiche our lorde did first ordeyne, geuing them a speciall name, that they shoulde bee called Apostles. For his pleasure was to haue them al∣wayes for witnesses of his woordes and dedes, whome he had for the same purpose continually with him in householde and companye: wherefore one must we chose into Iudas towne, of those that hath been conuersaunte with vs all that while, that our lorde Iesus beyng busied about the health of mans soule, willed vs to be in companye with hym, & styll to goe with hym, whither euer he went (that is to saie, frō the baptisme of Iohn, after which he straight∣wayes came, vnto that daye that he went vp to heauen,) to thintent he maye be a sufficiēt witnesse with vs of all thinges that our lord taught & wrought, but especially of his resurreccion: for he appeared not often vnto all his disci∣ples, but to those onely, whome he had specially chosen.

[ The texte.] And thei appointed two, Ioseph which is called Barsabas (whose sirname was Iu∣stus) & Matthias: And whā they prayed, they said: thou Lord which knowest the hertes of al mē, shew whether of these two thou hast chosē: y he may take the roume of this mi∣nistracion and apostleship, frō whence Iudas by transgression fell, that he might go to his owne place. And they gaue forth their lotes, & the lot fell on Matthias and he was rounted with the eleuen Apostles.

The multitude approuing these saiynges, appoynted two chosen out of the numbre of .lxx. disciples. Ioseph, otherwise named Barsabas, (whiche also for his vpright liuyng was called Iust) and Matthias, yt of these two whiche wer of lyke godlines, he whom the cumpanie liked better of the twain should take vpon him thoffice of an apostle. But they mystrusting their owne iudge∣mentes, prayed to god with one voyce, saying: Men that iudge of thynges that they see and heare, may be deceiued, and fayle in their iudgemente, but thou lord, which onely lokest on the heart, wherby man is in dede either good or bad, vouchesafe thou to shewe vs thy seruauntes by sum token, whether of these two persons thou hast chosen to make vp ye numbre of .xii. apostles, and to cum to ye exercisyng of such an office, whence Iudas fell, to go to that place wherunto it was not vnknowē to the, who seest al thinges, that he shoulde go. For neyther was it long of the that he forsoke thy companye, whiche dyddest what might be done, to call hym to repentaunce, neyther were thou deceyued in iudgement when thou diddest admitte hym, that shoulde sone after shrinke from the, but thy heauenly wysdome sawe that it was expedient so for vs, that through his treason, thy sonne should be sacrificed for vs, and that we should take example by such a traitoure, what daūger it wer for vs negligently and recheles to execute thoffice, whiche we take in hande. After this prayer they caste their lottes accordyng to the custome of the Hebrues. For so was Io∣nas by lot caste into the sea, so Ionathas was perceyued to haue tasted of the hony, so lykewise the priestes did execute their holy misteryes by lottes.

For the holy ghost was not yet cum downe, and thapostles smelled styll of certain Iewish maners. Albeit there was no daunger in drawing lottes, for whiche soeuer of them were chosen, was a good man, and mete for the office. And yet was not the whole mater commited to lottes. For two of the moste approued persones were firste chosen by voyces. And because they were in

Page vii

doubte whether of those two they myght take, lots decided the doubtefulnesse whiche coulde not bee rashely done, forasmuche as it was ruled by prayer.

Than this lot, whiche was nothing els but an opening of the wyll of god, chose Matthias, whereas Ioseph, besides the commendacion he had as appe∣red by his name, was also kin vnto Iesus. And yet Matthias was preferred, because it shoulde be a lesson to vs, that in chosing of bishops, to whose credite the dispensacion of the gospel must be committed, we must so vtterly forbeare to leaue vnto mannes affection, that if there bee equalles, him we must prefer home no carnall propertie doeth set foorthe, leste that, whiche is doone for fauour, bee an ill presidente to sum other. There lyeth also in their names a certayne priuy misterye hydden. Matthias, whiche in Hebrue betokeneth the gift of god, was preferred before Iust, whiche name the Phariseis did chalēge for their good woorkes. And yet none more vnmete than they to preache the ghospell. But he that recogniseth the free gift of god, through fayth of the gospell, and preacheth the same, he is worthy to succede in place of thapostles. Neyther dyd Iuste disdayne that his felow was preferred, neyther dyd Mat∣thias, stande anye thing the more in his owne conceyte, for that he was ioy∣ned to the eleuen apostles, for to make vp that same holy noumbre, nor for that he being a verye speciall good man, should succede in ye roume of the naughti∣est felowe, that euer was.

The .ii. Chapter.
[ The texte.] Whan the fyftie dayes were come to an ende, they were all with one accorde together in one place. And sodaynly there came a sounde from heauē, as it had been ye cumming of a great wynde, and it fylled all the house where they sate. And there appered vnto them clouē tounges, lyke as they had been of fyer, & it sate vpon eche of them: & they were fil∣led all with the holy ghost, and began to speake with other tounges, euen as the same spirite gaue them vtteraunce.

WHan nyne and fowertie dayes after Christes resurrec∣cion, were in this wyse ouerpassed, that daie longe loked for of Penthecoste, that is to saye. Fyftyeth, was come: whiche the Iewes also kepte holye with myrthe and great solempnitie, aswel for a remembraunce of the yere of Iubile, whiche came aboute euerye fiftieth yere, in course agayne, as also because the lawe was deliuered in writing vpon the Mounte Sinay, the fiftieth daye after the kyllyng of the Paschall lambe: throughe whose bloude they depar∣ted safely out of Egipte. Upon an high mountayne was the olde lawe geuen, beeyng engrauen in tables of stone. But the newe lawe the holye ghoste inti∣tuled in faythfull beleuyng hertes, and in a high parlour it was disclosed. In thone and eke in the other, was highnesse of place: on the one syde, and like on the other, was fyer. But there is nought els for vs to considre, but an hyghe mountayne, whiche the people beyng veray carnall and worldlye, and there∣fore vnapte to conceyue spirituall thinges, were forbidden, yea, so muche as to touche. Here vpon this mounte an house there is, whereby maye we marke concorde and vnitee to bee in the churche. There the mount was called Si∣nay, a place conuenient for the setting forth of suche a lawe, as shoulde for the

Page [unnumbered]

great nombre of sondry preceptes that it conteyned, kepe vnder a stubburne and rebellyous people. For of precepte or commaundemente, was that hyll called Sinai. This mounte here is named Syon, whiche worde with the He∣brewes, betokeneth an high hill, from the toppe wherof, al thinges on yearth beneath are despised, from whence heauenly thynges are seene far of, through faith, as though thei were nigh at hand. On that moūte what is els seene but terrible fier, smoke, flames, lightening and thundring: on this mounte a spi∣rite there is of greate vehemencie, cherefull to man, & nothing dredful, and fier not to burne the bodye but to lightē the soule and richely to endowe the plaine tounged man with heauenly eloquence. There the people beyng at square a∣mong themselues, murmured against theyr captayne, here be they quiete in one secrete chaūbre, making their praier with one assente, for an heauēly gifte, whiche they wayted for. This daye was chosen, lyke as the place was also, for a matter of heauenly comfort, wherunto they had been woont often to re∣payre, for nine dayes space before. But whā the fyftyeth daye was once come, than came they altogether with ful consent, into the selfe same parlour, ready to receyue the heauenly spirite. Where the minde is occupyed with vile and filthy cogitacions, there is no conuenient place for the holye ghoste, but in ye parloure, where the company was so godly occupyed, it behoued hym to bee. And where the mynde is troublous with discord, hatred, & contencion, there is no mansion place for the holy ghost. Whan they were come altogether into one place, and that on high, they continued in one fayth, prayer, and expectaci∣on. And beholde, sodaynely came the gift of god on high from aboue. For so∣daynly from heauen came a sounde, as it were of a great puffe of winde that carryed it, & replenished ye whole parlour, where they satte quiet and without trouble. It was not the northerne winde, whiche blustereth coolde out of the cloudes: nor ye Sowtherne winde, that bringeth warmthe with hym oute of the marryshe and fenny places, pestylent to all lyuyng bodyes. But it was a blast of heauen, procedyng thence, whither Christ hymselfe wente, breathyng lyfe euerlastyng into the soule of man, geuing strēgthe withall to the weake, and cherefull courage vnto the litleones. This sounde afrayde no manne, but stiered vp all their mindes to looke for that holy spirite, which was promysed thē. One token of his cummyng to them, serued the eare, another was for the eye. For these are the twoo principall senses in man. Tongues they sawe lyke as they had been all of fyer, dealyng themselues to euerychone of the disciples, parte to one, and parte to another, and restyng a whyle vpon euerye mannes heade, to the intent that we shoulde playnly vnderstande, howe that gift shall endure for euer. One spirite enspired all their myndes, one fyre kyndled eche mannes herte and toung. And incontinent vpon this visible token there fo∣lowed in them the efficacie of that heauenly gifte. For as many as there were presēt, like as if they had bene transfourmed sodaynly into heauenly persons, and being replenished with the holy ghoste, began to speake diuerse lāguages which thei had neuer learned of mannes communication, but such as the spi∣rite from heauen had enprinted in their hertes. There is no membre in manne more pestilent than is an euel toūge: none more profitable thā is ye good. But it was nedefull for suche that shoulde sowe in sundry wise, the doctrine of hea∣uen among people of all languages, to haue their toungues endowed with heauenly knowelage, and more ouer flamyng with that burning charitie,

Page viii

which is mete for the gospel. This was thā the chiefest tokē of Christes faith euangelicall, whiche token the lorde promised them, saying: they shall speake with new tounges. Thei that accuse men vniustly, that slaunder their neygh∣boure, such as forsweare themselues, & those that speake rybauldrye, a toung thei haue inflamed, not with fyer celestial, but with the fyre of helle infernall. Al such as contende in disputacion for vile thinges of this world, haue not yet receiued this toung celestial. The apostles before this time reasoned of loaues of bread, which thei had left behynd, they reasoned how the temporal kingdom of Israel should be aduaunced, who should sit on ye vpper hand, & who should haue of al other, the soueraygntie. Such was the toung as man had, vnmete than to publyshe the gospel. But all that now they thynke on, and whatsoeuer they speake of, al is spiritual, all is celestiall, and burning, al like fier. Put a∣way the toung, laye asyde the spirite, and no woord is spoken. But a spirit ce∣lestial, vttereth a voyce celestial, a burning toungue in loue like fier, rauisheth the hertes of the hearers, and inflameth their mindes. The proude pharisees toungue is styffe, the Philosopher be he neuer so well learned, the Rethorician in his toungue neuer so well spoken, no manne he moueth therby vnto trewe gladnesse. For this gifte cummeth onely from heauen. As for the disciples wer nought els but instrumentes, whereby the holy ghoste vttered hys mynde. This gifte cannot one gyue an other, neyther any delae it to hymselfe, but god dealeth to eche man as he shal thinke good. He that hath more geuen him, hath no cause why he should dispise an other that is not so rewarded, but hath cause why he should endeuoure himselfe the more readily to profit many therwith. The spirite is a thing of great vehemencie, the fyer a veray liuely thing in o∣peracion, and neuer at rest. The Apostles nowe do slepe no more so soundely as they did before the death of their lorde, they hide themselues no more as they did soone after his resurrection, but nowe cum they abrode, they preache here, and there, and openly to all men healthe euerlasting, frely geuen them through faith in Iesus, who was a litle before crucyfyed.

[ The texte.] There wer dwelling at Ierusalem, Iewes, deuout men, out of euery nacion of thē that are vnder heauen. Whan this was noysed about, the multitude came together, & were astonned, because ye euery man hearde them speake with his owne language. They won∣dred all, and maruailed, saying among thē selues: beholde, are not al these which speake of Galile? And how heare we eueri mā his own toung, wherin we wer borne? Parthiās, and Medes, and Elamites, and the inhabitours of Mesopotamia, & of Iewry, & or Ca∣padocia, of Poutus and Asia, Phrigia & Pamphilia, of Egipte & of the parties of Libia, whiche is besides Syren, and straūgers of Rome, Iewes and proselytes, Grekes & Ara∣bians: we haue heard thē speake in our owne tounges the great workes of god: Thei wer al amased & wondred, saying one to an other: what meneth this? Others mocked, saying: these men are full of newe wyne.

And the trueth to say, that same Citie Ierusalem was at that tyme, as it were a stage, where people do assemble to behold playes, fitte for the firste be∣gynnyng of this enterlude, partely for the famous renoume of the citye, and partely for honour of the Paschall feast whiche was paste, and finally, for the deuocion that the people had to the solemne feast of Penthecoste, manye one wer than abiding at Ierusalem, not all onelye such as came out of all the par∣ties of Siria, but out of all other cuntreyes also, whither soeuer the violent rage of warres had dryeuē them, or any chaunce els had brought them. Amōg whome many wer deuoute and well disposed people. Whan this so strange a matter was than comenly knowen ouer all the citie, a confuse multitude of

Page [unnumbered]

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

Page viii

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

Page [unnumbered]

people came together, and beyng in a great perplexitie, demaūded what these newes should meane: that where as thei wer gathered out of many cuntreys, and wer of soundry languages, yet for all that euery man so vnderstood them speaking, euen as though thei had spoken to them al, not in one tounge alone but to euerichon seuerally in his own cuntrey language. Yea ye Hebrew tonge is not without his diuersite, accordingly as cuntreyes are diuided, whether it came of diuerse nacions whiche bordre one vpon an other, or els of sum other chaunce. For the woman of Samaria, knewe that Iesus was a Iewe by the propertie of his toung, and Peters pronounciacion declared hym to be one of Galilee. And ye Greke toung likewise is parted into fyue sondry kindes. And other nacions also differeth no lesse in their languages. More than that, many Iewes vnderstoode none other, than that cuntrey language, wher they them∣selues were borne. All sortes therfore of people, did greatly wondre therat, & reasoned, how suche a thing might cum to passe, that neuer the lyke had been hearde nor reade of. Thus thei said: beholde, a straunge thing. Are not al these that speake, men of Galile? howe than cummeth this aboute, that we, beeyng so many men of diuerse languages, as ofte as we heare any of them speake, do vnderstand hym as perfectly, as if eche of vs hearde his owne cuntrey lan∣guage, where he was borne, sens that this multitude of vs is gathered of so diuerse and sondrye regions, there be of vs here Parthians, Medes, Elami∣tes, and suche also as doeth inhabite all abrode the coastes of Iewry, and be∣sydes that Capadocia, Pontus and that cuntrey whiche peculiarly is called Asia, Phrigia, Pamphilia, Egipte, and those parties of Libia, whiche reache to Ciren. Yea and sum be here whose dwellyng is at Rome, some of them Iewes borne, and some Proselites, that is to say, suche as hath of their owne desyre professed the Iewishe religion. Moreouer Cretes and Arabians. All we that here be gathered, of so many nacions, of so sondry languages, dooe heare and playnely vnderstāde them speakyng, nothing of comen vsage, or els thinges to the worldly man perteynyng, but of high matters of weyghy im∣portaunce, yea thinges conuenient & mete for god. After this maner reasoned as many as feared god, & wer abated in their courage at the strangenesse of the thing, & said: what meaneth this wondre? They found no fault with that thing whiche their reason could not attayne vnto, as y Phariseis were wont to do, but they searched for diligently & desired to learne y whiche they percey∣ued not. On the other parte suche as wer hedling, & nothing vpright in iudge∣ment, did say in scorne: the mē be drunke with new wine: these persons a man may call, those phariseis disciples, which reported of Iesus: ye deuil is within him. And to saye alwayes ye very trueth, great dronkenes is not muche vnlike to fury, for it chaunceth peraduenture, that some in a fury shall speake diuerse wordes of sondyry languages which they neuer learned. But no fury wil this vndertake, that al mē shal vnderstād that that yu doest speake. But truly these wordes spake they for a mocke. Albeit a man maye sometime tell the truth al∣though he spake in a skoffyng wise. For a suerty full wer they of ye new wine, which ye lorde would not haue in any wyse put into olde bottels. For the olde wine of Moyses lawe had lost his strength & vertue, when Christe was firste insured by mariage to his churche, and the colde & vnsauery sence of the lawe was turned by Christe into newe wyne. Whatsoeuer is carnall▪ is vnsauerye & faynte in vertue: all that spiritual is, whatsoeuer it be, is lyuely, strengthfull

Page ix

and sauery. Uery largely dyd they drynke of that celesticall cup, whereof Da∣uid the wryter of psalmes speaketh: howe excellent is my cup whiche maketh the drounke. And yf it were lawfull to compare thynges together, whiche are throughout all their kynde moste vnlyke: thys vulgare and common droun∣kennesse doth engendre in mā ower thynges chiefely: it vttereth the secretes of the herte: it causeth man to forget all his aduersitie that is past, and maketh the minde to reioyce in continuall hope of prosperitie to come: it enboldeth man to set nought, yea, by his owne life. Last of all it maketh men, whiche are of a rude & barbarous tongue, to bee well spoken men. Nowe marke my say∣inges, whither that newe swete wyne, whiche proceded of Goddes owne spi∣rite▪ engendre not suche a lyke thyng in thapostles, for what they had hyd for feare & durst not speake, what they before had learned secretely, and woulde not be acknowen, that doe they nowe publishe, & accordyng to the lordes pro∣phecie, the same they preache vpon house toppes. Their olde Iewish fashi∣ons they haue clene forgotten, and lyke as infantes newly borne, no more do they nowe remembre their life before past, neither haue thei in mynde the trou∣blous affliccions, for feare whereof they had forsaken theyr maister. And al∣thoughe they were bare without all worldlye helpe and succoure, yet they fea∣red neyther gouernoures, ne prynces, presidentes ne kynges, neyther coun∣selles, nor imprisonmentes, no soondry tormentes, no manier kynde of deathe, enduryng lustie alwaye, beyng of courage, and cherefull throughe the promy∣ses of Christes ghospell. Fynally, they whiche were before but poore fyshers and men vnlerned, forthwith practised theyr celestiall eloquence, in rebukyng the proude Phariseis, confutyng the subtill and craftie Philosophers, and in puttyng theloquent oratours to vttre scilence. Nothyng there is of more perill or difficultie, than to speake before a greate coumpanye, whyche as it is lyke a monstreous beaste of soundrye headdes, so it is moste of all tymes monstreous, whan the multitude is collected of soondry languages, and soon∣dry nacions.

[ The texte.] But Peter stepped forth with the eleuen, and lyft vp his voice and sayd vnto theim: Ye men of Iewry, and all that dwel at Ierusalem: be this knowen vnto you, and with your eares heare ye my wordes. For these men are not as ye suppose, drouncken, seeyng it is but the thirde houre of the day. But this is that, whiche was spoken by the prophet Io∣hel: And it shalbe in the laste dayes, sayeth god: of my spirite I wyll power out vpon all leshe: And your sonnes, and your doughters shall prophecie, and your young menne shall see visions, and your olde menne shal dreame dreames. And on my seruauntes, and on my hande maydens I wyll power out of my spirite in those dayes, and they shall prophecie. And I wyl shew wonders in heauen aboue, and tokens on the yearth beneath: bloud and fye, and the vapour of smoke. The sonne shalbe turned into darkenes, and the mooue into bloud, before that great and notable day of the Lorde come. And it shal come to passe that whosoeuer shall call on the name of the lord, shalbe saued.

Now marke me here Symon Peter, who sodaynly of a fysher was made an Orator. The multitude stirred vp a clamorous rumour: And as they dyd than, the same lyke shall other dooe hereafter vnto the worldes ende. Than was it the parte of a good shepeherd, to step abrode valiauntlye amon∣gest them, not for that intent he shoulde by force appeare or make theym styll, which murmured agaynst gods glory, or els to rendre one check for an other, but that he myght constauntly rather than fyercely, put away by testimonies of holy scripture, all false and craftye accusacion, and stoutely defende the glorye of Christe. Than Peter, who had before rysenne vp in the parlour, to see the noumbre of thapostles fulfylled, nowe eftesoones stoode vp to the

Page [unnumbered]

multitude of people, of soondry nacions, mengled together, partely to en∣struct theim that had sayde: What meaneth this? and partely to stoppe theyr monthes, that had sayed: these men be drounke wyth newe wyne. Albeit it is not of necessitie requisite, that a bishop should preache to the people alwayes standyng, forasmuche as Christe hymselfe sittyng, taughte the people: Yet he that taketh in hand an apostles offyce, ought to stande vpright in mynde. And here consydre in ye meane while Peters dignitie. He was the fyrste man readye where occasion required, to set foorth the ghospell. Than had he put vp hys materiall sweorde, wherewithall Christe hymselfe was not pleased, and pul∣led out a spirituall sweord. Suche one ought he to bee, that is the chiefe by∣shop among the people. Peter stode vp, but not all alone, he had eleuen apost∣les standyng besydes with hym, leste he shoulde seme to vsurpe to hymselfe some violente gouernaunce. One vttered the tale, but one for all thother, lyke as he alone before openly confessed in the name of all the reste, Iesus Christ to be the sonne of the liuyng God. But wherupon dyd this shepeherd, a pore creature, vnlearned, so boldely vaunt hymselfe, as once to loke vpon so great an assembly of people? Excellent oratoures, when they shall come afore an assembly of people, or in presence of prynces, to pronounce an exact oraci∣on, whiche they haue canned on their fyngers endes, doe chaunge oftentymes their colour, cannot vtter their wordes, & in mynde they are not a lytle abash∣ed. But this vndoubtedly was that heauenly drounkennesse, thys was that sobrefulnesse of swete wyne. He stode in presence before a greate multitude, he tooke vnto hym eleuen apostles, not as a garison of men for hys defence, but as felowes wyth hym of one company: he set hys iyes stedfastly vpon the people, as one vnknowen to them, whome he knewe not, he lyft vp hys voice on hyghe, and takyng none aduysemente with hymselfe what he woulde saye, he spake to them, practisyng euen than the selfe same thyng, whiche the lorde before had taught him. He spake not for his owne lucre and aduaūtage, but as a good shepeherde, defended hys flocke, neyther handled he hys matters with sharpe wordes of mans inuencion, but vsed for his defence, onelye holy scripture. Nowe was this multitude desyrous to knowe what Peter woulde say. And let vs lykewyse for oure partes geue hede, forasmuche as these hys wordes wer spoken to all men. At the beginning, whan he had once wyth the mouyng of hys hande, asswaged the murmur & the noyse of the company, he began with such a preface, as shoulde, without any retorical colour of flat∣tery, make them attent. Ye that are my brethren (sayeth he) of Iewry, who ought to knowe both the lawe, and eke the prophetes, and of all other mooste specially, whiche dwell in this noble citie of Ierusalem, where the fountayne is of religion, and knowleage of the lawe, somewhat peraduenture here is for you to wondre at, but nothyng that any man can iustely fynd faute with∣all. Wherefore, all ye that here bee presente geue good eare a whyle to my wordes, and learne of me how the thyng standeth. For it is touchyng all your profittes so to dooe. These men of Galile, whom here ye see stand by me, are not, (as some of you suppose,) drounken wyth newe wyne, seeyng it is yet but three of the clocke, and no man is woonte to be drounke in the mornyng before the sonne rysyng. But nowe ye see that in these men is fulfylled, whyche thyng to come, god did long afore thys tyme promyse by hys prophet Iohel. Herken vnto the prophecy, and truse ye to that that is promised you therein.

Page x

Doe not ye fynde faute with the thing, because ye haue seldome sene the lyke, but rather enbrace that mercifulnes, whiche god dooeth profte vnto you. For Iohel, being inspired with the holy gost, foreseing that god, who had gi∣uen to Moyses, and some others his prophetes at soondry times his owne blessed spirite for your saluacion, would at the last, after he had sent his owne onely begotten sonne, powre out most plenteously the same spirite, not vpon one or .ii. lyke as ye haue seene for these many ages past but a fewe prophe∣tes: but vpon all nacions through the worlde, whosoeuer woulde with sin∣cere fayth receyue this chereful and gladsome message, whiche we at his com∣maundement doe nowe bring vnto all you, hath left that heauenly prophe∣cy in wryting after this manier. It shall come to passe, saieth the lorde, in the latter dayes of the world, I will powre out of my spirite boūtifully vpon all men, and sodaynely shall your sonnes prophecy, and your daughters, and your yong men shall see visions, and your olde men shall dreame dreames, and vpon my seruauntes, and vpon my hande maydes will I powre out of my spirite in those dayes, and they shall prophecye. And I will shewe woon∣ders in heauen aboue, and tokens on the yearth beneth, bloud and fyer, and the vapour of smoke. The Sunne shalbe turned into darkenes, and the mone into bloud, before that the great and notable day of the lorde come. And who∣soeuer shall cal vpon the name of the lorde shall bee saued. These thinges hath the prophet Iohell tolde you in his prophecye, many liues a goe. And nowe ye see that, that he prophecied of, as touchyng the plentifull shedyng of the spirite, in effect declared before your iyes. And it is not to be doubted, but that god will as faithfully perfourme the same, that thaforesayde Io∣hell hath prophecied of the plages that shall chaunce. But there is no cause why ye shoulde dispayre, the prophet teacheth you a sure way to your salua∣cion, seeyng that he sheweth to you the perill and daungier thereof. Call ye vpon the name of the lorde, and ye shall be saued.

[ The texte.] ¶Ye men of Israel, heare these woordes: Iesus of Nazareth, a manne approued of God emong you, with miracles, wounders and signes, which God did by him, in ye middes of you (as ye your selues knowe) hym haue ye taken by the handes of the vnrighteous per∣sones after he was deliuered by the determinate counsell, and foreknoweledge of God, and haue crucyfyed and slaine him: Whom God hath raised vp and lced the sorowes of death, because it was vnpossible yt he should be holden of it: For Dauid speaketh of him: Afore hande I saw God alwayes before me: For he is on my righte hande, that I should not bee moued. Therfore did my herte reioyce, and my tongue was glad. Moreouer also my fleshe shall reste in hope, because thou wilt not leaue my soule in hell, neyther wilte ye suffre thine holy, to see corrupcion. Thou haste shewed me the wayes of lyfe, thou shalte make me ful of ioy with thy countenaunce.

But as touching the maner howe ye muste call vpon the name of the lord, lysten ye that are the chyldren of Israell nowe vnto me, and to the reste of my tale geue good hede. Many of you knewe Iesus of Nazareth, whyche persone beeyng long a goe promised, by the sayinges of all the prophetes, god hath nowe sette abrode before all you to beholde, and hath commended hym to you in sondry and great myracles, and wonders whiche he hath doen and wroughte by hym beefore all your iyes. For verayly god was in him. I speake of a thing not vnknowen to you, for the fame of his miracles is not alonely blased wide abrode thorough out all Iewry, but is come vnto other

Page [unnumbered]

cities also, bordering nyghe vpon the same. For why? He himselfe wente on wayfaryng from place to place, ouer all this region, healyng euery where the sicke with hys woorde, restoryng the lame and impotent to their strength a∣gayne, geuing syghte to the blynde, clensyng the leprye, casting out deiuils: a great sorte of you hathe seen the thynges that I reherse. None of all these mi∣racles was doen, but God before purposed the same. And it was the wyll of god thus to saue the worlde. After that ye had taken this man, not by chaunce or at aduenture, but as one delyuered by the determinate wyll or counsell of God and hys foreknowledge, for the saluacyon of hys people of Israell, ye crucyfyed hym by the handes of the vnrighteous souldiers, and slewe hym. For the souldiers were nought els in doyng that haynous fact, sauynge one∣ly your ministers. But he slayeth the manne that procureth hys death. The matter is to playne for to be denyed. This manne whome ye haue slayne, as God woulde haue it, who had deliuered hym for to bee slayne, the veray selfe same god, accordyng to the soothe saying of hys Prophetes, hathe called vp the thyrd day to lyfe agayne, that all, whiche truely shall beleue the ghospell, shoulde hope for the same thyng to bee doen hereafter in themselues, whyche was by the power of God, once dooen in hym. For he in obeyinge hys fathers will, suffered the spitefull reproche of the crosse pacientlye, puttyng hys whole affiaunce & trust of saluation not in mans ayde and defence, but in the mer∣cyfulnes of God: and therfore was he delyuered by him of all deadly sorowes and paynes infernall, whiche truely he myghte, by reason that he was man, haue tasted or felt. But as he was cleane without synne: so he coulde be kepte in no wyse in their bondage. For death and hell hath no perpetuall authori∣tie and power, but vpon theym that are subiecte vnto synne. Wherefore, lyke as death was of might to swallow hym, so was it not able to holde hym, be∣yng once deuowred, but caste hym vp, as it was thereto constreyned, the thyrd day, euen as dyd the whale reuomet the prophete Ionas. Than was it the wyll of God that this innocent should suffre all these iniuries, to thintent that he woulde delyuer vs all by hym, both of synne, & deathes tyranny, yf that we, accordyng to Iesus example of Nazareth put our whole trust & affyaūce in God. What I haue tolde you nowe, my brethren of Israell, ye oughte not to thynke it incredible, sens that Dauid beeyng enspyred wyth the celestyall spirite of prophecie, tolde you longe heretofore, that it shoulde euen thus come to passe. For in his fiftenth psalme he speaketh of Iesus of Nazareth, whome we preache to you in this manier. Aforehande haue I set the Lorde alwayes before me, for he is on my ryght hande, that I shoulde not bee moued. Ther∣fore dyd my herte reioyce, and my tongue was glad, moreouer also my fleshe shall reste in hope beecause thou shalte not leaue my soule in hell, neyther shalte thou suffer thy holye to see corruption. Thou haste shewed me the wayes of lyfe, thou shalte make me full of ioye wyth thy countenaunce. Ye see howe euidently hath that kynge and prophete Dauid described, and as it were in a lyuely picture, sette beefore youre iyes, that, whiche ye knowe well ynough, is dooen and paste in Iesus of Nazareth. He had made God alone hys fortresse of defence, and trustyng to hys onely helpe, suffered he wylling∣ly and gladlye all those peynes, whyche he, as you dooe knowe, hath suffe∣red. And in sufferyng bodyly peynes, he reioyced inwardely. Hys toung for ioy neuer ceased to speake, neuer kept in silence the wyll of God. He was con∣tented

Page xi

for to bee buried, although he nothing mistrusted but that his father woulde call him vp to lyfe agayne the third day, and woulde not suffer hym, who had put his whole trust in god, beeyng in no poynt giltie, to purrefye in his graue. For whosoeuer trusteth to be saued by his owne woorkes, or put∣teth his trust in worldely succoure, he shalbe founde far vnmete to suffre the paynful dolours of death paciently, neither shal he be hable whan he is once entangled, to looce hymselfe out of deathes snare. But he that continually fixeth the inwarde iye of his soule to godward, whiche to al people is mercy∣ful, he knoweth alredy the wayes of lyfe: and although god semeth to turne away his countenaunce from him for a time, yet shall he againe, or it be long, disclose to hym the beames of his mercy, and requite him for his tormentes, whiche endureth but for a time, with ioyes eternall, and for death, yelde euer∣lastyng lyfe, for yearthely reproche the glory of heauen. Wherefore than, we also are taught by him, and his example, the way to lyfe euerlastyng.

[ The texte.] ¶Ye men and brethren, let me frely speake vnto you of the Patriarke Dauid. For he is bothe dead and buried, and his sepulchre remayneth with vs vnto this day. Therefore seyng he was a prophete & knew that God had sworne with an othe to him, yt Christe (as cōcerning the fleshe) should come of ye fruite of his loynes, and should sit on his fear, he knowing this before, spake of the resurreccion of Christ, that his soule should not be left in hell: neyther his fleshe shoulde see corrupcion. This Iesus hath God araysed vp▪ whereof all we are witnesses.

Some peraduenture shall suppose that this prophecy doth perteine to Da∣uid himselfe, and not to Iesus: I am not ignoraunt howe highlye ye esteme Dauid the Patriarke, and that not without a cause are ye in suche an opini∣on of him. For he was blessed and derely beloued with god, but frankelye to speake the trueth to you, welbeloued brethren, we muste not set so muche by Dauid the Patriarke, as to ascribe to him that as his owne, which is due vn∣to Messias. The thing trewly it selfe declareth, that this prophecy agreeth neyther with Dauid ne with any other Patriarke or prophete. For Dauid, as eche one of you knowe full well, is dead and buryed, and neuer came afterwarde to lyfe agayne, seeyng that his sepulchre is with vs vnto thys present day, conteynyng noughte in yt els but dead drye bones, wythout any lyfe at all in theym. Wherefore Dauid, who knewe that he hymselfe shoulde bee as other were, buryed, and as touching his bodye shoulde rotte in his graue, disclosed not this prophecye of hymselfe. But where as he was enspyred with the spyryte of prophecye, and knewe ryghte well that that shoulde come to passe, whiche god had assured to hym vpon an othe, that is to say, that Christ, as touching his humanitie, shoulde be borne of his pro∣geny, and after the spirituall vnderstanding, shoulde sit vpon his throne to reigne for euer, prophecied as one that knew perfectly what should happen, of these thinges which ye se now perfourmed in Iesus of Nazareth, who doubt∣lesse was borne as touching his humanitie, of Dauids kinred & family. Fer∣thermore, sins that it is euidently knowen that Iesus in his lyfe tyme dyd af∣fect no worldly kingdome, and neuer sate vpon Dauids regal seate, but was most spitefully dealed with al, it appereth plainly that there was some other kingdome promised which as the prophetes say, hath none end. He could not sit vpon Dauids seate if that he being once slayne, had neuer arisen to lyfe againe. He therfore is arisen from deathe to lyfe agayne, and sytteth nowe vpon Dauids seate, that is to saye, vpon the seate of hys eternall father, the Lorde of all thinges that are in heauen and eke in yearth.

Page [unnumbered]

This was it vndoubtedly, that Dauid beyng inspyred with the spiryte of prophecie, spoke of before, and what he before hath spoken, that is come to passe. And although Iesus soule went downe to hell, yet there it was not withholden, but rather deliuered the soules whiche were from libertye re∣streigned. Yea although his body was layde in graue voyde of all lyfe, yet there it did not rotte or putrifye: but god who in all hys promises can not lye, hath called his soule from hell againe, and hath restored the same to his owne former body. Of this thing we all beare witnes, whom here ye see stan∣ding, whiche haue traded our liues familiarly with him, whiche haue heard him oftimes say, that he shoulde bee both crucifyed accordyng to ye prophetes sayinges, and afterwarde aryse the thirde day to lyfe agayne. We were those persons that both sawe him a dooyng, and hearde him, and nowe bee witnesses of his resurreccion, to whome he hath oftetymes appered not a∣lonely as one seen of vs and heard, but felt also with our handes, we knewe his voyce, we knew his face, we knew & felt the printed dentes of his woun∣des, finally he eate togither in cōpany with vs, to thintent that we might be wel assured, to se the very same body there with vs, that lay in his sepulchre.

[ The texte.] ¶Ses nowe that he by the right hande of God is exalted, and hath receyued of the fa∣ther the promise of the holy goste, he hath shed forth this gifte which ye now see & heare. For Dauid is not ascended into heauen: but he sayeth: The Lord saied vnto my Lord: syt thou on my ryght hande, vntill I make thy fooes thy foote stole. So therfore let all the house of Israel know for a suerty, that God hath made that same Iesus (whom ye haue crucified) lorde and Christe.

Wherfore than, the selfe same person, whome man ouerthrew and brought to extreme vilany and reproche, god hath now aduaunced to the heigth of e∣ternall glory: whiche glory he shall once set open manifestly to all men, at the ende of the world: and now doeth he in the meane season, put forth with you the power of his godhead, by secrete operacion of the holy gost, whiche he, whiles he liued vpon earth, promised to send vs from his father. Now hath he beyng returned agayne to heauen, powred from thence the same spirite vpon vs bounteously, accordyng to Iohels prophecie aboue mencioned. And of him cummeth this straunge miracle that ye see and heare vs speake in languages, whiche you beyng gathered here together out of sondrye na∣cions do semblably vnderstand. And like as the prophecy of the resurrecci∣on can not be vnderstand of Dauid, as we haue to you declared: euen so, that thing which was prophecied of his ascending vp to heauen, and of the sitting on the right hande of god his father, and of his euerlasting kingdome, can not perteyne to Dauid, like as the Pharisees theymselues, reasoning with out maister confessed. For Dauid neuer ascended vp to heauen, as he that had before retourned to his lyfe agayne, and yet for all that in the misticall psalme, thus sayeth he beyng enspired with the spirite of prophecye: the lorde sayd to my lorde sit on my right hande, vntill I make thyne enemies thy footestole. Wherefore than, the matier is playne, that this prophecye was spoken of god the father, who hath exalted to heauen Iesus ye sonne of Da∣uid, as touching his humanitie, but as concerninge the spirite the lorde of Dauid, and would that he should sit by him, as copartener of his kingdome. Therfore let al the whole people of Israell be wel assured that the selfe same Iesus of Nazareth, whome ye once crucifyed, god hath now aduaunced to the kingdome of heauen, and hath made him lorde ouer all, and Messyas,

Page xii

that is to say, the annoyncted, whome ye loke for as your Messias, whiche was promised of all the prophetes nowe many hundred yeres agoe.

[ The texte.] ¶When they heard this they were pricked in their hertes and saied vnto Peter, and vnto the other apostles. Ye men and brethren what shall we doe? Peter sayed vnto them? repent of your synnes, and be baptised euery one of you in the name of Iesus Christe, for the remission of synnes, and ye shall receyue the gifte of the holy ghot. For the promyse was made to you and to your children, and to all that are a farre of, euen as many as the Lorde our God shall call. And with many other woordes bare he witnesse, and exhorted them, saying: Saue your selues from this vntoward generacion. Then they that gladly receyued his preaching, were baptized: and the same daye, there were added vnto thē, a∣bout three thousande soules.

This tale of Peters made the hearers thereof sore afrayed. For they wer pri∣me to their owne doynges, howe they had cryed out vpon Pilate, crucifye hym, crucifye hym, crucifye hym: and perceyued by reason of the prophecie, howe he was made on the righte hande of hys father, copartener of hys kingdom, vntyll all his enemies were broughte vnder his fotestoole. Whom they had put to deathe, beyng as he was vnto them beneficiall, of the same nowe, sence he is cum vnto his reigne, were they afrayed, leste he woulde take vengeaunce vpon them. This is a beginning to a mannes saluacion, to knowleage his faulte, and to feare the payne deserued for the same. Therfore they beyng than pricked in conscience, sayde to Peter, and to the reste of the apostles: what must we do, welbeloued brethren? It is wel, whan a man feling hymselfe of a giltie conscience, dispaireth not, but ensearcheth for remedye. Nowe what doeth Peter in this case, who represented a sobre and a meke shepeherde? he exerciseth no tyranny amongest them with reprocheful checkes, he heapeth not together theyr faultes, he putteth not them abacke with a de∣lay, he willeth them not to kyll beastes for sacrifice, but declareth to the so∣rowfull hertes, a remedy euen at hande putting no difference bitwixt them that had crucifyed Iesus, and those whiche had not consented to that wicked acte. For none of them all was cleane without sinne. And therfore sayeth he, doe ye repent your lyfe that is past, and let euerychone of you be baptysed in water, in the name of Iesus Christe: and for that benefites sake, whiche he hath freely doen to vs, ye shall haue forgeuenes of all your synnes: and shall receaue after that ye be purely clensed, the gifte of the holy ghost, whiche ye here see shed on vs. Let none of you pondre & weigh his owne merites, for all that here is geuen, is frely geuen, vpon this onely condicion, that ye be∣leue. Iohels prophecy doeth specially pertaine to you, and your children that come after you, whome he calleth sonnes and doughters, whome he calleth seruauntes and handemaydes.

Beleue god that made you the promis, and ye shall frely receaue forthwith that is promised. Neyther doeth Iohels promise in his prophecy pertayne to you alone, whiche are of the people of Israell, but to all the heathen also, whiche be far of both from al kinred with the Israelites, and far from knowe∣leage of god, whom euer our lord god shall of his merciful goodnes vouche∣safe to call, to bee partakers with vs of this his gifte. And the same thynge hath the prophecy well declared, where it sayeth: and whosoeuer shall call v∣pon the name of the lorde, shalbe saued. Albeit eche man that sayeth, Lorde, Lorde, doeth not cal vpon the lord, but he that putteth all his whole hope and truste of saluacyon, in the mercyfulnes of the same lorde. Other prophetes also hath spoken of the same thyng, that the worde of the gospel shoulde in

Page [unnumbered]

time cumming spreade throughout the world. And besides this, our maister Iesus gaue vs a speciall commaundement, that we shoulde firste of all de∣clare to you, this mercifull message of peace and loue, and that we shoulde than afterward, call the gentiles to the same: For this calling cummeth not of mans deseruinges, but of the fre bounteousenes of god. In these wordes and others manye mo, Peter bare witnes to them of Christe, bryngyng foorthe to them, the prophetes sayinges to testify the same, and conferring with them those thynges, whiche had alredy than come to passe.

And beside his teachinges, he exhorted them that he might the better pricke them forewarde whiche were of wauering mindes. Go to, he sayeth, my bre∣thren, embrace ye this so excellent bounteousnes of god towardes you, so ready to mete you. Ye know what complaintes all the prophetes hath made of the ouerthwartenes, and stubbernes also, in this Iewyshe nacion, whiche hath declared themselues at all tymes, rebellyous to theyr lorde, and god: and to those, whiche were sent to theim, his mynisters for theyr saluacion. Howe often times dyd they resist Moses? howe many prophetes haue they slayne? how ofte haue they prouoked god to angre with theyr mischeuous dedes? Wherefore they be iustly named the house that maketh the lorde an∣gry, and the vyne turned to bitternes, whiche yeldeth to his keper in stede of swete grapes, wylde vynes. Iohn the baptiste lamented in them thesame thyng: callyng them a progenie of serpentes. And our maister Iesus com∣playned not a fewe times, of the selfe same thing, beyng offended with ma∣ny of them, for their inuincible frowardenesse, who seyng dyd not see, and hearyng dyd not heare, and vnderstanding did not vnderstande. The hole∣some doctryne for mans soule they despysed, and all suche benefites as he wrought in man through hys miracles, they imputed to the spirite of Bel∣zebub. Wherfore he called them a frowarde nacion, and harde or ill wylled to beleue, and bewayling their state, tolde them that they shoulde be destroy∣ed: for why? they had beaten, killed, stoned, and crucifyed, all that were sent from god. Draw your selfes a backe my brethren, and get ye away from the vengeaunce of god, whiche hangeth ouer your heades, caste of all cankred frowardenes of the Iewish nacion, which, while they stande stifely in defence of theyr owne Iustice, do wickedly rebell againste the iustice of God. For ye haue by faith and sincere obedyence, already for you prouided eternall sal∣uacion. Than shall ye finally be accoumpted the true Israelites, than shall ye be the very children of Abraham. Than shal ye be of the right sorte of Iewes, in dede, if ye will knowelage Iesus, and recognise him for youre king.

Ridde your handes of this carnall generacion whiche woulde rather perishe for theyr incredulitie, than be saued. Be ye contented to be borne a new and transfourmed into a spiritual naciō, and celestial, whiche by trust in Iesus is in waye of saluacion. Of this sorte verely was the fishers eloquence whyche he piked not out of Retorical preceptes or rewlers, but receiued it from heauē and therfore it was of muche more power and efficacie in his operacion. This was the same su••••orde, that entreth through, euen to the diuiding of the soule and the spirite, whose edge hath punched & strickē ye Iewes hertes. This was the first cast and throw of his net, wherein the fisher of mans soule, drew vp a great plenteous multitude. This was the seede of the gospel, that ought to bee caste euery where abrode, whiche (as Christe hath taught) falleth not

Page xiii

downe into all mens hertes, and yet here it found forthwith good grounde, which brought forth fruite. For than wer baptised, and to the numbre of the disciples (whiche were at that time very few) were increased and ioyned, al∣most three thousand moe. These were the luckie first fruites that the ghospel brought forth for his reuenewes. The new testament agreeth in this point also with a figure of tholde: Moyses commaunded a feast of the firste fruites to be kept holy the fiftieth day after Easter. And here are consecrated to the lord this fiftieth day, ye first fruites, not of eares of corne, but of mens soules. For now through preaching of the gospell, and fayth in the same, the water washed away all their sinnes, and nowe was that heauenly spirite gredely receiued. Nowe marke, what doeth that spirite of god in them, truely he is not ydle, sithen that he is lyke vnto the fyer. We are freely made cleane in soule as innocentes, we haue frely receyued of the holy gost his gift of grace. Now it resteth for our parte to take hede, that we lose that vnaduisedly, whiche god hath of his mercifull goodnes, frely geuen vs. Suche are the first beginninges of euangelycall religion, suche is as a man woulde say, the childehood of oure first regeneracion in Christe. All that we haue taught hi∣therto, is as it were milke for infauntes, we must procede further to whole & fast meate. Preachers and suche as feede with the woorde of god, oughte to haue with them both kindes of meate euer redy at hande. For thus the lorde commaunded them, go ye foorth, he sayeth, and teache all people, baptizing them, and teaching them to kepe all that I haue commaunded you. Teache them that muste be christened, the rudimentes and firste beginninges of the gospell, whiche rudimentes or principles, excepte a manne wyll beleue, hys Baptisme is in vayne. Those that bee alredy baptized, thus must ye teache, that they liue after my teachynges, procedyng alwayes to more perfeccion.

[ The texte.] ¶And they continued in the apostles doctrine and feloweship, and in breaking of bread, and in prayers. And feare came ouer euery soule, and many woonders and sygnes were shewed by the apostles, at Ierusalem. And all that beleued, kept them selues together, & had all thinges in common, and sold their possessions and goodes, and parted them to al men, as euery man had nede, and they continued dayly with one accorde in the temple, & brake bread from house to house, and did eare their meate together with gladnesse & sin∣glenes of herte, praysing God, and had fauour with al the people. And the lorde added to the congregacion dayly, suche as shoulde be saued.

Than such as kept themselues in company with the disciples, folowed on continually the apostles teachinges (for thereby came moste profite) and lykewyse continued still in receiuing a token of a couenaunte, that shall neuer bee broken, which they called communion. That token of couenaunt which the lord taught, and committed to vs of trust, was doen in this maner. The bread was broken and dealed to euery man a pece thereof, & they in their practising of this in a remembraunce of the lordes passion, gaue thankes to god for his bountifull goodnes, that had clensed them from sinne by the in∣nocent bloud of his owne sonne alone, & had chosen them for the deathes sake which he suffered, on his parte vndeserued, to enherite life euerlasting. They offered vp also their prayers with clenes of herte, whose peticion was that the kingdome of Iesus mighte bee made to spreade euery daye further a∣brode than other, that his glory might throughout all the worlde bee kno∣wen, that his wyll euery where might bee folowed, that suche as had once professed the fayth of the gospell, might through the holy woorde, and grace

Page [unnumbered]

celestiall, profit euery day, and procede better and better, and so might liue in concorde one with an other, eche one in peace with his brother forgeuing all iniuries, if any faute were doen by mans frayltie, being at one with god, whiche is mercifull to them that bee mercyfull to theyr neyghboure, and that they beeyng dayly strengthned by the goodnes of god, myght stedfast∣ly abyde all the assautes of Satan, vntill they myght after long bickering with the sayde Sathan, at laste receiue eternall rewarde. These were than the sacrifices that christen men vsed. This wonderfull miracle of tongues, Peters exhortacion so liuely made, the sodaine mutacion of so many men, so great puritie an clennesse of lyfe of the same menne, wrought suche an effect in all theyr myndes, whiche were giltie and priuie to theyr owne offences, that they were sore afrayed of some eiuell to come towarde them. For they sawe playnely, that this thing was not broughte about by mannes conspy∣racy, but by some celestiall power. And for because thapostles did not alone∣ly speake in all mennes languages, but wrought also at Hierusalem, many wonderfull miracles, at thinuocacion of Iesus name, in healyng diseases, in putting deiuils to flyght, in reising the dead to lyfe. This tremblyng feare that they were in, encroched and grew stil more and more vpon theim. This was some beginning in the people towardes theyr amendement. But the celestiall spirite wrought in theyr hertes, whome secretly he inspired, aboue all other thinges, in mutuall good wyll and concorde. For this truely is the very cognisaunce that Iesus woulde haue his disciples knowen by.

And as many as beleued the gospell, assembled vnto a place ordinately to∣gether for theyr consolacion, exhorting one an other in mutuall communy∣cacions. They were than many in numbre and men of al sortes were admit∣ted, without accepcion of persons, young, olde, menne, women, free, bonde, poore, and ryche. The loue of Christe beeyng planted in theyr hertes, dyd in so greate conformitie of myndes and mutuall concorde, knyt and ioyne together them all, beyng otherwise so ferre odde eche to other, that all thinges were common emōgest them, whiche is a thing seldome sene, yea emong bre∣thren that came all out of one belly. And to thintent that eche of them, might the better departe somewhat of that he had to an other, suche as had ma∣noures of theyr owne, or other possessions, solde them, and of the money, or prise thereof, made a common dole, as euery mannes nede required, so that neyther they wanted whiche had noughte of theyr owne, nor they had more than was sufficient whiche before had muche in possession. And so made they theyr dole, not as it were of theyr owne proper goodes, but as of thinges in common. For perfite charytie chalengeth no goodes, as her owne, and e∣mong them whiche bee all of one mynde, no man is accoumpted a lorde of his owne goodes, and where eche man is content with litel, thereit wyll bee harde to find lacke of thinges necessary. But the distribucion of the common was made to euery man, accordinge to his necessitie, and not to his sensuali∣tie. The apostles prescribed none of all these thynges for them to doe: but charitie did more among them without compulsion, than any lawe of Moy∣ses durst require. And euery day were they also in the temple, in muche vnitie of minde, stedfast in prayer, rendryng thankes to god, and exhortinge theim∣selues together, and entising other to that peace of conscience, whiche ye gospel requireth, all that euer they were hable to coumpace.

Page xiiii

Moreouer whan they had thus spent the whole daye in suche godly excer∣cises, they brake in euery house theyr breade, and eate their meate together, with ioy that herte cannot thinke, and eche one with other in perfecte clen∣lynes of herte, gaue prayse to god, through whose goodnes they had gotten them so muche loue and fauour. They were in fauour and good estimacion with all the people. For who is he that woulde not loue suche persons, that hurt no man, and be ready to do euery man good, in whom also appered ma∣nyfestly so muche godly power, so great sobrenesse and mekenes withall.

Here mayest thou well marke, Theophilus, howe the churche had at her be∣ginning by reason of ioy in mens hertes and vnitie with all, luckie tokens well to prosper. There muste nedes bee conformitee of myndes and vnitie, where that spirite is, whiche is the pacifier of all troubleous hertes: there cannot be but ioy and gladnes, where is a cleane conscience, without any dy∣struste of the promises, whiche are made in the gospell. But as the bishopes, Pharisees, Scribes and chiefe auncientes, or head men among the people, wer euery where alwayes redy to slea Iesus: so here at the luckye beegyn∣nynges of this young churche, no mencion is made of theim. Noe persone was enforced to come to this feloweship, no violente authoritie kept theym together in league. Suche as thither came, abode there still with other of theyr owne ientle courage, and the lorde allured to theim, whom he had ap∣poincted to bee saued, euery day more and more, whyle the smale musterd-seede, was by litell and litell springyng, whiche shoulde afterwarde spreade his braunches abrode, through al the worlde.

The .iii. Chapter.
[ The texte.] ¶Peter and Iohn went vp together into the temple, at the ninth houre of prayer. And a certayn man that was halie from his mothers wombe, was brought, whome thei layd dayly at the gate of the temple, which is called beautifull, to aske almes of them yt en∣tred into the temple. Whan he sawe Peter and Iohn, that they woulde into ye temple, he desired to receiue an almes. And Peter fastened his iyes on him with Iohn, and sayed: looke on vs. And he gaue hede vnto them, trustyng to receyue some thing of them. Then sayd Peter: Siluer and golde haue I none: But such as I haue I geue thee. In the name of Iesus Christ of Nazareth, rise and walke. And he toke him by the right hande and lif∣ted him vp: And immediatly his feete and ancle bones receiued strengthe. And he sprang, stode, and walked, and entred with them into the temple, walking and leapinge, & pray∣sing God.

PEter and Iohn wente vp together in company with o∣ther into the temple, about the ninth houre of the daye, beyng than farre ouerpaste, at whiche houre, they, wheras other bee woonte to playe the drounkardes, or els to slepe, had accustomed themselues dayly to deuout prayer, fasting vntill it were euentide. These two went forth, the piers of thapostles, without trapped horses, or barted mules, without any princely garde, but heare what pompe they vsed. There sate before the temple gate a begger well knowen emong the people, whiche had been euer lame from the firste houre of his birthe, and so weake a body withall, that he was borne all a long of porters. Many one, as it chaunced, fared the better by his misery.

Page [unnumbered]

For euery day layed they him foorth for theyr owne aduauntage, at the tem∣ple gate, whiche the vulgare people called beautifull (for that was moste haunted) to thintent that he shoulde there aske, as in a place moste frequen∣ted, mennes almes, whiche went into the temple. Beggery is not without his shyfe, it knoweth that those whiche enter into the temple, are than ey∣ther disposed to geue with better wyll their almes, or els woulde appeare to the people so disposed. Whan he had once perceiued that Peter and Iohn, whom their companie whiche folowed them declared to bee of some estima∣cion, and they theymselues in countenaunce seemed to bee liberall, woulde into the temple, he asked of theim an almes. Here gaue the holy goste priuie warning to thapostles, that it was than a time conuenient to woorke a my∣racle. Than Peter and Iohn also, stedfastely behelde the same creple, and sayed: looke on vs. The begger beyng at the sight and coumfortable voyce of theym, quycker in spirite and of better cheare, iyed them well, hopynge shortly some thing to receiue of them. Money he craued, for money he loked, as for the good disposicion of his lymmes, he durst not once aske. For why? he thought them not able to geue it. And yet for all that, his herte gaue him that some goodnesse shoulde happen he wist not what. Than Peter set forth hymselfe stoutely in woordes, whiche were full well semyng to Christes highe vicare to speake, and sayd: syluer and golde whiche thou lookeste for, haue I none. What is here ready at hande, not of myne owne, but of the bounteousenesse of god, whiche thou dooeste rather lacke, that geue I thee. In the name of Iesus Christe of Nazareth ryse vp and walke. And with that he tooke the creple by the righte hande, and reysed hym vp. And im∣mediately without any delay, his feete and ancle bones were made strong, in suche sorte, that he might aryse without peyne or difficultie, yea and leape, stande, and walke, whyther euer he woulde. But he, as one ryghte gladde in herte of suche a benefite vnlooked for, went with thapostles together into the temple, walkyng cherefully and leapyng for ioy and reioysyng, and geuyng laude and prayse to god, of whome he knewe that this hys be∣nyfite of healthe, had proceded. To hyde the benefites of God, is the condi∣cion of an vnthankefull persone: to ascribe the same to manne, is a poynt of muche vngodlynesse.

[ The texte.] And all the people sawe him walke and prayse God. And they knewe him, that it was he which sate and begged at the beautifull gate of the temple. And they woondered, and wer sore astonied at that, which had happened vnto him. And as y halte which was hea∣led, helde Peter and Iohn, all the people ran amased vnto them, in ye porche, that is cal∣led Salomons.

All the people, that was in the temple, whiche were in numbre very ma∣ny, behelde the manne that was wont to bee caried with porters, than wal∣king on foote cherefully, and rendring praise to god. And eche man knew him to bee the selfe same person, that was wount to sit at the beautiful gate a beg∣ging. They behelde him sodainly chaunged. They hearde him geuing God thankes. Wherupon all they were greately dismayed, and sodaynly striken with no litle wondre. But after that they sawe Peter and Iohn, whiche than were knowen with many, for the chiefe emong all the apostles, (for he that was lame kept himselfe on their partie, and blased abrode howe it chaunced him to come to health by their meanes) the whole assembly of all the people made streight towardes them. Than were they in the porche, whiche is called

Page xv

Salomons porch, where Iesus the trew Salomon, was woont to bee and where he had been woonte ofte tymes to dispute with the Phariseis. The straungenesse of the thing abated all their courages.

[ The texte.] Whan Peter sawe that, he aunswered vnto the people: Ye men of Israell, why meruaile ye at this? or why loke ye so on vs, as though by our own power & strength we had made this man goe? The god of Abraham, and of Isaac, and of Iacob, the God of your fathers hath glorified his sonne Iesus whom ye deliuered, and denied in presence of Pilate, whē he iudged him to be loosed. But ye denied the holy and iust, and desired a murderer to bee geuen you, and killed the lorde of life, whom God hath raysed from death, of the which we are witnesses. And his name, thorow the fayth of his name, hath made this mā sound whom ye see and know. And the faith which is by him, hath geuen to him this health, in the presence of you all.

Whan Peter saw the faste gathering together of the people, and knewe righte well the cause therof, he beganne in this manner to vttre agayne his minde to them, and sayed: ye men of Israel, why doe ye so muche meruayle at this matter, as though it wer a seldome thing with you, and long out of vse to see miracles: or lyke as if ye had not seen heretofore in times paste, grea∣ter thinges and more to merueyle at than this? But why doe ye beholde vs, as though it had by our owne power, or deseruing, be brought to passe, that this lame criple, a manne well knowen emong you, doeth now walke? It is not mans practise whiche here is done, neyther is it a new thyng, whiche ye doe see that heretofore hath not been spoken of, but such a thing that god long a goe promysed by your prophetes. Reuerently ye doe worship the god of Abraham, the god of Isaac, and the god of Iacob, and ye auaunt your selfes in that ye haue theym as your chiefe fathers, and firste beginners of your auncestry, but the very sonne of this same god, whom the chiefe fathers of your auncestry hath wurshipped, beyng sente to you for your saluacion, poore and simple to loke vpon, to thintente that you shoulde make the more of him, as a famil••••••e person lyke to one of you, ye haue brought to extreme vilanny and reproche. Notwithstanding the selfe same god hath by his infi∣nite might and power, aduaunced his sonne to high renoume and glory, one whome man of malice, hath ouerthrowen, and god hath in this fact, lyke as he hath also many other wayes, wroughte by him miracles out of numbre, before your iyes, and taught you doctrine from heauen. But ye neuer a deale the better for al such benefites, deliuered him at the last, after many reproch∣full iniuries, into the handes of the wicked, to thintent he shoulde be slaine, yea and where as Pilate a Panim, a man both without knowleage of your lawe, and of no kinred with your forefathers, woulde haue gyuen sentence of him as of your king, as of a blessed person & innocēt for his deliueraunce, yee which ought by reason of that knowlage ye had of prophecies, to recog∣nise hym, haue styfely denyed hym, and openly, in the presidentes hyghe hall of iudgemente, saying: we haue no kinge but Ceasar. And in suche a cruell rage ye were of rancour againste hym and hatred, that lieffer had ye to haue Barrabas, that notable thefe and sedicious person pardoned at your request, whiche had despatched other of their liues, than to haue Iesus saued, who broughte with hym lyfe for all menne. For a mur∣therers lyfe, ye obtained pardon, but for the authoure of euerlasting lyfe, ye procured deathe. Neuerthelesse, God hys father, the authoure and maker of all lyfe, hathe raysed hym whome ye haue slayne, from the dead

Page [unnumbered]

to lyfe againe, and liberally hath rewarded hym with lyfe that neuer shall haue ende. To the which thing beare we witnes, vnto whom he himselfe, af∣ter he was reuiued, eftsones playnely appeared for vs to beholde, for vs to heare, and handle, whom we behelde also goyng vp to heauen. He came firste to you in a pore and simple aray, which he was contented to take vpon hym for all your sakes, but now is he by his father aduaunced to glory, and put∣teth foorth his power and strength by vs, which be nought els but witnesses to the thinges, whiche we haue seen and hearde. And for that trust and affy∣aunce whiche we haue in his name, this man, whom you see walke, borne, as ye well knowe, bothe halte and lame, almightye god hath restored to hys perfit limmes agayne. No prayse herein are we worthy to haue, neyther are we through oure merytes, the cause thereof, neyther he that is restored, but god the father, as I sayd, would haue his sonnes name magnifyed with all men, in the whiche name his pleasure is, that all people shoulde put their full trust, and hope of health vniuersall: by this assured trust and confidence, is this man, which hath been euer weake, from the first houre of his birth, per∣fectly now, as ye all do see, in all his limmes restored. These be euident argu∣mentes not alonely to proue that he is on liue, whom ye suppose to be dead, but to declare also that all mennes hope of saluacion, is to be put in him alone.

[ The texte.] And now brethren, I wot that through ignoraunce ye did it, as did also your rewlers. But God (which before had shewed by the mouthes of all his prophetes howe ye Christe should suffre) hath in this wise fulfilled. Repent you therfore, & conuerte, that your sin∣nes may be doen away, whan the time of refreshyng cummeth, whiche we shall haue of the presence of the lorde, and when God shal sende him, which before was preached vnto you, euen Iesus Christe, whiche muste receyue heauen vntyll the tyme, that all thinges, whiche God hath spoken by the mouthe of all hys Prophetes sence the world began, bee restored agayne.

And cause there is none at al, my brethren, why ye shoulde despaire, for it hath thus come to passe according to the will of God and his sufferaunce. Your offence herein and trespase is partely excused by mans ignoraunce. For his feble and weake body was a lette to you and impedimente, to knowe his di∣uine power, whiche diuine and godly power, no not your rewlers them sel∣fes knewe perfeictly. Whiche thing in him, if they had knowen readily, ne∣uer would they haue been in minde to crucify the Prince of glory.

But so was it expedient for mans saluacion, so had god determined before the beginning, so had he before shewed by the mouth of all his Prophetes, that Messias, whome he woulde sende fynallye to redeme you, shoulde suffer death. Now is god no lyer: whome he promised to send, the same per∣son hath he sent: whom he would haue slayn, euen so, as he woulde haue it, is he slayne. This sacrifice woulde he haue offered vp to satisfy for the sinnes of all the worlde, by you was this sacrifice offered, not without blame to you, but suche as ye shall haue forgyuenesse of, if ye repente that ye haue dooen amisse. And so shall it come to passe, that your offence, whiche you committed to the weale of all men, shall turne to your singular wealthe also.

For your pardon is easy to come by and redy at hand. Only be you ashamed of your euill doinges and sorowful, not alonely for this fact, but for al other, and see that you turne to a new life: openly confesse that Iesus, whome ye be∣fore haue denied, is king and rewler ouer all: whome ye haue to death con∣demned, as a person giltie, now doe ye acknowledge to be the very fountain

Page xvi

and giuer of all innocency, and whom ye haue violently put to death, beleue ye to be the author of immortall lyfe. Now is the time of pardon for synne, haste you this meane while to penaunce, and you shall fynde mercifulnes, that whan he shall come eftesones to iudge the quicke and the dead on high aboue in the cloudes, whome his father once sent simple & poore for your sa∣kes, ye may be able constauntly to abide his presence, whiche shall be terri∣ble to them, and intollerable, whiche hath not be penitent. But suche as for this meane space doe beleue in Iesus name, whome the prophetes hath ma∣ny yeres a go publyshed to you, and whom we also accordyng to theyr pro∣phecies, beare witnes of, and submit themselfes to hym by fayth, puttyng theyr sinne away by penaunce, shall finde there with the righteous iudge, (who hath promised to all menne for fayth in him, and repentaunce of sinne euerlasting health) refreshing. All those thinges are come hitherto well to passe, whiche, as the prophetes hath heretofore tolde, were for to bee dooen and perfourmed. And it is not to bee doubted but God wyll perfourme all the rest also, which he hath promised as faythfully. Iesus Christ shal come agayne, but by and by shall not he come agayne. For the gospell and chere∣ful tidinges from god must be preached ouer all the worlde before his cum∣ming: In the meane while liueth he in all glory, sitteth and reigneth in high heauens aboue, vntil that prescript time, wherof the Prophetes, Iohel hath spoken and Malachie, whan all thinges shall come by restitucion agayne and be made vp, and all at a poynte perfectly finished whiche god hath spo∣ken of, by the mouth of all his holy Prophetes, as many as hath been since the beginning of the world. For of this one persone haue al they prophecied.

[ The texte.] Moses truely sayed vnto the fathers: Prophet shal the lorde your God rayse vp to you, euen of your brethren lyke vnto me: him shal ye heare, in all thinges whatsoeuer he shall say vnto you. For the time shall come, that euery soule which wil not heare ye same Prophete, shalbe destroies from emong the people. All the Prophetes also from Samuel and thence foorth (as many as haue spoken) haue in likewise tolde of these dayes.

Moses is with you of autoritie most auncient, for vnder his proteccyon, as vnder your chiefe guide and capitain, ye left Egipt, ye traueled through wildernesse, ye receiued the lawe, but yet a promyse made he to you of this Iesus of Nazareth whome ye haue flayne speakyng after this manier to the fathers in hys booke of Deuteronomii: a prophete shall the lorde your god reyse vp vnto you, euen from emong your brethren lyke vnto me: hym shall ye heare, in all that he shall saye vnto you. And it shall come to passe, that what soule soeuer shall not heare that prophete, shall be destroyed from emong the people. Now dooe ye acknowelage this prophecye of Moses, re∣cognise ye the true Moses, knowledge ye that Iesus Christe was borne of Dauids linage, of the trybe of Iuda, in the Citie of Bethelem, according to the prophetes sayinges. By this your guide & capitaine, god calleth you out of bondage, to that libertie whiche alway shall endure: by this capitayn hath he disclosed a new law supernal and euangelicall, and by this persone he offe∣reth remission of all synnes and lyfe euerlastyng. Moses woulde that all men shoulde heare hym: eche man heareth, that in him beleueth. What per∣son soeuer shal beleue in him shal be saued, who that refuseth to beleue, shal∣be banished out of the feloweship, & out of the name of the Israelites, & shall peryshe with out all recouery. For without faith in Iesus Chryste, no hope there is of saluacion.

Page [unnumbered]

If you geue faythe to Moses, than muste ye hartely loue Iesus, whome he hath so highly commended to you in his prophecy. Neyther hath Moses alone thus prophecied of Iesus, but all the Prophetes also, from Samuels time vntill Iohn the baptist, hath prophecied, describing his natiuitie, doc∣trine, miracles, punyshmentes, infamie, death on the crosse, hys buryinge, and resurreccion, his goyng vp to heauen, and the sending forth of the holy goste, vpon all that beleueth, whiche thinges euery one are euidentlye come to passe, the spreading of the ghospell ouer all the worlde abrode, and the gloryous cumming of the lorde agayne at the ende of the worlde.

[ The texte.] Ye are the children of the Prophetes, and of the couenaunt whiche God made vnto oure fathers, saying to Abraham: Euen in thy sede shall all the kinreds of the yerth be blessed: First whan God had reised vp his sonne Iesus vnto you, he sent him to blesse you, that e∣uery one of you should turne from his wickednesse.

But if that ye in very dede be the prophetes children, wherof ye auaunte your selfes, not without a cause, haue ye than no distruste in their promyses: yf ye be the children of the patriarches, whiche wer the chiefe fathers of all your auncestry, vnderstande ye and perceiue that to you pertayneth the co∣uenaunt and promyse that god made to Abraham, saying: thorow thy sede shall all the nacions of the worlde be blessed. This blessing perfourmed not he in Isaac, for he is dead, and to life is not he come againe, but in Iesus of Nazareth, whom Isaac in figure represented, offrynge hymselfe vp in sacri∣fice willyngly, like as Christe obeying his father, was offred as a sacrifyce on the crosse. This is that seede of Abraham, wherby shall not onely all Is∣raelites, but all nacions also of the worlde, if they beleue the gospell, be dely∣uered of the curse whiche is due for sinne, and obteyne therwithal this bles∣sing, that after they haue once receyued the holy ghoste they may bee called the children of the liuing God. Wherfore the promise that god made vnto Abraham, perteyneth vndoubtedly to all nacions of the worlde, yet that not withstanding, his pleasure was to haue you thus honourably preferred, that his promise shoulde firste of all bee profered to you, and that he woulde according to Moses prophecie, rayse one vp of your nacion, and sende to you no meane prophet, but his owne onely sonne Iesus, that shoulde disclose this blessyng, whiche god promised to Abraham. This is than that blessing that euery person obeying the woorde of the ghospell, maye vtterly forsake all vice and naughty liuyng, and frankely confesse Iesus to bee the author of mannes saluacion.

The .iiii. Chapter.
[ The texte.] ¶As they spake vnto the people, the priestes and the rulers of the temple, and the Sa∣duceis, came vpon them, takyng it greuously, that they taught the people, and preached in Iesus the resurreccion frō death. And they laied handes on them, & put them in holde vntyll the next daye: for it was nowe euentide, howbeit many of them which hearde the woordes, beleued: and the noumbre of the men was about fyue thousande.

Page xvii

WHyle Peter that heauenly Oratour, and Iohn his felow in office wyth hym, were occupyed in these and suche o∣ther Oracions, exhortyng the people to embrace the gos∣pell, without coloure of flattery towarde any manne, en∣ducyng them to the knowledge of the trueth by wytnesse of Prophetes, sometymes makyng theym afrayed wyth dreadfulnes of the great Iudgement that was to come, eftesones appeasyng them, and pleasauntly intreatyng, by meanes of an easy waye to come by pardon, euen than ready at hande, and for the certayntye that was in the promyse of their saluation, sodaynly there came vpon theim the pryestes, and rewlers of the temple, accompanyed also with Sadduces, who caused them to breake of in the myddes theyr holsome communication. The pryestes and rulers felt themselues in this poynte agre∣ued, that men of the laitie, vnlearned, should beare rule in the temple, and teach the people, where none els ought to speake but doctours of the lawe, Phari∣seis, and Scribes, and in that also they were offended, that so honourably they spake of Iesus, whom they for a gyltie person had put to deathe, whose name to abolyshe, was theyr earnest desyre and study. But of all other thynges, that set the Sadduces on fyre agaynst the apostles, because they stycked not open∣ly to publyshe that Iesus was rysen from death to lyfe, and to promise, that al men thorowe him, should ryse agayne. For the Sadduces beleue nother aun∣gell to be, nor soule on lyue, after they be once separate from the body. Wher∣fore they coulde in no wyse abyde any rehersall of resurrection. Here doeth nowe the wycked busshoppes eftsones make assault against the ghospel, which thyng Iesus had tolde before to his disciples shoulde come to passe. But lyke as mannes malice, the more it wrastled and stroue agaynst Christe, the more it set forth his glorye and renoume, euen so the more they dyd rebell agaynste the preachers of his ghospell, the more vehemently brast out the strength ther∣of and vertue. But nowe what do they? They reason not with the apostles, but laye fast handes vpon them, furth awaye they hale theym to pryson for a tyme, that they myght be furth cummyng the nexte morowe. For than was euentyde at hande. The cruell and mischeuouse priestes were ready in wyll e∣uen there furthwith to haue slayne Iesus disciples, but for feare on the other parte, of the people, they stayghed theyr handes, and imagined the meane time some coulourable pretence of that cursed acte, that they myghte appeare to bryng about theyr pretensed purpose, lawfully. But as they malyce coulde naught preuyale agaynste Christe, vntyll the tyme was come that he himselfe was contented to dye, so in lyke maner was their conspiracie nought able to doe againste Christes disciples, before the day came that the father of heauen had prescribed to eche of theim. For Christes power was with hys Apostles. And yet was not that sermon whiche these twoo apostles made, (thoughe it were interrupted by the priestes,) wythout condigne frute. For many that hearde the Apostles preache, were therby perswaded to beleue.

Than was the nette encreased, the lytle grayne of Mustarde sede was stretched out in the bredth, the leuen of the ghospell scattered abrode his ver∣tue, in sondry partes. For the faythfull at that tyme amounted to the noumbre of fyue thousande men. Note that the ghospell is a thyng accepted commonly

Page [unnumbered]

and fauoured of the meane people, seldome doeth the nobles of the worlde, well agree with it. Note also the successe of the ghospell. The chiefe of all and capitaines moste excellent, are led to prison. Neither stryued they agayne their guydes, nor any trouble made the people therat, whiche were taught noughte els, but to obey Christe, and to put theyr trust in hym.

[ The texte.] ¶And it chaunced on the morowe, that their rulers and elders and scribes (and Annas the chiefe prieste, and Cayphas and Iohn, and Alexander, & as many as were of the kin∣red of the high priestes) gathered together at Ierusalem. And whan they had sette them before them, they asked, by what power, or in what name haue ye done this?

On the morowe, the wicked counsell assembled together, no where in one consent of myndes, but to put Iesus to death, and the trueth to oppresse. The priestes and temple rulers, the elders and auncientes of the people, wyth the Scribes of Hierusalem, assembled in one place together. Besydes these, came Annas thyther, the hygh byshop, and Cayphas in one confederacie with him, by reason of aliaunce: moreouer Iohn and Alexandre, the chiefe at that tyme emong the priestes. And fynally, as many as were of the priestes kinred, emong whome the higher that eche manne was at that tyme in authoritie, the more was he mischieuous. But well it doeth appeare of this theyr busy and paynfull diligence, that it was no common or smalle matter, whyche they so carefully labored to stente. For what should the matter meane that all they should bee afrayed of a fewe persons, men vnknowen, out of reputacion, vn∣learned, yea the disciples of a condemned persone, whiche was crucified? But foorthe were brought bothe Peter and Iohn, and for giltie persons, before them were they presented. What simple persone and vnlearned, would not be abashed at the syght of so greate an assemblie, and in autoritie so honourable: fyrst sat downe the stoute stately bishoppes and priestes, with them the heade men of theyr religyon: than next to them the rewlers of the temple, afterwarde the elders among the people, eche thyng there was doen with solemne authori∣tie. Euen than consydered the apostles with themselues, the cruel and vnrygh∣teous iudgementes that they had vsed towarde theyr maister Iesus.

And yet for all that, stode they in countenaunce cleare and vndismayed. Their Lorde vndoubtedly and theyr mayster Iesus, had tolde them before that all these thynges shoulde betyde them, and had armed their myndes stowtely to stande agaynst suche casuall aduersitie. Here agayne marke me wel and exam∣ple of that iudgemente, that Iesus himselfe was condemned by. Upon the de∣maunde of a question, was Christ taken. And here lykewyse enquired they, as concernyng the creple that was healed: by what authoritie, or in whose name doe ye thys? Thys question myghte they haue asked in the temple, be∣fore they brought them to pryson, thys thyng myght they haue learned as the people dyd: for Peter declared the cause of this facte euidently. But liefer had they to pyke a quarell with theym. And as for the trueth, afterwarde passed they nothyng vpon: but sought occasion to worke them displeasure. A token this was, that theyr ordre of priesthood should within a shorte whyle haue an ende, seyng that they, both faultie and vicious, had nought els to defende their authoritie, but counselles of conspiracie, prysons, and soondrye kyndes of death.

[ The texte.]

Page xviii

¶Than Peter full of the holy gost, sayed vnto theym: Ye rewlers of the people, and elders of Israell, yf we this day bee examined of the good dede that we haue doen to the sicke man, by what meanes he is made whole: Be it knowen vnto you al, and to al ye peo∣ple of Israell, that by the name of Iesus Christ of Nazareth, whom ye crucified, whom God raysed agayne from death: euen by him▪ doeth this man here stande presente before you, woole. This is the stone whiche was cast asyde of you buylders, whiche is become the chiefe of the corner. Neyther is there saluation in any other. For amonge men vnder heauen, there is geuen none other name, wherin we must be saued.

Nowe what doeth Peter in this case, he that thryse before with an othe denyed his mayster, at the threatninges of a litle poore wenche, being seruaūt? Doeth he tremble for feare? Is he, as one that lacketh his ryght wyttes, dis∣mayed? Or cannot he speake? No none of al these. What than? he vndoubted∣ly was framed after an other sorte. For while Peter lyued after his own will and phantasie, he sticked not to ••••ake and promise of himselfe veray largely & shortely after renneth he awaye, and falsely forswereth himselfe, all promyses whiche he before had vnaduisedly made, cleane forgotten: but in thys place constantly, as one replenished with the holy ghost, reasoned he his cause, with∣out any deliberation, fully to an ende: temperyng his tale with woondrefull wysedome, in suche sorte, that neyther his free talke was to any man reproche∣full, neyther of his softe and ientle speache appered any feare to bee in hym or flattery, but his endeuour was with all his wel decked eloquence, this to per∣swade, that Iesus was the authour of mannes saluation.

Than Peters woordes that he spake to them, were these: ye that are princes, the Rulers of the people, and elders, gyue eare vnto me: trewly muche mar∣uell had I wherfore and why we were commaunded to pryon, seyng that we knowe of none haynouse cryme that we commytted, and because prynces are not wont to impryson men, but for theyr wycked doynges. Now yf 〈◊〉〈◊〉 haue no cryme, as I can heare, to bryng in against vs, neyther any mischeuous dede to laye to our charge, but that ye wyll examyne vs of a good turne whiche this man hath gotten beyng now whole and sounde, who was before weake, and shronke together, I wyll not stycke to declare to you the cause & manner ther∣of. For it belongeth to our office gently to make accoumpte or declaration of Christes fayth, to all that be desyrouse to learne. Wherfore, be ye all well as∣sured of this, not only ye that are the chiefe and head menne, but all ye also which be the commons of Israell, (for the doctryne that we teache pertayneth to al mennes saluacion, whether they be prynces, and of the nobilitie, or els of the comminaltie,) that this man, whome ye see stande by vs in lymmes both whole and sounde, who was wonte before, as it is not vnknowen to you, to be caryed of porters, nowe hath obtayned this benefite of health, neyther by magikes art, nor by mans power, neyther yet through our deseruynges, but by inuocation of ye Lord Iesus Christ of Nazareth, whom ye, but few dayes agoe, vpon sentence gyuen of Ponce Pilate, nayled fast vpon the crosse. But God hath raysed hym from death, and freely geuen him rule ouer all, in life euerlastyng. Therefore the strength & vertue of his name, worketh now effec∣tually thesame thyng in healyng men and sauyng theym, that he hymself was wunte here on yearth, to woorke. No doubt, this is it, that the Prophete Da∣uid heretofore spake in his psalme of a stone that man should reiecte, but God

Page [unnumbered]

shoulde see it highly exalted. This Iesus of Nazareth is the very same stone, whiche ye in buyldyng of your Synagogue, refused. From the whiche buyl∣dyng ye threwe hym awaye, as an outcaste, but God hath made him the heade corner stone, to holde streight together, by his diuine strength and power, the whole churche, whiche is for to be sette vp and buylded, both of Iewes and Gentiles. For this persons sake, our father of heauen profereth all men sal∣uacion, and there is no hope at all for any manne to be saued, but thorowe Ie∣sus. I knowe well that Moyses, the patriarches, and prophetes, are in holye and auncient authoritie with you. But so was it thoughte good to the father of heauen, that his sonne alone should woorke all mennes saluacion, whereof he would him to be called Iesus. Any other name haue not we already vnder heauen, nor in tyme to come shall haue, whereby we must be saued. Than haue ye no cause to meruayle that this creple was hable so muche to obtaine, at thin∣uocatiō of this name, seyng that he hath worthely merited and deserued health euerlastyng, for all persones that calleth vpon him.

[ The texte.] Whan they sawe the boldenes of Peter and Iohn, and vnderstoode that they were vn∣lerned and lay men, they marueyled, and they knewe them, that they had beene with Ie∣su: and beholdyng also the man (whiche was healed) standyng by them, they coulde not saye agaynste it: but commanded them to goe asyde out of the counsell, & counselled a∣mong themselues, saying: what shall we do to these mn? For a manifest sygne is doen by them, & is openly knowen to all them that dwell in Ierusalem, and we cannot deny it. But that it be noysed no farther abrode among the people, let vs threaten & charge them, that they speake hence forth to no man in this name.

Whan Peter had spoken these woordes, as many as were in that counsell, beholdyng both in Peter and Iohn, free courage and stedfastnes of mynde, whiche appered to their very countenaunce: and perceyuyng also, that they were of the comens, men vnlearned, wundered greatly wherupon they should beare themselues so bolde, howe they came by suche eloquence, and so perfyte vnderstandyng of the prophetes. In conclusion, they came into remembraunce of theym▪ howe they had kepte company with Iesus, whome they theymselues knew certaynly to be slayne of enuy. They were in a great perplexitie, by rea∣son that they, beyng of the base sorte of men, and vnlearned, were so bolde spi∣rited, & so free of ong and liberall, who neither for the deadly paynes whyche theyr mayster suffred, neither for the honour & authoritie of so famous assem∣bly, were troubled any thyng at all in mynde. They behelde the man hymselfe present, well knowen with all the people, who beyng borne notably lame, than myght walke cherefully. Sodaynly was this myracle wrought, not in any se∣crete place, but before the temple doore, not by magikes arte, but at the inuo∣cacion of Iesus name, whom they supposed deade. The facte was so euident, that they could not well deny it. And occasion had they none to finde faulte with them. For what is more worthy the fauorable reporte of many, than to make a wretched lame creature whole wythout rewarde. None aunswere therfore make they to ye apostles, for nought had they to aunswere: as for that whiche was alreadye done, they coulde not disproue, and to allowe the same, they would not. Wherfore vpon commaundement geuen to the apostles, that they with the healed person also, shoulde departe out of theyr assembly, they fell in consultacion, and layed theyr heades together, saying: what shal we doe

Page xix

with these men although but rude and rascall? for why? This notable miracle which was set forth by them, is better knowen withall that dwell in Ierusa∣lem, then we shalbe hale to disafirme. If we deny the facte, we shall gaine vs nought els therby, but shame, and dishonestie: yf we condemne and punyshe them, we shall seme voyde of all mercye, and cleane wythout iustice, and the more shall we styrre vp the people agaynst vs. There is none other counsell for vs to take, but some more quiet waye muste we folowe, and prouide that this euill (howe soeuer it hath sprong) creape no further abrode, neyther bee published among the people. For all suche maner sores, or poyntes of infecciō, whan they are once sprong in a cominaltie, be wonte, yf a man vexe and anger them, to waxe stronger, and with a violent rage further to go abrode, than yf they were made lyght of.

It semeth therfore a good waye for vs, to holde of our handes from them, but let vs make them afrayed with sharpe and cruell threatnynges, that they make from henceforth no mencion of Iesus name to no manne on lyue, whe∣ther he be Iewe, or of any other nacion. This theyr coūsell, which was as fo∣lyshe as myght be spoken, pleased all the whole assembly, and euery man with one assent, agreed therto. For than had they perceiued that the apostles were valiaunt of courage, and would not alter or chaunge their myndes. Thei per∣ceyued lykewyse, that this miracle was not vnknowen to all the people, they were not to learne that Iesus name was with them of no small efficacie, and for mans health a present remedy. Howe could they than for shame commaūd, or what hope had they to haue that name kepte vnder, specially seyng they myght thorowe the selfesame name, attayne vnto eternall saluacion? Suche verely are the counsels of prynces, of Byshoppes, priestes and of other the chiefe of the comminaltie, as ofte as they gather theyr assemblyes together, by policie of mannes witte. Sometyme there be amonges them, whiche canne playnely see what doeth well agree with good reason, but yet they perceyue in folowyng of thesame, some losse should ensue of their renowme, decaye of ry∣ches, or some other suche lyke incommoditie.

[ The texte.] ¶And they called them, and comaunded them, that in no wyse they should speake, ne teache in the name of Iesu. But Peter and Iohn answered, and sayed vnto them: whe∣ther it be right in the sight of God to herken vnto you more then to god, iudge ye. For we cannot but speake, that whiche we haue sene and heard. So threatned they them, and let them goe, and found nothyng howe to punyshe them, because at the people. For all men praysed God because of that whiche was doen: For the man was aboue fowertie yeare olde, on whom this miracle of healyng, was shewed.

Whan eche of them had well allowed this decree, they called in the apo∣stles, it was declared to them in name of the whole counsell, that they shoulde teache no man on lyue, Iesus doctrine: ne make in any wyse mencion of hys name, eyther by stelth vnwares to them, ne yet in hearyng of any multitude, neyther openly, ne priuely at home, or els abrode. O the folyshe wysdome of the worlde, they could not kepe him in his graue whan he was deade, & nowe goe they about to bury or suppresse the name, whiche is wunte alwayes after death, to be better knowen. Peter and Iohn, after the counsels decree was re∣hearsed them with solempne authoritie, made this aunswere thereunto very constauntly, but without any woorde spoken to mans rebuke: Iudge ye your

Page [unnumbered]

selues that knowe the lawe, whether it be well before God that we shoulde be more obedient to you, than to Gods commaundemente. God hath heretofore sayed by the mouth of his Prophetes, that it should euen thus come to passe, Christe the sonne of God thus commaunded vs, and so lykewyse that heauen∣ly spirite, whom he promysed vs to sende downe from his father, infourmeth vs secretly, and putteth into our myndes, that we should for all mennes salua∣cion, publyshe the name of our lorde Iesus Christe, bearyng wytnesse also to that that we haue sene and heard. Yf ye mynde to be of an vpright iudgement, ye also will submit your selues to the wyll of God. If not, whatsoeuer ye de∣cree of vs, truly we may not otherwise do, than speake that we sawe with oure iyes, what we heard with our eares, and that God, who ought to bee aboue all men obeyed, would haue preached abrode to all men. Whan the counsell had hearde of them this aunswere, so wysely made, and franckly, they wente nought els about, but to make them sore afrayed wyth threatnynges. Alas, a counsell without all hope of recouery, they haue no argument to perswade: no reasons or causes, why they shoulde rebuke: neyther testimonies they haue of scripture, wherwithall to teache. Their whole authoritie is but threatninges. O the wicked conscience alwayes fearful. Their desyre was to punishe the in∣nocentes, a malicious will was ready in them, but they beyng as they were, prynces, yet were afraied of theyr symple poore subiectes, mē in publike office, in dreade of pryuate persones, many in numbre, in feare of fewe, yea men de∣fensed, of them that were vnarmed, men of learnyng, of men vnlearned: as for thapostles had neither any retinewe nor garde for their defence, nor bandes of noble estate assured to them. But lordes they were of that, that no yearthly power was hable to geue, as to make the lame at the name of Iesus Christe, to aryse and walke. To do man good, thapostles were in power myghtie, but as touchyng hurte they were voyde of all strength. And so were the apostles for that tyme dimissed of that counsell, beyng charged with their sore threate∣nynges. Yet had not the chiefe counsellers cast of theyr cākred malice, but dif∣ferred it in mynde to get afterward some other occasion. For they could fynde no waye to punishe them, and that because of the people, whome they feared, hauing no regarde in themselfe at all to god. For all men highly praised them, as touchyng that miracle whiche was done, in healyng the lame criple. And eche manne noted it the more, bycause the persone in whome this miracle was wrought, was aboue fowertie yeres of age. So was he borne, and thus many yeres set foorth this begger to the open sight of the worlde, his infirmi∣tie, so that no man coulde accuse or finde fault with their doinges, as though his impediment had be counterfeite, or els some lyght or small deformitie not worthy consideracion.

[ The texte.] Assone as they were let go, they came to theyr fellowes, and shewed all that the hie priestes and elders had sayed. And whan they heard that, they lift by their voices to god with one accorde, and sayed: Lorde, thou art God, whiche hast made heauen and earth, the sea and al that in them is, which in the holy ghost, by the mouth of thy seruaunt Da∣uid our father, hast sayed: why dyd the heathē cage, & the people imagine vaine thinges: The kinges of the earth stode vp, and the rulers came together against the Lorde and a∣gainst his anointed.

Than Peter and Iohn beyng dispatched of the counsell, retourned to their

Page xx

company, beyng than in theyr high parlour altogether carefull in mynde what ende should come of that consultacion whiche was in hande, and rehearsed to them in ordre all the whole matter, what the princes had layed to theyr charge, and of the aunswer that they had made thereunto. The inward true loue that eche one bare to other, replenyshed theyr heartes vpon these tydynges tolde them, with excedyng Ioye. The disciples were glad that the chiefe and pieres of all thapostles were dimyssed. Thapostles on the other parte reioysed in the bountousnes of their lorde, by whome his disciples attained vnto suche ioye.

God after this maner and sorte tempereth all thynges in his seruauntes, so that with sorowe he mingleth ioy, to the ende that they may be hable pacient∣ly to suffer, and endure aduersitie, and that they on thother syde may for glad∣some thynges, rendre hertie thankes, and in heauinesse pray vnto the Lorde. After the whole company had than heard the apostles tale, they spake aloude with one assente vnto the Lorde, of whose goodnes the ghospell had begon to haue right good successe, & sayed: Lord God omnipotent, that madest thorowe thy woorde, heauen, earth, the sea, & whasoeuer is in them contayned, whose moste blessed wyll no power of man is able to withstande: whose eternall de∣crees, no mans conspiracie is hable to empayre, for all that nowe we see here brought to passe, thy blessed spirite hath spoken of before, by the mouth of thy faythfull seruaunt Dauid our Patryarche, saying: Why do the heathen rage and the people imagine vayne thynges? The kynges of the earth stande vp, and the prynces hath gathered themselues together agaynst the Lorde, and a∣gaynste his Christe: All we recognise trueth in this prophecie. For what he sawe to come, beyng than enspired with thy holy spirite: that see we both doen in very dede, and the doyng of thesame.

[ The texte.] For of a trueth agaynste thy holy chylde Iesus, whom thou hast enoynted, bothe Herode, and also Poncius Pilate, with the Gentiles, and the people of Israel, gathered themselfes together, for to do whatsoeuer thy hande and thy counsell determined before to be done. And nowe lorde, behold their threatenynges, and graunt vnto thy seruaūtes, that with all confidence, they may speake thy woorde. So that thou stretche fourth thy hand, that healyng, and signes, and wonders, be doen by the name of thy holy child Ie∣sus. And assone as they had made theyr praier, the place moued where they were assēbled together, and they were all fylled with the holy ghost, and they spake the woorde of god boldely.

For in this citie whiche professeth holines, both Herode, and Ponce Pilate yearthly prynces, with the heathē, and people of Israell, gathered themselues together, agaynst the maister and capitayne of all holynesse, thy holy chylde Iesus, whom thou haste enoyncted with an heauenly oynctment, forecastyng with theyr wicked counsell, to bryng those thynges to passe, whiche thou of thy power inuincible, and eternall decree, haddest determined to bee doen for the saluacion of man. But whosoeuer conspireth againste thy sonne Iesus, sent downe from the, he conspireth agaynst the. And beholde a great assembly of the chiefe rulers, are cum eftsones together, to conspire agaynst the holy and blessed name of thy sonne Iesus. But lyke as thou dyddest reyse Iesus from death beyng slayne of them, and aduaunced hym to heauens, as partener of thy kingdome, dysapoyntyng them of theyr purposes, euen so see nowe vnto theyr threatening, that they in no wyse preuayle, but strength & courage thy seruauntes, that they may with moste stedfaste boldnes, vttre the ghospell, whiche is not mannes woorde, but thy woorde, that is to saye, brought downe

Page [unnumbered]

from thee to earth, by thy sonne for all our sakes: and lyke as thy miracle in makyng whole the lame creple, allured many to professe the name of Iesus, and feared the prynces, whiche were all bent in conspiracie agaynst his glory, euen so vouchesafe to ayde them nowe in tyme to come, wyth thy almyghtye power, that by meanes of healyng, & workyng of wondrefull miracles thorow the holy name of thy sonne Iesus, the glorye of thy ghospell maye the clearer shyne and further abrode, while they that rebell agaynst the and thy sonne, doe rage all in vayne.

Whan they had thus made theyr prayer with one accorde, the place where they together stode, trembled. Which thing betokeneth that their prayer was graciousl heard with the lorde, an their desire ratified. For there is nothing so effectuall, as is the prayer of the churche in one whole consent.

Uerely it ought to be of no small strength and power, that was hable to shake the earthe whiche is not of it selfe mouable. This was no voyde token, for the lyuely strength of the holy ghost was forthwith in thē all renewed and augmented, in somuch that they would not for all suche threatnynges as the prynces made, concele and hyde the ghospell, but preached the name of theyr maister Iesus more stedfastely, and more frankely, yea more of theym also in numbre than before. For suche is the nature of the ghospell as touching his encrease, that lyke as Safron and other thynges many moe come forthe, al∣though they be yll handeled, more plenteously: euen so aryseth vp the ghospell agaynst the assaultes of the worlde, and the sooner by wrastelyng therwith, o∣uercommeth thesame. The faithfull that professed the name of Iesus, amoun∣ted than within fewe dayes to a woondrefull great numbre.

[ The texte.] And the multitude of them that beleued, were of one herte, and of one soule. Neyther sayed any of them, that ought of the thinges whiche he possessed, was his owne, but thy had all thynges common. And with great power gaue the apostles witnes of the resur∣reccion of the lorde Iesu. And great grace was with them all. Neyther was there any a∣mong them that lacked. For as many as were possessours of landes or houses, sold them, and brought the pryce of the thynges that were solde, and layed it downe at the apostles feete: And distribucion was made vnto euery man accordyng as he had nede. And Ioses, whiche was also called of the apostles, Barnabas, that is to saye the sonne of consolaci∣on, being a Leuite, and of the coūtrey of Cypres, where as he had lande, solde it, and laied the pryce downe at the apostles feete.

And yet that thou mayest vnderstande howe this theyr consent of myndes came not of mannes policie, among so many together in one companye, there was no ambicion at all, no enuy, no brawlyng, no stryuyng, but in suche con∣formitie of mynde and peaceable quietnes of herte were they all, as a mnne would haue thought them all, to be of one harte and one minde. For than was eche man at a poynte with himselfe no longer to folow his owne mynde, which is in all sortes of men so diuerse, that vnneath a man maye finde two brothers germane, that can agree betwixt themselues. But as for this company, Iesus was the ruler of them all by his owne blessed spirite. From thence proceded that so great a consent of so many persons together, one vnlike an other, either in kinred, age, or worldely substaunce, insomuche that not onely those thynges were commen amongest them, whiche eche man is wonte to departe one to o∣ther, withoute losse to the geuer, of the whiche maner thynges, bee learnyng, counsell, admonicion, consolacion and exhortacion, but temporall possessions also, whiche are cōmunicate to other, not without dammage or losse to the pos∣sessour, and therfore scarcely may a man fynde any, that can be content to be in

Page xxi

this poynte liberall. But suche thinges amongest them all were so common, that no man would somuche as once chalenge any thyng of all that he posses∣sed, for his owne. Wherfore he that gaue any of his owne goodes, looked for no thankes at their handes that receyued thesame, because he thought all that was geuen, to be hys owne propre good, that had nede of it, and hymselfe a robber and no iust person, yf he should withholde any thyng, that his brothers necessitie requyred. But the apostles, which were as chiefe pieres of thys newe citie, beeyng dispurueyed of worldely goodes, but ryche in gyftes of the holy ghost, augmented theyr company euery day more than other, bearyng wytnes of our Lord Iesus Christes resurreccion, wt wonderfull great stedfastnesse of mynde, and myghty power in workyng of miracles. For his resurreccion was pryncipally to be perswaded by witnes of miracles. For many one at his death had been present, and not a fewe had been pryuy to his buriall. And so lyued thys newe comminaltie vnder ryght valyaunte Capitaynes, hauyng aboun∣daunce of all thinges, for what they lacked in goodes, was supplied and borne out, with mutuall loue and concorde. For although many one were poore, yet was there none amongest them that lacked. For as many as were possessio∣ners, eyther of landes, or houses made sale of them, and brought ye pryce ther∣of, and laied it at the Apostles feete, that they whom reuerently as fathers they regarded, myght distribute the same goodes in common, at theyr owne plea∣sure. Fynally there was no lesse vpryghtnes amongest them, that dealed the pryce of mennes possessions, then was with those whiche brought it. Trueth and vpryght dealyng is seldome founde among stewardes of housholde, and layers out of money. But here was that distribucion made among them, ac∣cordyng to euery mannes necessitie, without any choyse had of persons.

There was in this company, one Ioseph, whome the apostles by syrname called Barnabas, whiche woorde in the Sirians toung betokeneth sonne of comforte, by bloud and auncestry, a Leuyte, borne in Cipres. This Ioseph bycause he dyd excell among other in great giftes, and qualities of the mynde, by reason wherof he was called Barnabas, for the ioyfull comforte that the multitude had of his accesse, was an example for many to folowe that lybera∣liie, whiche was semely for the ghospel. For wheras he had lande in Cypres, he solde it, and brought the pryce therof, and layed it at the Apostles feete, as though it had been a vyle thyng and woorthy to be despised. But yet were the Apostles of suche holynes, that they would take nothyng therof for them sel∣ues, aboue other.

The .v. Chapter.
[ The texte.] ¶A certayne man named nanias, with Saphira his wyfe, solde a possession, and kepte awaye parte of the pryce (his wyfe also being of counsell) and brought a certayne part, and layed it downe at the apostles feete. But Peter said: Ananias, howe is it, that Sa∣than hath fylled thyne herte, that thou shouldest lye vnto the holy ghost, and kepe awaie part of the pryce of the landes? Pertayned it not vnto the only & after it was solde, was it not in thyne owne power? why hast thou conceiued this thing in thine herte: thou hast lyed, not vnto mē, but vnto God. Whan Ananias heard these wordes, he fell downe, and geue vp that ghost. And great feare came on all them that hearde these thynges. And the young men arose vp, and put him aparte, and carryed him out, and buryed hym.

Page [unnumbered]

BUt lyke as Barnabas playne trueth without coloura∣ble deceite, moued many to folowe his lyberalitie, so was here an exāple to put al people in feare, that in matters of spiritual charge, one should not deceyue an other. For the holy ghost loueth playnes of hearte, and hateth al deceite & dissimulacion. In like maner Iudas among the twelue Apostles, was an example, that no man shoulde put af∣fiaunce in hymselfe, but that eche manne should with all carefull diligence, continewe in doyng his dutie.

There was of this companie, a certayne man called Ananias, one farre vn∣lyke vnto his owne name, because he throughly not consented to the gracious fauour of God. This Ananias had a wyfe called Saphira, not vnlyke vnto the housbande. Whan that Ananias, more ambicious of honour, thē desirous of perfite holynesse, sawe dyuerse persons hyghly commended of all menne, for their free & sincere lyberalitie, he solde his lande: & laied vp parte of the money, his wyfe being pryuy therunto and allowing the same, that of the two partes, wherein his money was deuided, the one shoulde purchase him prayse of the people, with an estimation also or fame of holynesse, the other woulde he kepe for himselfe, yf any nede should happen, distructing doubtlesse the holy ghoste, and more caring or prouiding for himselfe then for the whole company of his brethren, rekenyng thus with himselfe: yf other dye for hunger, I am suffici∣ently prouided for. Suche forecasting was not besemyng a man that should put his whole affiance in Christe, who promysed that they shoulde wante no∣thyng, that seketh for the kyngdome of god and the rightwysenes therof: ney∣ther was this imaginacion mete for hym whiche shoulde bee of one will wyth other, and of one mynde. Whan he had brought to the apostles feete, parte of the money, that his liuelode was solde for, Peter vnderstandyng by inspiraci∣on of the holy ghoste, whiche was in him aboundauntly, the mannes vngod∣ly dissimulacion, sayed: Ananias, where as thou hast once dedicate thy selfe to the holy ghost, and seen his power by so many tokens euidently declared, why hast thou suffered the deuill nowe eftesones to put this in thy mynde, to take by stelth awaye, parte of that money, whiche thou receyuedst for thy lyuelode, as though thou couldest face downe the holy ghost with a lye, who can in no∣wyse be deceyued, and to bryng into this companie suche a presidente, moste daungerouse? If we had constrayned thee to sell thy liuelode against thy will, some cause peraduenture it might haue been for to dissemble, nowe sence thou diddest this of thyne owne free wyll, whiche thou haste done, to what purpose auayled it to deface that thyng with hypocryse, whiche should haue bene to o∣ther an example of liberalitie? Mightest not thou haue kept thy lande in thyne owne hand, yf thou wouldest? and moreouer, after thou haddest solde it, coul∣dest not thou haue reserued the money wholy vnto thy selfe? They for theyr trueth & playne dealyng, are well commended, whiche of theyr owne free will, bringeth forth all that they haue. For we enforce no man thus to doe, yf he be not willyng to thesame. Upon what occasion than hast thou stablyshed in thy minde, thus to dissēble in this matter? It is not man that thou hast made this lye vnto, but almightie god. Yf thou thinkest that god may be deceyued, thyne opinion of him, is false and vngodly. But yf thou beleue that he is pryuie to

Page xxii

all thynges, eyther thou despisest his righteousnesse, or els thou thynkest that he fauoureth falsehood. Ananias than perceyuing that thapostles knewe hys falsehood, sodaynly fell downe, as one that had be stricken to the herte with a sharpe rebuke, and yelded vp the ghoste. One for an example suffered death, that many myght be therby preserued. For after that this facte was bruted abrode, it made many sore afrayed, that none durste enterpryse any suche lyke offence against the holy ghost: Young men remoued thence the dead corse, and whan they had carryed it foorth, buryed it.

He deserued not to be buryed, yet ought he thence to be remoued, lest his dead body should infecte that pure and holy companie. Here peraduenture some wyll meruayle at Peters sharpnes towardes Ananias, that but late before so entily entreated them, that had crucified Christe, to receyue pardon for their offences, ascribyng all that was doen to ignoraunce, and proferyng the peny∣tent person, health of soule euerlastyng. But here rebuked he this person so sharpely for witholdyng a small porcion of money, contrarye to his lyberall promyse, that there was no hope at all for him to come by pardone. For why? Iesus the Lorde, that had geuen commaundement for all men to be called by meane of baptisme, to their saluacion, pardonyng theyr offences, woulde teache by the example of violent death in a fewe persons, howe muche the of∣fence is more greuous to fall in synne after baptysme, and lyght receyued of the ghospell, not nowe of any vnaduisednes or ignoraūce, but of a wilful dis∣simulacion. And Peter knewe that the moste pestilent plague that the plaine simplicitie of the ghospell could haue, should spring of dissimulaciō & auarice, and therfore euen at the begynnyng of the churche, a notable example was o∣penly set forth, to admonishe all people, ye none should escape, whosoeuer folo∣wed the steppes of Ananias, the vengeaūce of god, although that his offence were not in this world forthwith punished. As for the losse of the money, was not here rekened vpon, but his mystrust in God, and mocking of his holy spi∣rite. Peter hymselfe punished not the person, but for his soules health sharply he rebuked him. But bycause he neyther brast out into wepyng, nor expressed any woorde at all of repentaunce, God toke vengeaunce on hym.

And thus of goddes wonderfull mercy towardes manne, one was stricken, that many might be saued. An example of iustice was set forth towardes hym that dyed, and mercy besydes was largely powred out on many one that toke heede, at his example, to eschewe synne.

[ The texte.] And it fortuned (as it were aboute the space of thre houres after) that his wife came in, ignoraunt of that which was doen. And Peter sayd vnto her: Tell me, sold ye not the lande for so muche? And she sayed: yea, for so muche. Than Peter sayed vnto her: Why haue ye agreed together to tempte the spirite of the Lorde? Behold, the fete of thē whiche haue buried thy housband, are at the doore, and shall carry thee out. Than fel she downe strayghtway at his feete, and yelded vp the ghost. And the young men came in, and found her dead, and caryed her out, and buried her by her housbande. And great feare came on all the congregacion, and on as many as heard it.

And as it were about the space of thre howres after, beholde the wyfe of Ana∣nias, not knowing what had chaunced to her housband, (as folkes knowe la∣ter almoste then other, what euill is done at home in theyr owne house,) came in, beyng priuy to that her housbandes craftie deceyte, and in wyll ready also for her parte, to gette vayne prayse: vnto whose vngodly imaginacions, Pe∣ter aunswered, saying: tell me woman, solde ye the lande for so muche, and for

Page [unnumbered]

no more then this? She muche lyke to her housbande, aunswered without a∣ny shame, yea verayly for somuche haue we solde it. Than Peter sayed to her: why hast thou with thy housbande together agreed to tempte wyth a lye, not vs, but the spirite of the lorde, whom ye see workyng in vs? But forasmuche as it liked thee to be felowe wyth thy housbande in this wicked dissimulacion, thou shalt be lyke wyse partener with him in punishment.

Beholde they stande at the doore, whiche buried thy housbande, and the selfe same persons shall carry the out. She than immediatly as these woordes were spoken, fell downe and yelded vp the ghoste: In went the young menne vpon thesame, and founde the woman deade. Than they carryed her foorthe, and buried her by her housbande. A sharpe example this was, but yet profi∣tble for manne, and not ofter put in vre, than once of thapostles. And yet did not Peter, the ientileste creature that than was lyuyng, inflycte thys punishe∣ment, but as he that was inspired with the holy ghost, expressed it in woordes. For Peter than knewe by secrete inspiracion of the holy ghost, what was al∣ready doen, and what was for to be doen. God to whom all thynges be kno∣wen, wyll see thē punished, that vnder couloured falsehood, doe mocke aposto∣lyke persons, though that they be suche, as may be deceyued. For all men hath not all tymes that gyfte of the holy ghost, that Peter had at that tyme. Nowe marke howe happily of an euell occasion it succeded. Wondrefull great feare sprang through the whole Churche of the faythfull, by meanes of that deathe whiche these twoe persons ryght woorthyly suffered, yea, other also that than beleued not, were stricken with feare of this example.

[ The texte.] ¶By the handes of the apostles, were many signes and wonders shewed emong the people. And they were altogether with one accorde, in Salomons porche. And of the o∣thers durst no man ioyne himselfe to them: neuerthelesse the people magnified them. The number of them that beleued in the lorde both of men and weomen, grewe more & more: insomuche that they brought the sicke into the streates, and layed them on beddes and couches, that at ye least way, the shadowe of Peter when he came by, might shadow some of them, and that they myght all be deliuered from theyr infirmities. There came also a multitude out of the cities round about, vnto Ierusalem, bringing sick folkes, and them whiche were vexed with vncleane spirites. And they were healed euery one.

Moreouer many and great myracles, were wrought emong the people by the apostles, wherby it myght playnly appere to all men, that this notable ef∣fecte came to passe by some dyuine power, aboue al strength of man. And as many as sticked to the ghospell, abode all with one accorde together in the porche, called Salomons porche. For than were not they desyrouse to be hyd in corners, but the tyme requyred, that the candle beeyng set vpon the candle∣sticke, shoulde gyue lyght to all that entred into the house. As for the others, which had not yet by baptysme booked themselues as souldiers, to fyght vn∣der the baner of Christes capitayne, none durst company with them. For they perceyued this sorte of people to be dedicate to God, and holy, and therfore of a certayne reuerent feare, withdrewe themselues from theyr company, lyke as the temporall sorte of men are wonte to drawe backe frome halowed thynges, whiche be for euer dedicate to the temple. For the people hated them not, but had them in an honourable reuerence, for the excellent vertue or giftes of god, whiche clerely shone in them. And notwithstandyng that the example of

Page xxiii

Ananias & Saphira had made many one sore afrayed, that none durst frame themselues after a counterfeyte fashion vnto their coumpanie, yet after thys the multitude of the faythfull encreased euery daye, in numbre more and more, both of men and women, insomuche that commonly they would bryng forthe the sicke folkes into the stretes, and suche as were not able to go on foote by reason of great sickenes, those set they out abrode vpon couches and beddes, that agaynst Peters cūmyng, his shadowe as he passed by myght at the least∣wyse ouershadowe some of them. Ueraily in them was that promyse perfour∣med, whiche Iesus the Lorde had made, speakyng thus of hys disciples: and greater thynges than these be, shall they doe. Iesus healed some persones by touching the hemme of his garment▪ but no man healed he by touching of hys shadowe. The fame of theyr myracles, spred euery daye ferther abrode, inso∣muche that a great multitude of people, came out of the cities bordering nigh there aboute, vnto Hierusalem, bryngyng with them, those that were is sun∣dry wise diseased, and troubled of vncleane spirites, whiche were made whole euerychone. In suche a wondrefull successe of thynges mete, it were for vs to obserue howe sobre and demure the Apostles were at all times, who claymed no renoume or glory for theyr doynges, but referred all prayse that was gy∣uen them to the name of theyr maister Iesus.

[ The texte.] ¶Then the chiefe prieste rose vp, and all they that were with him (whiche is the secte of Saduceis) and were full of indignation and layed handes on the Apostles, & put them in the common pryson. But the Aungell of the Lord by nygh, opened the pryson doores, and brought to them forth, and sayed: go, and stande and speake in the temple to the people, al the woordes of this lyfe. Whan they hearde that, they entred into the temple early in the mornyng and taught. But the chiefe priest came, and they that were with hym, and called a counsell together, and all the elders of the children of Israell, and sene menne to the pryson to fet them.

After that the name of Iesus Christe began in this maner to be knowen wonderfully well with all men, and the swete odour of the ghospel, to spreade it selfe euery daye farther abrode: Byshop Annas a prelate of false religion, could not abyde the encrease of this trewe religion. Besydes all other, name∣ly they that were of the Saduceis secte, toke his part, forbycause the Apostles beare witnesse pryncypally of our maister Iesus Christes resurrection. Whiche thing caused the Phariseis, that defended the resurrection agaynste the Saduceis, to be more quiet towardes the Apostels. It had afore been de∣creed, that this busynesse, shoulde be layed on slepe, by dissemblyng therat for a time. But maliciouse enuy gote the vpper hande of this theyr decree or counsayle, and furyousnesse in them, shooke of all feare. For the head priests, whose mynde Sathā troubled with enuy, beyng assisted with the Saduceis, set hande on the apostels, & had them to warde, laying them in no priuate pri∣son, as though they shoulde bee examyned vpon suspicion, but in a common pryson, as though they had be taken in some manifest acte of myschiefe. A pryson was chosn oute veray strong, leste they myght by some meane escape, or els be taken awaye through some commocion of the poeple. But the holy woorde of the ghospell, can neyther be bounden, ne kepte in prison by mannes wytte and policie. For Iesus, who is the defendour of his owne elected, sene his Aungell, that opened by nyght the pryson doores, and brought them forth and sayed: be ye nothyng vnquieted in mynde wyth these maliciouse priestes, but rather holde on the holder, as ye haue begonne. Go your waye, and in the

Page [unnumbered]

temple steppe vp and preache to the people, what soeuer he gaue you in com∣maundement to preache to all nations of the world. The time was once, whan he would not suffre you to publishe him for Christe. But nowe is cumme the tyme, that he spake of to you, saying: there is nothynge hyd that shall not bee openly shewed, and what is whispered in your eare, that preache ye vpon the house toppes. The apostles beyng encouraged at this the angels exhortaciō, came into the temple early in the mornyng, and according to their accustomed manier, taught the people, whiche were many there in numbre. The high bi∣shop beyng ignoraunt what was doen by nyght of the angell, ioyned himselfe in confederacie wyth the Saduceis, and certayne other supporters of that wil∣full mynde that he was of, and came into the counsell house. Thither was cal∣led all the whole counsell of prestes, of officers and temple rulers, with all the whole ordre of elders among the people of Israell. For than were they all the sorer incensed agaynst them for theyr disobedience, and had determined to or∣deyne some crueller punishemente for theym: But here consider in the meane whyle, good reader, the malicious impudencie of the priestes, that where as they had no iuste matier to lay to the Apostles charge, yet brought they aboute in their great assembly, what euer they lusted: because theyr sentence, whyche was cursed and vngodly, shoulde appeare in that, that it was decreed by con∣sent of the whole counsell, good and ryghteous. After that the head men were sette downe eche one in his place after a stately manier, the sergeauntes were sent, to bryng forth thattached persons before them, into theyr sessions.

[ The texte.] Whan the ministers came, and founde them not in pryson, they returned and tolde, saying: the pryson truely we founde shut with all diligence, and the kepers stāding with∣out before the doores. But whan we had opened, we founde no man within. Whan the chiefe preist and the rewlers of the temple, and the hie priestes heard of this, they doub∣ted of them, wherunto this would growe.

The sergeauntes came vnto the pryson, they founde the kepers watchyng at the pryson doore. The doore was set open. But whan they were come in, none of the apostles coulde they fynde, nor any prynt or token, what way they had escaped. Than went the ministers backe agayne vnto the counsell, and tolde them what they had sene. We founde, sayde they, the pryson on euery side surely shutte, and the kepers standyng fast by the doore. But whan the doore was open and we let in, no man founde we there. All they were muche trou∣bled in theyr myndes at these tidynges, and specially the temple rewlers and the head pryestes, and as menne beyng at theyr wittes ende, dowted sore what ende should ensue of this busines.

[ The texte.] Than came one and shewed them: Beholde, the men that ye put in pryson, stande in the temple and teache the people. Then wente the ruler of the temple, with ministers, and brought them without violence. For thei feared the people, lest they should haue ben sta∣ned, and whan they had then brought them, they set them before the counsell. And the chiefe priestes asked thē, saying: did not we streightly cōmaund you, that ye should not teache in this name▪ And beholde, ye haue fylled Ierusalem with youre doctryne, and intende to brynge this mannes bloud vpon vs.

The meane time that they were in suche doubt, whiles they were trembling for feare in their consultacion, in came one ye troubled more their myndes with

Page xxiiii

heauy tydynges, saying: beholde, the men that ye emprysoned yesterday, nowe stand in the temple, teachyng no smalle noumber of people. Than the temple∣rewlers, bycause it perteyned peculiarlye to theyr office to see that nothynge shoulde be other wise doen in the temple then ought to be, toke theyr waye, ac∣cording to the priestes commaundement, vnto the temple, with a company of seruing men, for theyr garde agaynste all assaultes or violence of the people: They founde them lyke as it was reported, standyng in the temple, and prea∣chyng Iesus to a great sorte of people. Albeit they laide no handes on them, lyke as they had doen before. For they sawe there present a great numbre of people, & were afrayed themselues lest they, yf any commocion should haue rysen among the people, should be stoned. But neyther was that companye of suche a sorte, that would make busines, neither thapostles those persons, that desyred ayde of any temporall powre. They were in themselues very stedfaste and sobre in theyr doinges, without any fearsenes at all. They behelde thoffi∣cers which led them the day before to pryson. And yet for al that, they neyther feared themselues, neyther fled away, nor brake once of their preaching of the ghospel, vntyll the offycer of the temple entreated them gently, to goe vnto the counsell. The Apostles obeyed, lest they shoulde in any wise seme to despise the publike authoritie. For theyr maister had not taught them that they shoulde whan they were called, refuse to goe, but yt they should boldly speake, nothyng at all afrayed. In came these two fyshers to the counsell house, presented they were before a company of hygh and great officers, with no small trayne folo∣wing them. Than began Annas, the high prieste with highe authoritie, and no lesse statelines of mynde, hys oracion in this maner: did not we streightly com∣maund you at our last assembly by authority of ye hygh powers that ye should nomore teache the people, nor make mencion priuely nor appartly to any mā, straungier or Iewe, of this name Iesus, whiche we wyll shalbe abolyshed?

And nowe wyll ye see howe contemptuously agaynst the authoritie of the whole counsell▪ ye haue not alonely kepte no sylence herein at all, but the more vehemently haue ye also preached, insomuche that ye haue fylled all Heirusa∣lem wyth your doctryne, and the rumoures of youre doynges are the meane whyle publyshed abrode, yea to the cities that border about vs. Well, ye goe about maliciously to bryng vs in hatred for the death of this man. For openly ye do preache that we slewe him, which thing cannot we deny. Ye publyshe al∣so that the selfesame persone was good and holy & well with God approued, and in his name ye worke miracles, whiche is as it were to dishonour, & con∣demne vs before the multitude, of crueltie, that haue procured suche a mans death. This was the hgyhe Byshoppes oracion, whyche contayned no honest matters to defende it selfe, only it made some afrayed with woordes of hyghe authoritie, that the trueth in dede, whiche ought to be for mans health publis∣shed to all men, should be kepte in silence for the wicked mennes glory.

[ The texte.] ¶Peter and the other apostles aunswered, and sayed: we ought more to obey God then men. The God of our fathers raysed vp Iesus, whome ye slewe, and hanged on tree, him hath God lyfte vp with his ryght hand, to be a ruler and salueour, for to geue repentaūce to Israell, and forgeuenes of synnes. And we are recordes of these thynges whiche we saye, and so is also the holy ghost, whom God hath geuen to them that obey hym. Whan they hearde this, they claue a sundre, and sought meanes to slay them.

Nowe let vs on the other parte heare a fisher, the very Archebysshop of

Page [unnumbered]

Christes ghospell, howe boldly, and soberly also maketh he an aunswere for all the apostles: High and bountifull Bushop, he sayeth, and ye that are rew∣lers of great authoritie, with other also the elders very wurshipfull men, that sit here in counsell together, we despyse not youre authoritie, but we preferre the authoritie of God to mannes authoritie, and so promysed we to do in that aunswere we made you, whan ye forbode vs to speake any woorde at all of Iesus name. And as I suppose there is not one in this assembly, that thin∣keth it mete that we shoulde for mannes prohibicion, take lyghte regarde to goddes commaundementes, and whyles we feare youre wrathe, renne into Goddes dyspleasure. If your commaundementes stoode with the wyll of god, we woulde with all our hertes, satisfy both you and hym. Nowe sence youre prohibicions doe vtterly square wyth hys commaundementes, and that we cannot satisfye both the one and ke the other, we had lieffer obey God, than manne. And it is not our desyre to bryng any in hatred by preachyng of Ie∣sus name, but to procure saluation to euery manne. And more it were for you expedient, rather to submitte your authoritie to the will of God, then to bryng vs hither, refusyng vtterly to saye ought, or els to doe contrary to goddes wil.

The waye is open for eche manne, to come by remyssion of his synnes, yf he a mende his lyfe, and louyngly doe embrace the trueth of the ghospel. Euen thus shall ye fynde it, as we haue shewed you heretofore: the God of oure fa∣thers, whome ye and we, and we with you doe wurshyppe, hath reysed vp from death his sonne Iesus, whome ye faste naylyng hym on a crosse, haue sayne. And veryly so was it decreed by the diuine counsell, so it was hereto∣fore spoken by the Prophetes, that one shoulde dye to saue the worlde. This selfe same persone, euen lyke as he was but feble in bodye, manne hath put to death, but almyghtie God hath called him to lyfe agayne: and of hys infinite power, hath him exalted to suche renowne and glorye, as to bee a guide for all menne, and the chiefest worker of mannes saluacion, but pryncipally for the children of Israell, and that all maye redily come thorowe hym to remissi∣on of synne, whiche bee contente to forsake theyr euell lyuyng, and to professe his holy name. And to these thynges that we rehearse to you, beare we re∣corde, that kepte in house wyth hym familiar companie, before he died, and af∣ter he was from death reuiued, oftentymes heard hym, sawe hym, and hand∣led hym, vntill he ascended vp (all vs beholdyng hym) to heauen. But if ye esteme our wytnes to be of small importaunce, the holy ghoste beareth wyt∣nes of the same, whome he powreth vpon all that receyue his ghospell, as ye see it in vs a ready. You heare straunge languages, you see woondrefull thynges wrought excedyng common reason. There is nought here of our owne doynges, it is Iesus holy spirite, that putteth forth his power and ver∣tue abrode by his ministers. This oracion of Peters, well besemyng for an a∣postle to make, which ought eyther for dreade of punishment to feare them, or els for the hope of saluacion that was euen at hande to allure theym, chafed theyr myndes and made them the more incensed against them, insomuch, that theyr hertes would haue braste for anger, laying theyr heades together howe they myght slea them. Than had the priestes for their parte, of a long tyme cu∣stomably vsed murther: and to cutte lyke buchers, shepe & goates in the tem∣ple, wherby they had gotten themselues nought els, but a slayght to kyl men also, the more easely. In all this their communication not a worde was heard

Page xxv

of diuyne scripture, nothing godly spoken for mans erudicion, no reason at all. Onely this commaund we, this is our wil & pleasure, eyther obey thesame, or els shalte thou suffre death.

[ The texte.] ¶Then stode there vp one in the councell, a Pharisey, named Gamaliel, a doctoure of lawe (had in reputacion among al the people) and commaunded the apostles to goe aside a litle space, & sayed vnto them: ye men of Israell, take hede to your selues, what ye en∣tende to do, as touching these menne. For before these daies rose vp one Thedas, boa∣sting himselfe, to whome resorted a noumbre of men, aboute fower hundred which was slayne: and they al whiche beleued hym, wer scattered abrode, & brought to nought. And after this man, was one Iudas of Galile in the dayes of the tribute, and drewe awaye muche people after hym, and he also perished, and al (euen as many as harkened to him) were scattered abrode. And now I say vnto you refraine your selues from these men, and let them alone. For yf this counsell or this worke be of men, it wil cum to nought. But & yf it be of God, ye cannot destroye it lest ye be haplye founde to stryue against God.

In that councell sat one Gamaliell, a Pharisey, at whose fete Paule the apostle learned the lawe, a man in high estimacion with the whole people of Israel, both for his excellente knowleage in the lawe, & for his singuler wys∣dome. This Gamaliel, whan he sawe them so bent to vnthriftie councell, stood vp, and desyred that the apostles might for a while departe out of the councel. That doen this sayed he to them that were there sittyng: ye my brethren of Israel, procede not headlyng in your councell, neyther determine any thinge vnaduisedly, whiche afterwarde may turne remediles vnto your shame, but take good hede what ordinaunce ye make, or iudgemente ye geue of these persones. Take counsayle of thinges past, what shalbe expediente for you to determyne for the tyme to cum. I wyll reherse no auncient examples of old tyme. That as I shall reherse to you, was done sence al ye may well remem∣bre. There was of late dayes one Theudas, an enchaūter, and a false decea∣uer, who by boastyng hymselfe to the people, and promysing of prodigiouse thinges, drue to his factiouse opinion a great number of men, nigh vnto the poinct of fower hundred. But hys busie enterpryse, because it proceaded of a maliciouse stomake had an vnthriftye ende. For both he hymselfe suffered paynes of death, and as many as had taken his parte, were sum slaine & sum taken prysoners. Whan all wer thus scattered abrode, the secte was brought to nought.

After hym was Iudas of Galile, a countreyman to these persons, that ye now consulte vpon, the same tyme that the whole worlde was taxed by com∣maundement of Augustus Cesar. And this same Iudas, for as muche as he taught thynges pleasaunt to the people, that they bryng dedycate to god, ought to pay no tribute to Emperours, whiche were woorshyppers of false goddes, drew to his faccion a greate parte of the comens. And afterwarde both he ye capitaine of this faccion was slaine, & as many as toke his parte, were scattered abrode. Wherfore this is myne aduise, that more wisely shall ye do, yf ye forbeare these persones, and let theim goe, seyng that no man hy∣therto is hurte by them. For yf this, that they haue enterprysed, or that that they goe about to bryng to passe, procede of mans witte, it shall of it selfe cum to nought. But yf god be the worker of this so woonderfull a matter, it were both an vngodly poynte in you, to mynde the destruccion of that thing which

Page [unnumbered]

God is the principall doer of (for what were that els but to resiste god) and be∣sydes that lacke of foresight, to goe aboute that that ye cannot bring to passe. For who shalbe able to withstand the wil of god?

[ The texte.] And to hym agreed the other: and when they had called the apostles, they bet them: and commaunded that thei should nor speake in the name of Iesus and so let thē go. And thei departed from the counsell, reioysing that they were counted worthie to suffe rebuke for his name. And dayly in the temple, and in euery house they ceased not to teache and preache Iesus Christ.

This his councell was so estemed with the whole assemblye, that the sen∣tence of death, which they would haue pronounced on them, was differred vn∣till an other tyme. And as for this tyme, they agreed to Gamalyels councell, not that they would vtterly holde their handes of thapostles, but that after they wer al twelue called together, and beaten, they should be charged agayne vpon a strayte commaundemente, not to speake from that daye forwardes, so muche as one woorde of the name of Iesus. And so were they contented v∣pon this punishement to dimitte them, thinkyng that though they had made lyght at their thundryng woordes, and threatninges, yet would thei be better aduised what they did or said, beyng once punyshed for a warning: esteminge thapostles whiche wer, to loke vpon, abiect persons, and of the base cōminal∣tie, to be like in condicion to the rude and barbarouse people that are amended with strokes. But the liuely spirite in a preacher of the woorde of god, is wont after suche iniurious afficcions, to gather his strength together. Thapostles, because they wer well assured that the woordes ye Iesus spake wer trewe, that they should be called before iudges, and that they shoulde be scourged in their Synagoges, and congregacions, for no euil dede, but for professing his hol∣sum name, departed from the councell, lufty in courage, and ioyous, takyng their reprocheful beatinges, whiche to other wer thought intollerable, to their prayse and glory, for as muche that god would recognyse them his apostles worthy such honour, that they might for his owne sonnes sake, spitefully be entreated. They had in remembraunce what Iesus had saied to them before: reioyce ye & be glad, for great is your reward in heauen. So litle this punish∣ment and menacing auayled the princes, to holde them abacke frō preachyng Iesus name, that thapostles toke therof the more courage to preache conti∣nuallye what thei had heard of their maister Iesus, both openly in the temple, and in euery mannes house priuily, and to bryng to eche man gladsum ty∣dynges, that this was very Messias, by whome all shoulde be saued.

The .vi. Chapiter.
[ The texte.] In those daies (whan the numbre of the disciples grewe) there arose a grudge among ye Grekes against the Hebrues, because their widowes wer dispised in the daily ministra∣cion. Than the twelue called the multitude of the disciples together, and saied: it is not meete that we should leue the worde of God, and serue tables. Wherfore brethren, loke ye out among you seuen men of honest reporte, and full of the holy gost, and wisdome, to whom we may commit this busines. But we wil geue our selues continually to prayer, and to the minystracion of the woord. And the saying pleased the whole multitude. And they chose Sieuē a man ful of fayth, and of the holy ghost, & Philip, and Prochorus, and Nichanor, and Timon, and Permenas, & Nicholas a conuerte of Antioch. These seuen thei set before the apostles, and whan they had praied, they layed their handes on them.

Page xxvi

AT the same time, whan the disciples (for so were they than named, who afterwarde were called Christians) encreased daylye moe in numbre, the Grekes that were amongest them, whiche were none other than Iewes, althoughe not borne in Iewrye, by profession yet Iewes, and borne amonge the Gentyles, begane to murmure and grudge againste the Hebrewes. The cause of this theyr grudgeyng, sprange of an affeccion or loue towardes their cuntrey folkes. For whereas the apostles carried about with them certayne women, whiche did them seruice, the Grekes were agreued that their widowes were not had in suche estimacion as that they myghte serue thapostles, and disciples, by dayly handreachinge. For suche ministery or seruice was estemed with them, to be a thinge of muche prefer∣ment. And this was the first ambicion in christes churche. And yet though the discorde amongest them was but litle or small, forebecause thou shouldest vnderstande how sore a good shepherde ought to be displeased therwith, the twelue apostles in continente, whan they had called together a great company of the disciples, to thintent it should be of the more authoritie that was deter∣mined with al their consētes, said in this maner to thē: we see grudgeing, what soeuer the matter meaneth, spronge amongest vs, as touching the seruice we haue at womans hande. Some ordre therfore must be taken, that we, who are appoynted to an higher office, be not in this wise often interrupted, with such light matters of charge. The lorde hath inioyned vs by an especial cōmaun∣dement, to teache the gospel. It is not therfore a thing well to be allowed, that we should lay asyde the office of preaching the gospel, that we be charged with al, and serue at tables. For like as in the bodie are sundry membres, and euery membre doth his office and duetie: euen so in suche a great multitude, trouble and cōfusion cannot be auoided, except diuers offices be distributed amongest diuers persons, after suche a sorte, that all together be referred to the profite of the whole bodye. For neyther seeth the iye for it selfe alone, but for all the membres. Neyther the handes laboure onely for them selues, but for ye whole bodye. Wherfore brethren, loke out of youre noumbre, seuen men that are of honest reporte, replenished with giftes of the holy ghoste, and endowed with synguler wisdome, to whom we maye committe, hauyng your good wyll with∣all, this necessarie busines, wherin we haue been hitherto occupyed, not with∣out hindraunce to oure exercyse in the gospell. And whan we are set at more quietnesse by their diligence, than shall we apply our selues to those thynges that be long to vs for oure owne partes to do, as prayer and preaching of the gospell. They shall take charge with fedyng the bodyes, we wyll apply oure studyes to feede your soules. The whole cumpany wer wel pleased with this oracion. And so were seuen than chosen, with consent of all the congregacion Steuen a man in good credite, and one that largely had receiued ye holy gost. Philip, Prochorus, Nichanor, Timon, Patmenas, and Nicholas of Anti∣och, a proselite by his profession. These seuen, whan they were chosen, wer set before thapostles, to thentent that what was done, thei should allowe the same by their authoritie. Thapostles whan they had made their prayers to god as they were accustomed, layed their handes vpon them. For according to this

Page [unnumbered]

approued custome, were holy ministers assigned at the beginnyng, vpon ex∣ample whiche was taken of oure maister Iesus, who was wonte to laye his hande vpon those that he blessed. But if any demaunde ye quetion, what nede suche tites to the appoyntyng of ministers that should take charge of the ta∣ble? let him vnderstand that handling of monye, is in very dede a temporall exercise, moste cōmune among men, yet suche that would require sum speciall credit in him, yt shalbe charged therwithall, and an vpright conscience. Wit∣nesse herof was Iudas, whome his vncleane herte, beyng corrupted wyth a∣uarice, styred hym to betray his maister. And furthermore, because that these seuen persons prescribed to other also, what was thoughte in suche busines necessarie for to be done, it was mete for them to be put in authoritie, that all other should the rather obey them, as felowes with the apostles and their fur∣therers. Moreouer the disciples feastes wer not such, as be among ye vulgare people, but as ofte as they toke any meate, they toke it very deuoutly. Euerye broken morsell of breade, represented to them, the bodye of our lorde, euerye draught of wyne put them in remembraunce of oure lordes bloude. Fynally both the lordes bodye it selfe, and his bloude was ministred to the people by the Deacons. And if they were any tyme at leysure, besydes theyr temporall ministerie, than preached they also themselues, the gospell, as those persons that wer next of all to the apostles.

[ The texte.] ¶And the worde of God encreased, and the noumbre of the disciples multiplyed in Ie∣rusalem greatly, and a great company of the priestes, wer obedyent to the faith.

By suche maner meanes it came to passe that the doctrine of Christes gospell, was sparsed euery daye further abrode, and the disciples multiplyed at Ieru∣salem with right good successe in all their affayres. For a greate parte no onely of the comens receaued the gospell, but manye priestes also whiche had before conspired againste Christe and his apostles, whan they had repented themselues of theyr euil liuyng, and layed doune theyr pryde, submitted them vnto the swete yoke of the gospel.

[ The texte.] But Steuen, ful of faith and power, did great wōders and miracles, emong the people. Than there arose certain of the Synagoges, whiche is called the Synagoge of the Ly∣bertines, and Sirenites, and of Alexandria, and of Cilicia, & Asia, disputing with Sie∣uen. And they coulde not re siste the wysdome, and the spirit whiche spake.

But Steuens holines among all the deacons, glistened pryncipally. For so handeled he hymselfe in his office appoynted him, that he was moste in fa∣uoure with the whole multitude of the faythfull, for his excelente sobernes in behauioure: and towardes them that were rebellyous to the ghospell, he expressed so valiaunte a courage, that he was neuer by them ouercum, inso∣muche, that he wrought many and greate miracles amonge the people, in the name of Iesus, yea as one that endeuoured hymselfe to expresse the vertu∣ous steppes of thapostles. But forasmuche as exceliente vertue procureth it selfe enuie, lyke as dothe the sterne wynde draw to hym the white cloudes, cer∣tayne rose vp againste Steuen, of diuers felowshyppes, of the whiche one was called Libertines, another Cyrenites, sum of Alexandria, an other sorte of suche that came out of Cilicia, and Asia. For to these countreyes whiche were ioynyng vnto Siria, aboue al other were the Iewes dispersed: all these sortes, as though they had be of one conspiracie, arose together against Ste∣uen dysputyng with him, and yet coulde not all they, although manye in

Page xxvii

numbre, stand in reasoning against this one yong mans wisdome, & the liuely force of his courage, for because ye holy ghost whō he was ful of, spake in him.

[ The texte.] Than sent they men, whiche sayed: we haue heard him speake blasphemous woordes a∣gainst Moises, & against God: and they moued the people, and the elders, & the Scribes, and came vpon him, and caught him, & brought him to the councel, & brought forth false witnesse, whiche sayed: This man ceaseth not to speake blasphemous woordes againste this holy place and the law: for we heard him saie: this Iesus of Nazareth shal destroy this place, and shal chaunge the ordinaunces whiche Moyses gaue vs. And all they that sate in the coūcel loked stedfastly on him, & saw his face as it had ben ye face of an angell.

Marke me here the maner and fashion of the wicked. Whan they had caste of al trueth, vnable to make theyr partie good in disputacion, thei fell to practise of foregeyng lyes, and beyng once put to the wurse by wisdome of the holye ghoste, they gaue themselues wholy to the practyse of diuilyshe decey∣tes. For they brought in certaine men with false witnes, that saied thei heard Steuen spoke blasphemous wordes against Moyses, & against god. And there was none offence among the Iewes, that more deserued deathe, than did blasphemy, and more detested with the people. Consider here, good reader, lyke inuencions againste the seruaunte, as wer before practised againste the Maister. They brought in false accusers, bycause they would not be seen in theyr owne persons, to reuenge the inwarde grief of their mindes, whiche thei had conceiued for the blancke they wer put vnto beyng menne of themselues insufficient to cope with Steuen in disputacion. An hainouse crime ought they out, by their false ymaginacion against him, and cloked theyr cankred malice, with a pretensed loue to religion. Than wer the people with the elders also & Scribes, by meanes of these false tale tellers, whiche had been preuelye sent in, sore moued against Steuen, insomuche as all they wt one assent toge∣ther toke hym violently awaye, and haled hym before the councell. Here came they furth before them, that wer ye hyred recordes, for to playe out their partes and to saye: this man haue neuer done breaking out into blasphemouse woor∣des, againste this place, bothe holy and with all vs honorable, and agaynste Moyses lawe that was delyuered vs of god. For we hearde hym saye, that Iesus of Nazareth woulde destroye this place, and chaunge the ordinaunces that Moyses gaue vs. But this was Steuens reporte vpon relacion of ye apostles, howe Iesus had prophecied to them, that the temple and citie lyke∣wyse should be of theyr enemyes ouerthrowen, euen from the foundacion, for the peoples infidelitie. This rehersall of Steuen, craftely they wrested to a false and slaunderouse accusacion. A man myght well affirme these to bee thesame persones ye accused Iesus, reportyng thus of his woordes: we hearde hym saiynge: I wyll destroye this temple, and sette vp an other in thre dayes. But Steuen at this sharpe and cruel accusacion, was nothing moued in his mynde for he was cleare in his conscience, insomuch that he, from the botome of his herte, appeared in his very countenaunce, to be innocent. For the minde that knoweth euel by it self, is neuer out of feare. This his stedfastnes in coū∣tenaunce put his accusers soone to rebuke, for theyr shameles falshood. For those that sate there in counsayle, beholdynge hym, and markyng well howe boldelye he toke the offence that was layed to his charge, same hym so lytle discouraged at the matter or dismayde, that his face seemed to vtter by coun∣tenaunce, sum thynge aboue mannes excellencie, and a certayne chearfulnes withall, and maiestie, besemyng for an Aungell to haue.

Page [unnumbered]

The .vii. Chapter.
[ The texte.] ¶Than sayed the chief priest: is it euen so? And he saied, ye mē & brethren & fathers, her∣ken. The god of glory appeared vnto our father Abraham, whā he was in Mesopota∣mia, before he dwelt in harran, & saied vnto him: Get the out of thy countrey, and from thy kined, & cum into the lande which I shal shewe the. Than came he out of the lande of Chalde, and dwelt in Charran. And frō thence, whā his father was dead, he brought him into this lande, in which ye nowe dwel, and he gaue him none inheritaūce in it, no not ye bredeth of a foote: And promysed that he would geue it to hym possesse, & to his feede after hym, when as yet he had no childe.

THan demaūded the high prieste of the accused person, to thin∣tent he might frame his sentēce in iudgement towardes him, after forme of lawe, as he did before in condemning Christe, this questiō: whether he had ought to answer to those thīges, & whether he would acknowledge ye offence that was brought againste him? Than Steuen beyng inspyred with the holye ghoste, beganne in this wise to make answere to the playnte profoundly, with a rehersall made euen from the beginning. Honorable audience, all that here be presente, eyther brethren, by trade of our cuntrey religion, either els by rea∣son of auncientnes and authoritie fathers, geue eare to me in my defēce of in∣nocencie, as ye haue done to mine accusers paciently. I haue neyther vsed to speake contumeliously against god, neither against Moyses, nor against the temple, but my endeuoure hath been not disagreynge here from Moyses, to aduaunce goddes glory, and that spirituall temple am I a buyldyng, like as god commaunded me, wherin god that is the very spirite, is best pleased. It is no blasphemy for a man to set furth that thing to the vttermost of his power, whiche Moyses shadowed in figures, whiche the prophetes, being inspired wt goddes holy spirite, hath before spoken of, whiche the sonne of god ye was sent downe to earth, for the same purpose, hath both begonne, and put his owne in credite withall to finyshe, which the holy ghoste now perfourmeth for all peo∣ples saluaciō, through them that beleue the gospel. But to striue so obstinate∣ly against the will of god, beyng so well knowen, and so bounteous towarde al men, is naught els, then to hate god, is none other thing, than to blaspheme god. Whiche obstinate maner, this nacion hath not of late daies begonne, but what they haue begonne longe agoe to do, now they neuer ceasse to continewe, so that nowe we ought to take it for no maruel, or thinke our selues otherwise than indifferently dealed withal, yf that cum to passe, that Iesus of Nazareth prophecied to cum, that is to saie, that this temple, that you so muche bragge and boast of, and this citie where ye raigne, that priesthood, that law, which ye abuse to your dishonest aduauntage, and vayne glorie, be taken awaye from you, and this your renowne and glorie be translate to them, that can be cōtent to wurship god syncerely, in trewe faythe of the gospel, and to kepe the lawe spiritually, and to frame themselues a lyuely temple, and an holy, for the holy ghost. And although god prouoked our elders by many sondry waies to this poynte, yet this rebellyous and obstinate people, alwayes despysed hym. And

Page xxviii

to begyn among al other, of the chiefe auncient father, and patriarche of this nacion, whose obedience I would to god they folowed, that bost themselues to be his children: God the father to whome all glorie is due, and whome we and you worship deuoutly, appeared longe tyme paste vnto Abraham, our prin∣cipal father, whyle he was in Mesopotamia, before he dwelt in Charran, and sayd vnto hym: get the out of thy countrey and from thy kinred, and cum vnto a lande, which I wyl shewe the. He obeyng goddes commaundementes, went out of the Caldeies land, & began his dwellyng in Charran, as purposing to take his Iorney farther, into sum other place to dwell, whan he saw his tyme. God eftsones brought him thence ouer into this lande, where ye dwell nowe, & that after his father Thares death, for whose age he had differred to chaunge his dwelling place. But ouer brought he him in gest wise, and as a straunger, geuing him none inheritaūce here, in somuch as he possessed, no not ye breadth of a foote, e••••epte it were purchased: but god promysed to set his posterytie in possession of this land after his death, whan that Abraham in those daies had no sonne. And though it semed to be a thyng vnbeleuable that was promised, yet both Abraham beleued, and god performed: & his promesse herein is foūde trew, lyke as he in all other thinges which he hath heretofore spoken, alwaies was founde trewe of his woorde.

[ The texte.] ¶God verily spake on this wise, that his seede should so geourne in a straunge land, and that they should kepe thē in bondage, and entreate them euill .iiii.C. yeares. And ye peo∣ple whom they shall serue, will I iudge, said God. And after that, shal they cum forth & serue me in this place. And he gaue hym the couenaunte of circumcision. And he begate Isaac, and circumcised him the eighte daye, and Isaac begate Iacob, and Iacob begat the twelue Patriarches. And the Patriarches hauyng indignacion, solde Ioseph into Egypte. And God was with hym, and deliuered hym out of all aduersities, and gaue hym fauoure, and wisdom, in the sight of Pharao, kyng of Egypt, and he made him go∣uernour ouer all Egypt, and ouer all his householde.

And thus sayd he than vnto him. Thy seede shalbe in a straunge lande, and the people whome thy posteritie shall lyue withall, lyke straungers, shal make them their bond men, and cruelly handle them for the space of fower hundred yeares and thyrty: at the last, shall I delyuer them, sayth the lorde, of their bondage: and the people, whom they shal serue, wyl I iudge, and be auenged of. After that shall they serue me in this place, out of mannes subieccion: and that god myght the more by sum meane, bynde his people to sticke vnto hym, gaue he vnto Abraham circumcision, as a seale of hys promise. And so Abra∣ham trusting to goddes promyse, begat Isaac, and hauing in remembraunce his couenaunte made with God, circumcised his childe the eight day after his birth. Isaac on the other parte circumcised Iacob, & Iacob his twelue sonnes the Patriarches, and chief fathers of our auncestry. Amongeste these twelue, sum there were that litle remembred goddes promyse, but beyng moued of en∣uye, deuysed suche a lyke thyng agaynst their brother Ioseph, as their poste∣ritie hath deuysed agaynst Iesus of Nazareth. They cast hym into a cestern, and furthwith solde him to marchaunt men, that brought him into Egypte. But lyke as almyghtie god raysed vp Iesus beyng slayne, and extolled hym on high after that he was cast doune: so deliuered he Ioseph at that tyme, oute of all his troubles, and broughte him by meanes of his good condicions, and

Page [unnumbered]

foreiudgement in thinges to cum, in fauour wt Pharao king of Egypt, inso∣much that Pharao put him in authoritie ouer Egypt, and ouer all his house.

[ The texte.] But there came a dearth ouer al the lande of Egypt and Canaan, & great affliccion, that our fathers found no sustenaunce. But when yt Iacob heard that there was corne in E∣gipt, he sent our fathers first. And at ye seconde tyme, Ioseph was knowē of his brethrē and Iosephes kinred was made knowē vnto Pharao. Then sent Ioseph a message, and caused his father to be brought, and al his kynne .lxxv. soules. And Iacob descended in∣to Egypt, & died bothe he and our fathers, and were carried ouer into Sichem, and say∣ed in the sepulchre that Abraham bought for money, of the sonnes of Emor, the sonne of Sichem.

But there came a dearth ouer all the lande of Egipte, and Chanaan, and great trouble withal, so that our fathers could finde no sustinaunce for them. Iacob, whan he had knowledge that there was plenty of corne in Egypte, sent out our fathers thyther to fetche corne thence. And the seconde tyme that he had sent them thyther, was Ioseph knowen of his brethren. The rumor herof, came also to Pharaos eare, that he was an Hebrewe borne, and had a father and eleuen brethren on liue. Ioseph than sent for Iacob his father, and all his whole kinred into Egypte, because they shoulde not lacke. All they were in noumbre thre score and fyftene. And so came Iacob doune into Egipt to dwell, and dyed, bothe he, and his twelue sonnes, our fathers, and wer laied in a sepulchre, whiche Abraham bought for an hundreth siluer cicles, of the children of Hemor, sonne to Sichem. None of them all had hytherto ought in possession of the lande that was promysed Abrahams posteritie.

[ The texte.] But whan the tyme of promise drewe nye (which God had sworne to Abraham) the peo∣ple multiplyed and grewe in Egypt, tyll an other kyng arose which knewe not Ioseph, The same dealt subtily with our kynred, and euil entreated our fathers, and made them caste out their younge children, that they should not remayne aliue. The same time was Moses borne, and was acceptable vnto god, and nouryshed vp in his fathers house three monethes. Whā he was cast our Pharaos daughter toke him, and nourished him vp for hir owne sonne. And Moyses was learned in all maner of wysdome of the Egipcians, & was myghtie in dedes, and in woordes.

But the time than drawing nyghe, whan god would haue that performed whiche he had promysed Abraham, the Hebrewes encreased, and were multy∣plyed in Egypte, vntyl Pharao dyed, and an other kinge succeded hym, with whom Ioseph was not so muche in fauoure, as he before had been with Pha∣rao. This same king, fearyng lest the Hebrewes shoulde to muche increase, kepte vnder our kynred craftely, and dealte euil with our fathers, commaun∣dyng the mydwiues by proclamacion, that they should cast out men children, that none shoulde remayne on lyue. At the same tyme was Moyses borne, a∣gaynst whome, these men falslye reported of me, that I shoulde haue spoken blasphemous wordes. This Moises was in fauour before god: who suffered not him to perish, for by his prouidence, priuely was he nourished for thre mo∣nethes space in his fathers house. Yet for feare of ye kynges commaundement, he was cast out in a twiggen basket or hamper, playstred ouer with lyme, in∣to the ryuer of Nilus. As it chaūsed, Pharaos daughter toke him vp, & beyng muche delited with the propernes of the childe, nouryshed hym vp at home, for her owne sonne. Than was Moyses taken for an Egypcian, and instructed from his childhood, in al maner cunning and wisdome of Thegypcians, and was myghty in woordes and dedes.

[ The texte.]

Page xxix

And whan he was full fourty yere olde, it came into his herte, to visite hys brethren the children of Israel. And whan he sawe one of them suffre wrong, he defended him & auen∣ged his quarell, that had the harme done to hym, & smote y Egyptian. And he supposed his brethren woulde haue vnderstande, how that God by his hand, should deliuer them. But they vnderstoode not.

But whan he was fully cum to fourty yeres of age, he thought it good to visite his brethren, the childrē of Israel: For he expressed alwayes, tendre loue towardes his owne nacion, of whom he had his beginnyng. And whan he had seene, as he was conuersaunt amongest them, one of the Israelites suffre wrōg of an Egyptian, he auenged the Hebrewes quarell, and slewe the Egyptian. Declarynge euen than, the towardenes of a good capitayne. And he supposed that the Hebrewes had knowen allready at that time, howe God had determi∣ned to saue the people by hym, and to deliuer them from the bondage of Pha∣rao. And this Moyses presented in hymselfe, a figure of Iesus of Nazareth, whome god verily hath chosen to redeme the people from bondage of synne. But lyke as the Israelites perceiued not this in Iesus, euen so nor than dyd they vnderstande that in Moyses.

[ The texte.] And the next day, he shewed hymselfe vnto them as they stroue, and woulde haue set thē at one againe, saiyng: Syrs, ye are brethren, why hurte ye one another? But he that dyd his neighboure wrong thrust hym awaye, saiyng: wilt ye kyl me as thou diddest ye Egip∣cian yesterday? who made the a ruler and iudge ouer vs? Than fled Moyses at that sai∣yng, and was a straunger in the lande of Madian, where he begate two sonnes.

The daye after, as he was in waye agayne to visite his brethren, he found two Israelites stryuing togyther, & partyng them a sundre, he would haue set them at one agayne, saying: what do ye syrs? sithen that ye are brethren, and of one nacion, why hurte ye one an other: but he that dyd his neyghboure wrong, thrust him a backe that woulde haue sette them at one, saying: what medleste y in our matter? who made the a iudge and ruler ouer vs? wylt thou slaie me al so as thou slewest the Egypcian yesterday? And where as al that Moyses did was by inspiracion of the holy ghoste, yet founde he shortly there amongest his owne brethren, sum that rebelled agaynst hym. Whan Moyses heard of this, perceyuynge how his face was not vnknowen abrode, & fearyng for his owne parte, ye Egiptians, fled into the land of Madian, where he begat two sonnes.

[ The texte.] ¶And whan fowerty yeares were expired, there appeared to hym in the wildenes of Mount Sinai, an aungel of ye lord, in a flame of fyre in a bushe. Whan Moyses saw it he woondred at the sight. And as he drewe neare to behold, the voyce of the lord came vnto him: I am the God of thy fathers, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Iacob. Moyses trembled, & durst not beholde it. Than sayd the lord to him: out of thy shooes from thy feete, for the place where thou standest, is holy ground. I haue perfectly seen the affliccions of my people in Egipt, and I hearde their gronyng, & cum I am doun to deliuer them. And now cum, and I wyll sende the into Egypt.

And fourty yeares after, an aungell of the Lorde appeared vnto Moy∣ses in wyldernes, vpon Mount Synay, in a Bushe, which seemed to be all on fyre. Moyses beyng as one dismayde at this sight, assayed to go nere ther∣unto, to see what thynge it was. But the Lorde, whose voyce sounded in the

Page [unnumbered]

bushe, forbade him: I am (he sayd) the god of your fathers, the god of Abra∣ham, the god of Isaac, the god of Iacob. Moyses whan he heard this name, trembled therat for feare, and durst loke no neare. Than sayed the lorde: put of thy shooes from thy feete, for the place where yu standest, is an holy ground. Moyses obeyed the lorde. Than forth he wente in his talke. I haue wel mar∣ked how my people in Egipte hath been troubled, and haue hearde their gro∣ning. And therfore of compassion towardes them am I cum downe to dely∣uer them. And now cumme, and for this cause wyll I sende the into Egypte. Beholde and see howe playnely is Iesus of Nazareth signified here by Moy∣ses. The people of Israell reiected Moyses before they knewe what he was, saiyng: Who made the a ruler, and iudge ouer vs? Lyke woordes spake oure brethren vnto Iesus: in what authoritie dooest thou these thynges, and who gaue the this authoritie? For al this while knewe not they that god, for ye pi∣tie he had to our people, than had sent them this capitaine and purchaser of li∣bertie, and gyuer of lyfe euerlasting.

[ The texte.] This Moyses whom they forsoke, saiyng: who made the a ruler & a iudge? thesame dyd God send to be a ruler and a deliuerer, by the handes of the angell, whiche appeared to hym in the bushe. And the same brought them out, shewyng wonders & sygnes in Egipt, and in the read sea, and in the wildernes fourty yeares. This is yt Moyses which sayed to the childrē of Israell: A Prophete shall the lorde your god rayse vp vnto you, of your brethren lyke vnto me, hym shall ye heare.

And Moyses whom his brethren despysed, god aduaunced to honoure, and made him a capitaine, a gouernour, and a deliuerer of his people. And for his ayde and assistence, he had with him thangell presente, whiche appered to him oute of the burnynge bushe. By whose helpe broughte he hys people oute of Egipte, workynge manye woonders and meruailes in the lande of Egipt, soone after in the rede sea, and besydes that in wildernes, by the space of four∣ty yeares. As Moyses was to one nacion or people alone, so truly is Iesus of Nazareth vnto al that will folowe his guyding. Nowe lest any should thinke them to be Moyses aduersaries, whiche publishe and set openly furth Iesus of Nazareth, y same Moyses himselfe, hath commended to you Iesus of Na∣zareth, promysyng many lyues agoe, that he should cum, whom ye see nowe is cum to you. This sayde he: a Prophete shal God raise vp for you, one of your brethren lyke me, hym ye shal geue eare vnto.

[ The texte.] This is he that was in the congregaciō, in the wildernes with the aungell (which spake to hym in the mount Sina) and with our fathers. This man receiued the woorde of life to geue vnto vs, to whom our fathers would not obey, but cast it from thē: And in their hertes turned backe againe into Egipt, saiyng vnto Aaron: make vs goddes to go before vs. For as for this Moyses, that brought vs out of the lande of Egipt, we wo not what is be•••••• of him. And they made a cale in those dayes, and offered sacryfice vnto ye image and reioysed ouer the woorkes of theyr owne handes.

This I saye is thesame Moyses, that lyke as before he talked alone with thangell nygh vnto the bushe, so comoned he with him afterwarde in wyl∣drenes, vpon mount Syna, in presence of a great numbre of people, and sem∣blably talked with our auncestours, to whome disclosed he that, that he had hearde of the lorde. He had receyued of hym a lawe, for that ende he shoulde make to vs redelyuerye of the same, whiche lawe shoulde gyue to the kepers therof, lyfe euerlastynge. And for all that Moyses was of so greate autho∣rytye, yet woulde not our fathers obey him, but repelled hym, and as menne that had cleane forgotten out of what myserable and wretched bondage they

Page xxx

were deliuered, desyred to be againe in Egypt, to thintent they might, whan they had once caste of their capitaine, the authoure of their weale, and their re∣demer, and despysed the lawe of lyfe, repayre vnto the naughtye maners of suche that wurshipped false goddes. And therfore whyle Moyses was in cō∣municacion with thangell, sayde they vnto Aaron: make for vs sum goddes whiche maye goo before vs. For Moyses, y brought vs out of Egypt, knowe not we what hath become of hym. And forthwith accordyng to the example of the Egyptians, whiche wurship their god Apis in the ymage of an oxe, made thei for themselues a calfe, wrought out of pure golde, and offered vp sacrifice vnto this god without lyfe, and dispised the liuing god, by whose tendre good∣nes, they had escaped bondage: and reioysing in so wicked a deede, as though it had been wel done, daunsed, and kepte their feastes and bankettes, refusyng the trewe god, that made al thinges, and bragginge of their dumme goddes, whom they had made for themselues, with their owne handes.

[ The texte.] Than god turned hymselfe, and gaue them vp, that they should worship the hoste of the skye, as it is writen in the booke of the prophetes. O ye of the house of Israel, gaue ye to me sacrifices & meate offeringes by the space of fowerty yeares in the wildernes? And ye toke vnto you the tabernacle of Moloch, and the sterre of your God Kempham, figu∣res whiche ye made, to woorship them. And I wil translate you beyonde Babilon.

God beyng displeased at these thinges, turned hymselfe in lyke maner awaye from them, and suffered them to take their owne pleasure, in somuche that thei worshypped at the laste, not one god onely, but accordynge vnto the Heathen example, the whole cōpanye of celestiall bodyes. The Sunne, Moone, Ster∣res, Mars, Mercury, Uenus, and Saturne, whom the vngodly Poetes take for goddes, where as they be but bodyes fourmed of god, to serue for the vse and profit of man. This that I saye, can not be denyed. This was the verye thing that god had indignacion at, speaking by the mouthe of Amos his pro∣phete: haue ye the house of Israel offered vnto me sacrifices .xl. yeares in wil∣dernes? at the least waye ye haue embraced in steade of goddes trewe temple, Moloches tabernacle, whiche is an ydoll amonge the Amonytes, and Rem∣pham, a celestiall figure of your god, whiche is Lucyfer, or Uenus, that the Sarasins do worship. These dumme ymages haue ye made for yourselues to worship, and despised the lyuynge and trew god, who alone hath made all thinges. But forasmuche as ye delyted in them, I will brynge you ouer into Babilon, that ye maye serue eftsones idolaters. Now is it, as I suppose, suf∣fycyently declared that I haue nought sayde, or spoken blasphemously, to the derogacion of god, whome I sincerely worship, neyther againste Moyses, whose Prophecie I hertely do embrace, but that they rather haue blasphemed who hath by folowynge the wicked steppes of our elders, despised for a longe tyme passed, both god him selfe speaking by his prophete Moyses, and yet at this present tyme, despise both god and Moyses speakyng in Iesus person of Nazareth. And as touching the law, I haue in no wise be foūd blasphemouse, for whom the lawe hath appoynted vs to receyue, whom the prophetes euery∣chone hath promysed, him haue I louingly receyued: but rather they are to be accompted blasphemouse agaynst the law, that folowe stil the steppes of their wicked fathers, who set nought by Moyses lawe, and nowe refuse the lawe of the gospell, a lawe that Iesus published for all men, whiche lawe doth not ab∣rogate Moyses lawe, but perfourme it.

[ The texte.]

Page [unnumbered]

Our fathers had the tabernacle of witnes in the wildernes, as he had appoynted them, speaking vnto Moises, that he should make it, according to the fashion that he had seen. Whiche tabernacle also our fathers that came after brought in with Iosue, into ye pos∣sessions of the Gentiles, whom God draue our before the face of our fathers, vnto ye time of Dauid, whiche founde fauoure before God and woulde faine haue founde a taberna∣cle for the God of Iacob: But Salomon buylt hym an house.

Nowe for the temple, whiche I am reported to blaspheme, harken what I haue to saye in fewe woordes. I am well assured this temple was buylded by goddes commaundemente, to the intent it myght be a figure of a temple more holye, & gyue place to a better, euen lyke as the tabernacle of witnesse wherein was an arke of testimonie or witnes, whiche our fathers caried aboute wt thē in wildernes, gaue place to this your tēple. For god speakynge by the mouthe of his Prophete Moyses, had appoynted him the fasshion of that tabernacle, accordynge to the whiche examplar, it should be buylded. That same taberna∣cle, our olde fathers made muche of, and Iosue than beyng thei capitayne, brought it into the lande of the heathē people, whom god draue awaye before the face of our fathers, vntill kyng Dauids dayes. Who beyng than, as he was in very dede, an holy man, & for that in fauoure with god, desyred of hym that he myght make him a tabernacle seemely for the god of Iacob. But Sa∣lomon, for as muche as he all his dayes lyued peasibly, was he yt first builded for him this magnificall temple wherof ye auaūte & boaste, saiyng: The tem∣ple of the lorde, the temple of the lorde, the temple of the lorde. But this your temple is nought els than a figure of the trewe spirituall temple, that is the congregacion of the faythfull, whiche is a buildynge by your kyng Iesus of Nazareth, whom Salomon figured.

[ The texte.] Howbeit he that is hyghest of all, dwelleth not in temples made with handes, as saieth the Prophete: heauen is my seate, and earth is my foote stoole. What house wil ye build for me, sayeth the Lord? which is ye place of my rest: hath not my hand made al thinges?

For sence that god is a thing all togyther spirituall, he dwelleth not in hou∣ses made by mannes hande, neyther can he be enclosed within walles, who is of suche greatnes, that cannot be mesured, and contayneth all thynges. This is euen it, that he hymselfe beareth witnes of, speaking by Esay his prophete, heauen is my seate, and earth is my foote stole. What house wyl ye buylde for me, sayeth the lorde, or what place is for my repose? Hath not my hande made them all? Thā had god, who made all thinges, rest in himselfe, before he made al. And if he take rest any where, he resteth not in houses made by man, seynge that heauen is a seate for him, & the earthe his foote stoole: but his delite is to reste in quiet hertes, and such as be alwayes readye at commaundement of the holy gost. Wherefore then, whose conscience is polluted with vicioule lyuyng, he defileth goddes temple. And who that putteth them to busynes, whiche be alreadye at commaundement of his holy spirite, he polluteth the temple of the Lorde. And lyke as he offendeth not Moyses that preferreth Iesus, neyther breaketh he Moyses lawe, that placeth it behinde the gospell, euen so doethe not he violate this temple, that preferreth therto a spirituall temple, wherein god is more delyted. For it is but reason that shadowes geue the veritie place, which putteth now herselfe forth to lyght. It is meete, that that thyng whiche of it selfe is carnal, geue place to that, that is spirituall. This vndowbtedlye the very immutable will of God, and for this cause sent he downe his owne ••••nne alone vpon earth, he sente also the holy ghoste, to thintent the lyght of

Page xxxi

trueth in his ghospell myght cum abrode to all manner people.

[ The texte.] Ye stiffenecked and of vncircumcised hertes and eares. Ye haue alwies resisted the ho∣ly ghost: as your fathers did, so do ye. Whiche of the Prophetes haue not your fathers persecuted? And they haue slayn thē, whiche shewed before of the cumming of that iust, whome ye haue nowe betrayed, and murthered. And ye also haue receyued the lawe, by the ministracion of aungelles: and haue not kept it.

But ye persisting obstinately in defence of that, whiche of it selfe is carnall, now rebelle, as ye were wonte, againste goddes holy spirite, who called you now long ago, stubburne people. And yet thynke ye your selues to be Israe∣lites, and the childrē of Abraham, because ye haue a piece of that skynne which couereth your pryute membre, circumcised, wheras youre heartes, as well as eares, are left vncircumcised. But they shalbe from hencefurth, the trewe children of Abraham, that be in hearte clensed of all wicked desyres, that kepe theyr eares obedient to goddes commaundementes, and so pourged of grosnes, as touchinge carnall vnderstandyng, that they maye perceyue the spirituall meanyng of the lawe. For lyke as youre fathers by reason of theyr grosse vnderstanding and dull hearynge, resisted alwayes the holy ghoste: euen so did ye also, not vnlike in condicions to those youre auncestours, neuer leaue of your euyll speakyng, and doyng againste the holy ghoste, as it of late appeared in Iesus of Nazareth, whome ye crucifyed, and nowe in hys Apostles. Howe often hath youre fathers rebelled againste Moyses? Why may not I call them your fathers, whome ye folowe in condicions? whiche of all the Prophetes hath not youre fathers persecuted? And those that pro∣phecied to you of the iust to cum, by whome alone all shoulde be iustified, haue ye not onely punished, but murthered also. Ye hated them that tolde you of his cumming, and whan he was cum, & perfourmed all that they before had tolde you, ye not onely refused to embrace hym, but vpon a false impeche∣ment, ye put him into Pilates handes, and brought him by meane of hys sen∣tence, vnto a more shamefull and mischeuouse death, then yf ye youre selues had had the perfourmaunce of the acte, all in your owne handes. And all this do ye vpon a pretexte to defende the lawe, whereas neyther your elders obser∣ued the lawe, whiche was delyuered them by aungels, neither you that of late dayes put him to death, whome the lawe hath promysed and appoynted, and now besydes do persecute hym, whome ye haue slain, enuying youre selues the gyfte of eternal saluacion, whiche is prefored you: and procuring your owne vtter destruccion, whiche ye without cause laye to our charge and to Iesus of Nazareth.

[ The texte.] ¶Whan they hearde these thinges, theyr heartes claue a sunde, and they gnasshed on him with their teeth but he beyng ul of the holy ghoste, looked vp stedfastlye with his iyes into heauen: and saw the glorye of god, and Iesus standynge on the right hande of God and sayed: Beholde, I se the heauens open, and the sonne of man standyng on the right hand of God. Then they gaue a shoute with a loude voice, and stopped their eares and ran vpon hym, and stoned him. And the witnesses layed downe theyr clothes, at a young mans feete, whose name was Saule. And thei stoned Steuen calling on & saying: Lord Iesu receiue my spirite. And he kneled downe and cried: Lorde, laye not this sinne to their charge. And whan he had thus spoken, he fell a slep.

This oracion or tale so truly tolde them, and so frankely spoken, sore cha∣fed al their mindes, that wer in councell togyther, insomuch that theyr heartes were euen readye to breake in soundre, and gnasshed theyr teeth agaynste

Page [unnumbered]

hym. But Steuen as one vndoubtedly replenished with the holy ghost, was nothing at all in minde troubled by them, but in a redines to suffre death, cast vp his iyes, accordynge to Iesus Christes example, to heauenward, from whence all helpe & succoure for a christen man, is to be loked for and desyred. Than was forthwith this valiant champion strengthed againste the conflict, whiche was a cummyng. Heauen opened, and the glorie he sawe of god, and Iesus whome he professed, standyng on the ryght hande of his father. And this vision kepte he not close and secrete from the multitude, althoughe they wer wickedly bente. For it wer not expedient for mannes malice to suppresse goddes glory. Beholde, he saieth, I see heauens open and ye sonne of man stā∣ding on the right hand of goddes maiestie. It wer a profitable thinge, here to cōsider the maner and forme of this his iudgement. Faultes wer laied in a∣gainst him. He made answer to thē al. And beyng but a young man, he allea∣ged for himselfe, both testimonies of the law, and of the Prophetes. They wer vanquished in their accion by piththy reasons. There was nothing here spo∣ken by him of god, but godlye, nothing of Moses, but honorably, of the lawe nothyng, but accordyng to the meaning therof, of the temple, nothynge contumelyously. And yet their hartes for anger, were a breakyng in sundre, and thei grinded their teethe togither, lyke woode men and frantyke. So loth were they to see their owne glorie dimynished, and his glorye published and praysed, whose glorye alone, god woulde haue openly declared to all men.

If he hadde praysed Moyses or Abraham, they woulde haue forborne hym: but now that Iesus should be alyue, that he should stande on the ryght hande of god, lyke as Dauid prophecied, that coulde not they abide. But as they had be al stryken than, or turned into a fury or madnes, thei stopped their eares againste so holsome doctrine and communicacion, and ran al at once v∣pon Steuen violently with outragious cries. And as though he had ben thā conuict, and condemned for blasphemie, they cast hym oute of the citie, expres∣syng in this one poynte alone, Moyses lawe: and there they stoned hym. And the witnesses, as though they had gotten the vpperhande of hym, whose dew∣tye was after Moyses lawe to cast the first stone, to thintente they myght the redier be to that cruel murther, layed downe their garmētes at a young mans feete called Saule, who than of ignoraunce, and loue towarde hys countrey law, fauoured ye wicked parte. Soone vpō this they began to stone Steuen, who neither contended againe, neither spake woordes to thē of any reproche, but made to him, whome he had seen, his inuocacion, and sayde: Lorde Iesu take to the my soule. Therby mayst thou know him to be Iesus disciple. For in lyke maner sayed he vpon the crosse: father I commend my spirite into thy handes. After this, whyle the stones flygh on euery syde, and he was kneling vpon the grounde he cried out aloude with an highe voyce, and an inwarde great affeccion of mynde, and sayed: lorde, laye not this vnto their charge, for they know not what they do, how playnly doth the seruaunt expresse his may∣ster. This was the laste woorde before his deathe, after the whiche he depar∣ted this lyfe, as it were with a sounde slepe in the lorde, in whome whosoeuer dyeth, doth not dye in very dede, but falleth into a slepe, and shall agayne, af∣ter he hath taken his pleasaunt test, awake to lyfe euerlasting. It besemeth as many as be trewe christians, to dye in suche a mynde. And so Steuen ryghte well agreyng to his name, deserued first of all, the crowne of martyrdome,

Page xxxii

and offered vp to the Lorde, the first fruytes of sacrifice, that were seamely for the gospell.

The .viii. Chapter.
[ The texte.] Saule consented vnto his death. And at that tyme, there was a great persecuciō against the congregacion, whiche was at Ierusalem. And they wer all scattered abrode throw∣out the regions of Iewry and Samaria. But deuout persons dressed Steuen and made greate lamentacion ouer hym. As for Saul, he made hauocke of the congregacion & en∣tred into euery house, & drewe out both men and women, & thrust theim into prison. Ther∣fore, they that were scattered abrode, went euerye where, preachyng the woorde of God.

SOme there were emong that multitude, whiche were not than perswaded that Iesus was the sonne of God: and so by meane of suche ignoraunce, their offence was the lesse, thoughe it ex∣cused them not of murther, forasmuche as they, beyng so blin∣ded of their owne inordinate desyres, had leauer auenge, then learne the trueth. Yet of all other, none were lesse to be hol∣den excused, than the byshoppes, scribes and phariseis. Sum agayne there were whiche of very ignoraunce, not of any malice, beleued that it was a plea∣sant sacrifice to god, to dispatche the worlde of them, whiche went aboute to subuert the lawe that god had left to man. Albeit charitie of the gospell excu∣seth, yea those thinges, whiche cannot be with man excused. Amongest those that of plaine ignoraunce did amysse, and of no maliciouse mynde, Saule was accompted one: who was borne in the Isle Tarsus, a young man, fauo∣ryng Moyses lawe excedyngly, whiche afterwarde became of a rauenynge woulfe, a meke lambe, of a cruel persecutor of Christes gospell, and egre de∣fender of the lybertye therof. But stones verely cast he none that tyme at Steuen, but was assentyng to them, that had condemned and stoned hym, and for this purpose kepte he their garmentes, that he myghte be accoun∣ted one amongest the rest of them that stoned him. And yet were not the maly∣ciouse Iewes quieted in their mindes, with the murther of this one person but a wonderful great persecution begūne sone after to ryse against ye church of Christ, whiche than was at Hierusalem, in somuche as all they were scate∣red into sondry coastes of Iudea, and Samaria, sauyng the twelue apostles whiche were more constante in mynde, and stedfast, than other were: neyther coulde the maliciouse Iewes ought do agaynst them, no more coulde they a∣gaynst the other, but vpon Iesus the lordes sufferaunce. The lorde had per∣mytted them in tyme of persecucion, to flye from citie to citie. And this theyr fliyng proceded not so muche of anye feare the disciples were in, as it came of the wil and ordinaunce of god, that of their teachinges, as it were of seedes cast in many places abrode, a plentifull haruest myght the soner cum forth, in Christes religion. The twelue apostles and no moo, like faithfull shepherdes, shranke not awaye for all the great storme, but abode styll by it at Hierusalē. But sum well dysposed persones, because they perceiued Steuen vnworthely oppressed by subornate witnesse, caused the dead body to be buried. Of suche a godly loue or affecciō was Ioseph moued, and Nycodemus, to prouide dy∣ligently for the lorde Iesus funeralles: but Steuens death was celebrate af∣ter the Iewishe facion or maner, with weapynge and wailynge of good men.

Page [unnumbered]

For Christen people taketh the death of suche that dye for Christes glory, to their great Ioye and comforte, and as it were for the victorie of goddes ene∣myes: and yf there be any teares shedde, it is not for his sake that is dead, but eyther for suche manquellers that purchaseth them selues helle, either els for Christes flocke beyng destitute of a necessary shepherd. In these daies Saul, whiche had before declared at the stoning of Steuē sum tryal of his zeale, be∣gan of a great displeasure yt he had conceyued against the Christiās, lyke an hungry woulfe, that teareth in peces, & scattereth abrode a flocke of shepe, euē so to wast goddes congregacion, pursuynge them that fledde, searching them oute that lay hid, walkynge about to euery house, and wher he thought any to be of Christes professiō, furiously there russhed he in haling men and lyke∣wyse women into prison, more cruell (the trueth to say) then were the priestes & Scribes, of the which none at al put womē to any trouble or busines. This did that yong man of a good zeale, but of a noughty iudgemēt. And therfore kepte the lord his cruelle and rageyng minde within such limites, that it was not polluted wt any murther. Whiles this persecucion was a doinge at Hie∣rusalē, suche as were disparsed, though that feare draue them far of, from one place to another, yet ceassed not to blase abrode Iesus of Nazareth: & in theyr walking al aboute Iudea, sowed here & there, as thei went, the seade of ye gos∣pell, for y which selfe same purpose, ye lorde had suffered thē so to be scattered.

[ The texte.] ¶Than came Philip into a citie of Samaria, and preached Christe vnto them. And the people gaue hede vnto those thinges which Philip spake, with one accorde, hearing and seyng the miracles, whiche he did. For vncleane spirites criyng with a loude voice, came out of many that wer possessed of them. And many taken with palsyes, and many that halted, wer healed. And there was great ioye in the citie.

Emong whome was also Philip, one of the seuen deacons, in ordre nexte vnto Steuen. This Philip being far driuen from Hierusalē, went down into a citie of Samaria, which self same citie is called Sebast. And thither like∣wyse had cum before, a certaine fame of Iesus name of Nazareth, of whome Philip preached dyuers other thinges that were not there spoken of before, as how he was crucyfied, and had rysen the thyrde day after, to lyfe agayne: and furthermore whan he had been couersaūt the space of foury dayes with his disciples, ascended into heauen, and howe he had from thence sente downe to his disciples the holy ghost, and that all that woulde from thenceforth be∣leue in his name, should haue prouided for them euen at hande, their salua∣ciō. The vulgar people among the Samarites (for of al other those did moste alwaies profit by hearyng the gospell) gaue good hede all with one accorde, to Philippes wordes. For that tale, that promysed all men saluacion, was wel worthy to be fauoured, and more then that, the miracles which were not a∣few in number, wrought by Philip, affirmed his woordes to be trew. For de∣uilles out of many, whiche wer possessed of vncleane spirites, euen at hys in∣uocacion of Iesus name, went forthe with a loude crye, declaryng that they went not forth willyngly, but that they wer enforced by vertue of that health∣ful name. Yea and that was more to meruaile at, many that wer taken with the palsye, and diuers other that were lame, recouered health. For these causes the whole citye in eache degre and state, was wonderfully glad. The farther that they went from Hierusalem, and the nearer as their accesse was vnto the

Page xxxiii

heathen, the more encrease came of the gospell that they had sowen. Beholde howe much profited the Iewes cruelty, Philip of a deacō, became an apostle, and for a fewe Hierosolomytes, whiche refused theyr teachinges, whole cities gladly receyued the doctrine of the gospell. But the churche feleth greatter dāmage at their handes, whiche beynge in themselues corrupted, taketh part with the churche, then she doeth by them, that openly persecuteth her. And of this, example is here declared vs, that we shoulde take the better hede therby, of suche wolfes, that are wrapped in shepe skynnes.

[ The texte.] But there was a certaine man called Symon, whiche before tyme in thesame citie vsed witchecrafte, and bewitched the people of Samaria, saying that he was a man yt coulde do great thinges. Whom they regarded, fom he least to ye greatest, saying: This man is the power of God, whiche is called great. And him they set muche by, because y of long yme he had bewitched thē with sorceries. But as sone as they gaue credēce to Philip∣pes preaching, of the kingdome of God, and of y name of Iesu Christ, they were bapti∣sed, both m•••• & womē. Than Simon himselfe beleued also. And whā he was baptised, he cōtinued with Philip, & wondred, beholdyng the miracles & signes, which wer shewed.

A man there was amonge the Samarites, called Symon, a deceyuer of the people, and a practiser of delusions and inchauntemētes, who, before that Philip came thither, practised in that citie, magikes arte, & by his counterfeyt miracles, & monstreouse thinges against nature, had he made the Samarites fonde on hym and folyshe, who were besydes of their owne selues, supersti∣ciouse, & much enclined to deuilysh enchauntemētes. By meanes of such false∣hode and deceyte, auaunted he him selfe before the simple and plaine people▪ whiche were lyghtly perswaded to supersticion, bostynge that he was an ex∣cellent Prophete, vnto whom al the Samarites frō the highest to the lowest, gaue good hede. But nothing had he done in Iesus name, and therfore they, as people astonyed at suche monstruouse sightes, whiche he eyther fayned by crafte of iuglyng, eyther els broughte to passe by helpe of deuylles, sayd: this felowe is goddes owne right hande whiche is called mighty. Many a day had he bene with them, and long had he made them with his sorcery to dote vpon him, and therfore whan he had once gottē hymselfe a name with thē of great estimacion, many one beleued him in all that he taught. But after he percei∣ued Philip able to worke miracles in dede, & that more spedely then he coulde dooe, and also more surely at thinuocacion of Iesus name, and the Samari∣tes quite fallen frō him to Philippes beliefe, who brought thē a gladsom mes∣sge of ye kingdō of god, & of Iesus Christes name, not bragging of himselfe, as Simon dyd, but settyng forth Christes glory wt miracles right famously, and promysyng eternall saluacion to all, that after baptisme once receyued, woulde professe that name, and sawe many one as well men as women receiue baptisme: at the last Symon also himselfe receiued Christes faith, and whan he was baptised, begon to be of Philippes parte, more for ambiciō and desyre of worldly prayse and vaine glory, then for any loue he bare to Iesus. For as he was perfytlye sene in all artes magicall, so sawe he nothyng done by Phi∣lip, thorough suche maner falsehede and deceyte, wherefore whan he behelde sum miracles set furth by him, whiche were of no small weight and valoure, (as be al welnyghe that enchaunters worke, as to make a dragon flyghe, or a strawe crepe,) but deuils to be caste out of a man with a worde, and men that were taken with a palsey to be deliuered therof at a word, he maruayled much

Page [unnumbered]

therat, as a man greatly astonied by what feate subtilitie, or by what power might suche thinges be brought to passe.

[ The texte.] ¶Whan the Apostles whiche were at Ierusalem, heard saye that Samary had receiued the worde of God, they sent vnto thē Peter and Iohn. Which whā they wer cum, praied for them, that thei might receiue the holy gost. For as yet he was cum on none of tē, but they were baptised onely in the name of Christ Iesu. Thā ayed they their hādes on the, and they receyued the holy goost.

But whan thapostles whiche than were at Ierusalem, had hearde tidinges how the Samarites, a sorte of carnall people, and thesame not clene voy of idolatrie, had louingly receyued at Philippes preaching the worde of god, they wer right glad, and sent to them Peter and Iohn, the chiefe of all thapo∣stles, to ratifye that, and set it well finished, whiche Philip had begon. These two being sent to ratifye that was begon, whan they had learned at their cū∣ming thyther, howe Philip had christened many one, gaue thankes to God. Philip, and those that were with him, made peticion to the apostles in theyr behalfe whiche were christened, that they might receiue the holy ghost, & that suche that were clensed than by baptisme of all their sinnes might receyue the gifte of god also more largely, lyke as they had doen, whiche being altogether in a highe parlour, first before all other, receyued ye holy ghost. For as yet was not the holy ghost cum vpon any of them, sauyng that they wer onely christe∣ned in Iesus the lordes name. This authoritie to baptise, had the deacons ge∣uen them, but to laye hande vpon the baptised, wherby was geuen the holye ghost, was reserued vnto thapostles alone, and their successours. Thapostles than, as sone as they were desyred, layde theyr handes vpon them, and they forthwith in a visible token, receyued the holy ghost which endowed their spi∣rites with liuely strength like vnto the fyre, and enriched their tounges with an heauenly eloquence.

[ The texte.] Whan Symon sawe that thorough laying on of the apostles handes, the holy ghost was geuen, he offered them money, saying▪ geue me also this power, yt on whome soeuer I put the handes, he may receiue the holy ghost. But Peter sayde vnto him: thy money perishe with the because, y hast thought, yt the gift of God may be obteined with money. Thou haste neither parte nor felowship in this busines. For thy herte is not right in the sight of God. Repent therfore of this thy wickednes, & pray God, yt the thought of thine herte may be forgeuē the. For I perceiue yt ye art ful of bitter galle, & wrapped in iniquitie

Whan Symon the very same that was beum of a wicked enchaunter, no better a christen man then he was an enchaunter▪ perceyued that thapostles by laying their handes vpon them that wer baptised, gaue an heauenly gyfte, bicause he would wante nothing that might aaunce himselfe, and his owne commodities, profered them money, saying: geue me this power also and au∣thoritie, that whomsoeuer I lay my handes vpon, maye receyue ye holy ghost. This deuilish inchaunter thought that money might with all sortes of men, bring euery thing to passe, beyng not to learne that who looketh for gaynes, must be at sum expenses: his mynde was to bye and sell for gaynes.

And here eftsones was an other springe of no litle myschefe in the churche. Ananias and Saphira were punished for their dissimulacion. And so was this an example to be repelled forthwith very sharply, whiche, yf it had ben receyued, shoulde haue vtterly subuerted all synceritie of Christes religion. Peter therefore declaryng to all other, what bysshoppes ought to do against

Page xxxiiii

Symons disciples and folowers, made aunswere in this maner: It were better that this thy money that thou goest aboute to corrupte other with, were at the deuyll, and thou together with all, whiche art now becum of thine owne sekyng for, ye most wretched vnthryfte of all other lyuing, for as muche as thou thinkest that the gyft of god (which like as he of his bountiful good∣nes geueth to vs freely, so woulde he that we shoulde freely departe with the same to other) maye be bought for money. Thou canste be here no partener of any benefyte, nor haue any thing to do with vs in this oure office of prea∣ching, or geuing the holy ghost, whiche we of a playne and a sincere minde to godward, haue taken in hand. For though thy bodye be dipped in water, yet art thou for all that, vncleane herein before god. But yf thou continue styl in this thy noughtye and deceitfull mynde, nothyng shall thy baptisme auayle the. Wherfore than be sorye for this thy noughty purpose, & aske god forgeue∣nes, if thou maye in any wyse cum by forgeuenes of so outragious a crime, whiche thoughe it was not already in acte perfourmed, yet so haddest thou purposed it in mynde, that the leauing of it vndone, was not longe of the, and an yll example, of all other most daungerous brought in therby amonge the faythful of Christes congregaciō. God putteth suche in commission to dispēce the giftes of his most gentle spirite, whiche be of a pure and sincere herte. I see plainly that thou art of no cleane conscience, but infected with poisonful couetice and ambicion, and tyed by meanes therof, with the bondes of sin. For the releasement wherof, pray thou must vnto god with weaping teares, that the great vengeaunce of his wrath, whiche thou hast through so haynous an acte prouoked, may not light vpon the.

[ The texte.] ¶Than aunswered Symon, and sayde: praye ye to the lorde for me, that none of these thinges whiche ye haue spoken, fall on me. And they, whan thei had testified, & preached the worde of God, returned toward Ierusalem, and preached the ghospel in many cities of the Samaritanes.

Than Symon beyng more afrayed of goddes punishment, then he was for his euyll doyng penitent, saide to Peter: dooe ye rather pray to the lord for me, that none suche mischiefe as ye haue rehearsed, betyde me. Here thou seest, Theophilus, twoo Simons compared together: in thone is declared, what we ought to flye fro: in thother, what is for vs to folow. After that Peter than & Iohn had well approued by their authoritie, and made vp all perfyte Phi∣lippes preaching at Samaria, and had taught many thynges whiche they themselues had learned of their mayster Iesus, they came backe againe vnto Ierusalem, and by the way, preached the ghospell to many vilages and small townes of the Samarites, alwayes in hāde with that, that their maister com∣maunded them to dooe.

[ The texte.] ¶The angell of the lorde spake vnto Philip, saying: aryse, and go toward the south vnto the waye that goeth doune from Ierusalem vnto the citie of Gaza, whiche is in the desert. And he arose and went on. And beholde, a man of Ethiopia, a Chamberlaine, & of great authoritie with Landace quene of ye Ethiopians, and had the rule of all her ••••••a∣soure, came to Ierusalem to worship. And as he was in his repayre home again, syttyng in his chariot, he read Esai the Prophete.

Philip who was muche desirous that the ghospell might cum forwarde, mette with an other praye. For good men be seldome withoute occasion to do

Page [unnumbered]

good. For an angell of the lorde priuely warned hym, and sayde: aryse & take thy Iorney sowthward, and kepe the high waye that leadeth from Ierusalem vnto Gaza, I meane olde Gaza, where no man nowe dwelleth, nigh vnto the sea. Philip was ready at thangelles commaundement, and set forthe on hys way, as a man might perceyue in him a chearefull courage, mete for a byshop to haue, as ofte as nede shall require to allure any to the gospell. But like as the setter furth of enterludes appointeth time for his players to come and goe, euen so doeth here the angell moderate the settyng out of these two persons and their meting. For at ye same tyme, as god would haue it, a certaine gelded man, being a Chamberlayne, toke his iourney: a person halfe maymed, in that he lacked his stones, by reason wherof he was not a perfecte man of body, but right wyse for all that, and of a many stomacke: an Ethiopian borne, blacke skynned, but one that shoulde sone after be clothed with a garment of a lābes flece, immaculate, as white as snowe, and chaunge his naturall complexion in the fonte of baptisme, a head officer to Candace quene of Ethiope, whom she had made her high treasurer. Here speake we of a sorte of people delicatly brought vp by reason of theyr excesse and superfluitie, which are well worthy to be in subiection to a woman. Riches is the norisher of all superfluitie. This man of a deuout mynde, had taken his iourney towardes Ierusalem. For the temple there was of so great renowme, that diuers nacions, yea oute of far countreyes, came, and brought with them sundry gyftes. In consideracion whereof, the priestes had muche dysdaine and hatred at them, that sayd this temple should be once distroyed. This chamberlayne meaned well and godly, but fowle was he deceyued to seke in the Iewes temple for religion, whence it was euen than all ready to depart vnto the heathen. And as he was in his repayre homewarde, sitting in his chariot, he mispent not the tyme in fables, or elles in slepe, but for the loue that he had to religion, was in readyng Esaye the prophete, declaring to vs where we ought to seke for Christe. For in tem∣ples is not he hydden, but in bokes of holy scripture.

[ The texte.] ¶Then the spirite sayde vnto Philip: go neare, and ioyne thy selfe to yonder charet. And Philip came to hym, & heard hym read the prophe Esaye, and sayde: vnderstandest thou what thou readest? And he sayde: how can I, excepte I had a guyde? And he desired Philip, that he would come vp, & sytte by him. The enour of the scripture that he read, was this: He was led as a shepe to be slayne: & like a lambe dumme before his shearer, so opened he not his mouth. Because of his humblenes, he was not estemed. But who shal declare his generacion? for his lyfe is taken from ye yearth. The Chāberlaine aunswered and said: I praye the of whō speaketh ye prophet this? of himselfe, or of some other man?

Whan Philip had here in his waye, mette with him, the angell warned hym againe priuely, and sayde: go to, and approche thou neare vnto this cha∣ret. Whan Philip had made good spede thyther, he heard the Chamberlaine readyng Esay the prophete, and streyght therupon perceyuyng his good zele, and endeauour vnto religion, sayde to him: vnderstandest thou what thou rea∣dest? Than answered he: howe should I vnderstand, a man as I am geuen wholy vnto temporall busines, excepte I had one to expounde to me the secret sence and meaning of the prophete? And with that desired Philip, ye he would step into the chariote, and sit by hym, that they might the more commodiously talke togyther. Up went Philip and sat by the Chamberlayne. Marke me how well doth Philip here resemble a trewe preacher of the gospell, and howe

Page xxxv

plainly in this chamberlayne, is suche Heathen people described, as couet to knowe Christe. There must nedes be wonderfull great encrease of all godly∣nes, where the one hasteth in muche desyre to teache, the other hartely biddeth hym to his compaynie, desirous to learne. Here was nothing done by chaūce, god did set al in rule and ordre. For this chāberlaine happened for his parte, vnawares, vpon that place of the prophete, whiche described Iesus Christ.

This was the place of Esay: he was led as a shepe to be slayne, and as a lambe helde he his peace before the person that clyppe hym, and not once o∣pened his lyppes. Because of his humblenes he was not estemed. Who shall declare his generation? For his lyfe is taken away from the earth. This texte of Esaye, whan Philip had repeated to hym, the chamberlayne was more en∣flamed with ardēt affeccion to knowe whome the prophete spake of, and sayd: of whō I praye the, speaketh the prophete these wordes, of himselfe, or of sum other? See how apte this chamberlaine was to learne. He had heard that E∣saye himselfe was cut in pieces at commaundement of kyng Manasses, with a wodden sawe, and ignoraunt was he not, that prophecies laye sumtymes after suche sorte of doubtefull, that what seamed to be spoken of this person or that, after the historical sence, oftentymes myght after a more priuey or mi∣sticall sence, pertayne to another. But easye is it to teache that person, whiche in suche wyse demaundeth.

[ The texte.] ¶Philip opened his mouth, and began at the same scripture, and preached vnto him Iesus. And as they went on their waye, they came vnto a certain water, and the Chāber∣laine said: see, here is water, what doth let me to be baptised? Philip said vnto him: yf ye beleue with all thyne here, thou mayest. And he aunswered, and sayd: I beleue y Iesus Christe is the sonne of God. And he commaunded the charet to stand styll. And thei went downe bothe into the water, both Philip & also the Chamberlaine, and he baptised him: And as sone as they were come ou of the water, ye spirit of ye lorde caught away Philip, and the chamberlayne saw him no more. And he wente on his way reioisyng: but Philip was found at Azorus. And he walked thorow oute the coūtrey preaching in al the cities, tyll he came to Lesaea.

Than Philip, as one that was ready with ryght good wil to teache, ope∣ned his lyppes, and begynnyng at this place of the prophete, expounded to hym briefly the principall poyntes of the gospell, that is to saye, that this per∣son, whom the prophete spake of, was the sonne of god▪ throughe whome god had decreed, and by his prophetes promysed, frely to saue all that woulde put theyr truste in him, and that he woulde for this cause haue hym to be borne a∣gaine very man of the virgin Mary. And where the one natiuitie and eke the other can not be in worde expressed, whether it be his eternall generaciō of his father, whiche from euer was withoute circumscripcion of tyme, or that he once had of the virgin, by the holy ghostes handyworke without mānes help, takyng so vpō hym mannes nature, that he departed neuer from his godhed, the prophete Esay seing this in spirite, and muche astoyned therat, sayde: who shall be able to declare at lengthe his generacion? Furthermore that he was the trewe paschall lambe, for whose deathes sake, his father had appoynted to delyuer, not onely the Israelytes, but al other nacions also, from bondage of synne, and from death euerlastyng.

And therfore delyuered he hym into the handes of the priestes, scribes, pha∣riseis, and head men amōg the people, who brought him afterward vnto Pi∣late, beyng than iudge and liutenaunt of the prouince, to thentent he mighte

Page [unnumbered]

be crucified. And for as muche as his wyll was to dye for oure sakes, no aun∣swer made he before him for his releasement, but as he had bene a shepe, suf∣fred paciētly al their mockes, and al their punishementes. But there hid he the puissaunce of his diuine power, and submitted himselfe for mans sake, to the lowest degree of humilitie. The Iewes supposyng verely that he was none other thing at all than he seemed to be, condemned hym, and putte hym to death. This is it vndoubtedly that the prophete speaketh of: In his humble∣nes is his iudgement exalted. An innocent is to death condemned, whiche shall cum once agayne on hyghe, and surmountyng all other, and shall iudge the quicke and the dead. But god the father hath called his sonne backe to lyfe againe the thirde daye. After what tyme of his resurreccion, was he the space of fowertie dayes conuersaunt on yearth, bothe seen often, and felte of his disciples corporally, and than finally in syght of them all, lyfte vp he was into heauen. And the tenth daye after his ascencion, sent he downe from hea∣uen the holy ghoste, who in suche wyse enspired the apostles hertes and their toungues also, that they myghte without all feare, publyshe vnto all people through out the world, Iesus of Nazareth, for the chiefe authour and foun∣ayne of lyfe, and health euerlastyng, not by any helpe of Moses lawe, but by faythe and baptisme. Of all these poyntes rehearsed, none there is, that Mo∣ses law hath not in figures sygnified, that the prophetes haue not before spo∣ken of, yea that Iesus hymselfe hath not taught and promised. The chamber∣layne, whiles that Philip was declaryng to hym these poyntes of the gospel, with other many mo, was ware by chaunce, of a litle spring of water, fast by the waye, and sayde vnto Philip, why prolong we so great and weyghtye a matter? See where water is at hande. Thou hast nowe enformed me, and I am all ready. What shall let, but that I maye forthwith be christened? Than aunswered Philip: there is no let at all, yf thou stedfastly beleue, and kepe wt all thy herte, those thinges whiche I haue taught the. This promyse alone is made at baptisme. Than aunswered the chamberlaine right gladly: I be∣leue that Iesus is the very same Christ, whō the prophetes hath promysed, & I beleue that he is the sonne of god, for whose sake, al men haue profered thē, health euerlastyng. Philip caused the chariot furthwith to stand styll. It was a noble carriage, richely garnished, & semely for hym that was an head officer to a barbarous quene. But downe alowe muste he come, that shall be founde mete for baptysme, and strip himselfe naked of all garmentes. Bothe wente down into the water, and there Philip christened the chamberlayne, a poore man, the riche, a simple and an abiect, the puyssaūt and mightie, a man in him∣selfe right perfect of all his lymmes, the vnperfect that lacked parte of his mē∣bres, a Iewe, the Ethiopian. So litle regarde here was had to mannes per∣sonage. There is no disagreaunce where is faith in Iesus Christe, and con∣sent of mynde together in one accorde. After baptisme, there was neyther chā∣berlayne, nor Ethiopian, but a newe creature. And as for Philip, as soone as he was come out of the water, an aungel of the lord toke him away, and more of him saw not this chamberlaine, neyther after desyred he to haue his tea∣ching, being once inspired with the holy ghost in baptisme: but as one righte glad at the hert, that he had learned Christes fayth, made an ende of his iour∣ney, that he might at home likewyse publishe the name of Christe among his countrey men of Ethiop. Fynally the aungell set Philip downe in the nexte

Page xxxvi

citie called Azotus, whence he came: and takyng thence his iourney, in euery place, where village or towne did lye in his waye, he preached the gospell, vn∣tyll, he came vnto Cesarea, a citie in Palestine, where his dwellynge was.

The .ix. Chapter.
[ The texte.] ¶And Saule, yet breathyng out threatninges & slaughter against the disciples of the Lord, went vnto the hie prieste, & desyred of him letters, to cary to Damasco, to ye Syna∣goges, that if he found any of this waye, (whether thei wer menne or women) he might bring them bound to Hierusalē. And whē he iourneyed, it fortuned that as he was come nygh to Damasco, sodēly there shyned rounde about him, a light from heauen, & he fel to the earth, and hearde a voyce saying to hym: Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me? And he sayde: what arte thou lord? And the lorde sayed: I am Iesus, whom thou persecutest. It is harde for the to kycke against the prycke. And he both tremblyng, & astoyned, said: lorde, what wylt thou haue me do? And the lord said vnto him: arise, & go into the citie, & it shalbe tolde the what thou must doe.

WHyle these thynges were in doing, Saule in all his pro∣cedynges againste the Christians, expressed muche cru∣eltie, not onely within the walles of Hierusalem, but where els he perceiued that the disciples, whiche were scattered abrode, had spred also the worde of the gospell purposyng than more and more with himselfe not onely, to threaten them and to enpryson, but to kyll and mur∣ther them in sundry wyse, went vnto the hygh Byshop, to thentent that by maintenaunce of his authoritee, he myght the sooner consume them: & desyred to haue his letters of commission, not onely to cities nygh there about where he had already exercised his crueltie, but vnto Da∣masco, a citie in Phenicea, far of from Hierusalem, dyrected vnto the Syna∣goges of ye Iewes there dwellyng, for that ende that he might, thorowe their ayde, at commaundement of the high Byshop, bryng fast bounde to Hierusa∣lem, whomesoeuer he had taken faultie in this heresye, yther menne or wo∣men. These and suche lyke thinges was Saule moued to doe, of a plaine and no dessemblyng mynde, supposyng with himselfe, accordyng vnto the Lordes saying, that his deuoure and seruice herein, was pleasaunt to God. And ther∣fore God suffered not his handes to be polluted with innocentes bloude, but called hym abacke in the myddes of his rage. For whan he was almoste at his iourneyes ende, not far from the citie Damasco, a sodaine light from hea∣uen, shone about him: and sodainlye, as he was fallen for feare vpon the ground, hearde he a voice, saying vnto hym: Saule, Saule why doest thou persecute me? Thā Saule as one stricken wt a great maruayle who he should be, that on hygh aboue, and so myghty, complayned of wrōg as it were done by his frēde, and in doubt whether he were some aungell, or els God himselfe, aunswered fearfully: who art thou, O Lorde? Than sayed he: I am thesame Iesus of Nazareth, whome thou supposeste to be deade, whereas I dooe liue & reigne in heauen. But thou in persecuciō of my disciples, & of my name, doest persecute me also, vnawares thereof. But all thy labour is in vaine.

For it shall be harde and paynfull for the, to beate thy heeles againste the prycke. For thy striuyng is not against manne, but againste god, whose wil

Page [unnumbered]

no manne is hable to resiste. Wherfore thine offēce herein, is double the more, and nothing shalt thou preuaile therby, and yet doe thy selfe a shrewde turne. Saule hearing this, trembled for feare, and as one amased, saide: Lorde, what wylte thou haue me doe? By this answere, his erroure appeared to haue cumme of plaine ignoraunce, and of no malice. To instructe once suche erp∣sons, it were sufficient. But it was expedient that an high and fierce stomake, were plucked downe, and suche one that mynded nought els but to threaten and kylle, were made afrayed, to thentent he myght be easlye taught. Than sayed the lorde to him: aryse and go into the citie. There shalt thou learne what is for the to do. The lorde stryketh man in suche a sorte, that it maye be for his health: so he casteth downe, that he maye set vp, so ma∣keth he them blynde, that he maye lighten them. Saule beyng in his cruell∣rage, was throwen downe headlyng, but after that he became meke and rea∣dy to obeye, he was byd stande vp.

[ The texte.] ¶The mē which iourneyed with him, stoode amased, hearyng a voyce, but seyng no mā. ••••d Saul arose from the yearth, & when he opened his iyes, he sawe no man. But they led hym by ye had, & brought him into Damasco. And he was three daies without sight and neither did eate nor drinke. And there was a certaine disciple at Damasco, named Ananias, & to him said ye lord in a visiō: Ananias? And he sayd: beholde, here I am lorde. And the lord saide vnto him: aryse and go into the strete, whiche is called streyght▪ and seke in ye house of Iudas, after one called Saule of Tarsus. For beholde, he praieth, and hath sene in a vision, a man named Ananias cumming in to him, and puttyng his handes on hym, that he might receiue his syght.

Whyle these thinges were thus in doyng, the men that went with Saule, in his iourney, stode amased, hearing certainly one talke to Saule, but seing no man. Than Saule vpon good comforte that he toke hereof, arose vp. The first step to vertue is to be set vp on foote. And beholde againe an other my∣racle, although his iyes were open, he could not see. Than those that came in his company, lead him by the hande into the citie of Damasco. And yet was not he than forthwith admitted to the gyfte of the holy ghoste, that it shoulde be noted of vs that came after for an example, howe it were not mete to laye hande forthwith vpon eache person, but firste to see them that are newlye in∣structed, diligently tryed, and prepared by fastyng, & praier. Wherefore than, lyke as the apostles abode at Hierusalem ten dayes space, in expectacion of the holy ghoste, so taryed Saule at Damasco three dayes, seing none yearthlye thyng with his corporal iyes, but thinwarde iyes of his soule, were in ye meane space clearly illustrate: al that whyle receyuyng no foode, but his mynde was fed the meane time with heauenly doctrine. There was the same tyme at Da∣masco, a disciple, (for so were they than called whiche had receiued the gospel,) named Ananias. The lorde had piked oute this Ananias, by whose handes his pleasure was bounteously to replenishe Paule wt giftes of his holy spirit. And therfor hym spake he vnto beyng a sleape, in his dreame, and sayd: Ana∣nias? He on the other part anon perceiuing that god called him, made answer: lo I am here lorde: as who sayth disclosyng a true christian herte, ready at all commaundementes. Than sayde the lorde: ryse vp and go thy waye into the streat, whiche they commonly call streyght, and aske at Iudas house for one Saule, who was borne in Tarsus. For lo, there is he in prayer, suyng to haue grace and liberall comforte from vs. At the very same tyme, Saul lykewise as he was in prayer, thoughte ye one Ananias, had entred into ye house to hym,

Page xxxvii

and layde his handes upon him, to thintent he myght receyue againe his iye∣sight. Euen so the lorde prepared in their mutuall vision eache one for other.

[ The texte.] ¶Than Ananias answered: lorde, I haue heard by many, of this man, howe muche e∣uil he hath done to thy sainctes at Ierusalē: and here he hath authoritie of the high prie∣stes, to bynde all that cal on thy name. The lorde sayde vnto him, go thy waye, for he is a chosen vessell vnto me, to beare my name before the Gentiles, and kinges, and the childrē of Israel. For I wyl shewe him, howe great thinges he muste suffre for my names sake.

But Ananias sore afrayed at the name of Saule, who for his cruelty, was than muche spoken of among the christians, made aunswere: I haue heard lord, of many one, howe sore this man hath vexed thy blessed saintes at Hie∣rusalem, and yet not so contented, but nowe is he hither come also, beeyng put in authoritie by a streyght commission from the hygh byshoppes, to laye thē al fast in fetters, that call vpon thy name. Herunto the lorde agayne made aunswere: I knowe right well howe ye my shepe are muche afrayed of that rauenous wolfe.

But there is no cause why thou shouldest feare. For that wolfe haue I chaun∣ged into a right gentle shepe. Wherefore see thou go vnto hym boldly. For hym I haue chosen to myne owne selfe, as a notable instrument, to carye my name before the Heathen, before kynges of the yearth, and the chyldren of Is∣rael. What he hath done hytherto, was not done of malyce, but of a zele to the lawe of his countrey. And forasmuche as of plaine ignoraunce, his iudgemēt failed him, sum tryall hath he shewed of his towardnesse, how earnest a defen∣dour of my gospell, I am lyke to haue of him, in tyme to cum. Hitherto hath he scryuen against the professours of my name, beyng armed therunto with bul∣les from the high byshoppes, with threatnynges, and with fetters for them. Hereafter more manfully shall he fight and stoutly, beyng armed but with my spirite, and gyrte with the sworde of my euangelicall worde, againste all them that hate my name. For the glory and renoume wherof, far greater af∣fliccion shall he willyngly suffre, than nowe of late he prepared againste you.

[ The texte.] ¶And Ananias went his waye, and entred into the house, and put his handes on him, and sayde: brother Saule, the lorde that appeared vnto the in y waye, as thou cammest, hath sent me, that thou myghtest receyue thy sighte & be fylled with the holy ghost. And immediatly there fell from his iyes, as it had ben scales, and he receiued sight: & arose, and was baptised, and receyued meat, and was comforted.

Ananias, well encouraged at these wordes, departed thence, and entred in∣to Iudas house: he founde Saule praying, and layde his hande vpon hym, and sayde: brother Saule, the lorde Iesus Christe, that appered vnto the in the waye▪ as thou waste cumming hither, hath sent me to the, to thintent thou shouldeste receiue thi sight againe, and be replenished with the holy gost. Ana∣nias had vneth spoken these wordes, but there fell from the iyes of Paule in the same place, as it were certaine scales of a fishe, & so recouered he his sight. And immediatly he stode vp, and was baptised. After that, whan he had recei∣ued sum foode, he was well strengthned. In this maner that excellent capi∣tayne of Christes gospell, & he that shoulde soone after obscure the glory & re∣nowne of other his apostles, receyued at the hand of Ananias, a poore and hū∣ble disciple the holy ghost, before that he receiued baptisme. But nothing is done out of ordre, that is done at Iesus Christes cōmaundement, whō Paule hadde for hys teacher. For so had he gyuen his apostles authoritie, that he

Page [unnumbered]

woulde neuerthelesse reserue vnto hymselfe, the higheste authoritie of all the whole matter.

[ The texte.] Than was Saule certayne dayes with the disciples, which wer at Damaso. And streight waye preached Christ in the Synagoges, howe he was the sonne of God. But al that hearde him, wre amased, and sayed: is not this he that spoyled them which called on this name in Hierusalem, and came hyther for that entent that he might bring them bounde vnto the highe priestes? But Saul encreased the more in strength, & cōtoūded the Iewes whiche were dwelling at Damasco, affirmyng that this was very Christe.

Than Saule beyng sodainly chaunged, abode for certaine dayes in com∣panye with the disciples, whiche were at Damasco. And without any fur∣ther delaye, he begonne furthwith een there, contrary to the byshoppes com∣maundement, to sette vpon the office that he was appoynted vnto by Christe. And he went into the Iewes Synagoges, and published openly and frank∣ly, affirming that Iesus of Nazareth was the sonne of god, for whose sake a∣lone, all men shoulde haue profered them, accordyng to the Prophetes fore∣sayinges, health euerlasting. The Iewes, which knew of Saules cruel fierce∣nesse agaynst the Christians, by the rumoure that was bruted abrode, reioy∣syng that they had gotten suche a valiaunt defendour of Moses lawe, whan they had hearde that he did so earnestlye preache Iesus name of Nazareth, they maruayled what had chaunced vnto the manne, that he was so sodainlye quyte altered, and sayde amongest themselues: is not this the same Saule, who of late did all that euer he could, assaulte theim that called vpō this name at Hierusalē, whiche name he blaseth nowe abrode, and famously publisheth: and nowe but of late came hyther, purposely to take all suche persons, (yf he myght fynde any here) and to bryng them faste bounde to the highe Bys∣shoppes, there to be punished at theyr wyll and commaundement? Howe cummeth this to passe, that he hathe so sodaynly caste of his Iewyshe condi∣cions, and forsaken Moyses, and hathe become a professoure of the crucified? But Paule, whome that name in veray dede than better agreed with, after that he once became of a troublesome person, a teacher of sobernesse and quiet libertee, so litle was afrayed at suche manier sayinges of the Iewyshe, that he beyng euery daye the better strengthened with spirituall coumforte, confoun∣ded and muche troubled the Iewes that were dwellynge at Damasco, affir∣myng constauntly, and prouing by the testimonies of holy scripture, that Iesus of Nazareth, whome he had before of ignoraunce persecuted, and dyd nowe preache, was the trewe Messias that was promysed to the worlde, and that none other should be borne hereafter, at whose handes the Iewes ought to looke for euerlastyng health.

[ The texte.] ¶And after a good whyle, the Iewes tooke councel together, to kyll him. But their laying wayte was knowen of Saule. And they watched the gaes daye and nyght to kil hym. Than the disciples toke him by night, and put him thorowe the walle, and let him downe in a basket. And whē Saule was cumme to Ierusalem, he assayed to couple him∣selfe with the disciples: but they were all afrayed of him, and beleued not that he was a disciple. But Barnabas tooke him, and brought hym to the Apostles, and declared to them, how he had seene the Lorde in the waye, and that he had spoken vnto him, and how he had done boldely at Damasco in the name of Iesu. And he had his conuersacion with them at Ierusalem, speakyng boldely in the name of the lorde Iesu.

Whan Paule had taken suche an enterpryse vpon him, many dayes at Damasco, no litle to the disciples ioy and comforte, and not without a greate

Page xxxviii

rumble and murmour of those, that did not than beleue, the Iewes at lengthe layed their heades in councell togither, to thintent that they might (by ly∣ing in wayte for him) slaye hym. O what a nacion is this that murthereth men? Paule reasoned, taught, and vanquished the Iewes with testimonyes of their owne lawe, as it were with their owne weapons. But there was nothyng els with them, but conspiracies, stockes, prisons, stripes, and sondry kyndes of deathe. But this had the lorde by promisse, assured his welbeloued seruauntes of, that they shoulde not lose, no not a heare of one of their heades, excepte his father suffered it. The tyme was not than come for that excellente warryoure to dye in the gospelles cause, he had than many battels behynde, to fyght for Christes people, many daungerouse perylles were to come, for him to sustayne in fyght of battell, many cities and countreys wer lefte for him to subdue by goddes holy worde, and to call vnto Christes yoke. Wherfore Paule, as it was goddes wil, had warnyng that ye Iewes laye in wayte for him, insomuche that they kept the gates day and night in watche for him, that he should not away escape, but that they would kil him. To bring this acte to passe, they had procured them ayde of the Lieftenaunt of the citie, who was the debytie of king Aretas, to thintent that yf theyr priuey watche had not wel proceded to theyr purpose, they would neuertheles openly & by force slay him. The disciples than, conceyuing in their myndes, how that the lesse the person cared for himselfe, the more was he worthy to be saued, woulde not suffer, so valiant a warryer in Christes worde, peryshe. Wherfore they hydde him, and by night let hym downe by a corde of the towne walles, in a basket. Euen so oftentymes, yea, bolde and valiaunt capitaines do runne awaye, to thintent that they maye, accordyng to the prouerbe, be able to fyght againe.

O what a woondre is it to see ye course of thinges turned vpside down? Nowe lurketh he in corners & starteth away, who a litle before with many sore thret∣nynges persecuted: and now prouide they to saue Paules lyfe, whome he be∣fore inuented crafty meanes to slay. After this, whā he was once come to Hie∣rusalem, and would haue accōpanyed with the disciples, with whome the olde Saule was to well knowen, Paule as thā vnknowen, al were afraied of him, as the shepe of the woulfe: not trustyng his woordes that he was a disciple, callynge well to their remembraunce what crueltie he was wonte to expresse, in persecutyng Christes flocke. They suspected than that some priuie wyles had been cloked vnder the name of a disciple. But Barnabas the Leuyte, of whome we spake before, that knewe what was done concernynge Paule, brought him to thapostles, before whome, he declared all the whole matter, how the lorde had appeared vnto him as he was goyng to Damasco, & spake to him, and how sodenly his mynde was chaunged, and how frāckly and frely he had preached the gospel in Iesus name the lord. Thapostles reioysed there∣at, and with theyr honeste rehersall, commended him to the whole companye. So was he for a time, busylye occupyed at Hierusalem, kepyng companye with thapostles, and disciples, & boldely there professyng, and preachyng the name of the lorde, whiche he had of plaine ignoraunce, persecuted.

[ The texte.] ¶And he spake, and disputed againste the Grekes, but they went about to slay him, whiche whan the brethren knewe, they brought him to Cesarea, & sent him forth to Tar∣sus. Then had the congregacions reste throughout al Iewry and Galile, and Samaria, and were edified, and walked in the feare of the lorde, and multiplied by the coumforte of the holy ghoste.

Page [unnumbered]

And that did not he onely before the people of Hierusalem, nothyng afray∣ed of the reprochefull name of an Apostata, because he had swarued from the byshoppes trade in religion, but preached lykewyse Iesus name before the Gentyles, whiche for the great renowne of that citie, dwelled than at Hieru∣salem, and before the Iewes, whiche were borne among the Grecians, reaso∣nynge with them, and by verye testimonies of the lawe prouyng that Iesus was the sauiour of the worlde. But in no wyse coulde they abyde suche liber∣tie of speache, & therefore resorted to suche, as they were wonte to do for ayde againste him, whome they were not able in disputacions to vanquyshe, sear∣chinge out some waye to slaye Paule. Suche bee their disputacions, that are of Iewyshe condicions. And euen than were priuie wyles also inuented to betrappe him withal, whan that he leaste thought vpon any suche daungier, After that the brethren knewe of this, lest any thinge shoulde betyde hym o∣therwyse then well, they conueyed hym a waye vnto Cesarea Philippi, whiche is a cytie in Phenicea, and sente hym eftsones thence vnto Tarsus, in Cilicia where he was borne. For by meanes of Paules wanderyng about, and his leadyng from place to place, the gospell well prospered. In the meane while, after the tyme of persecution was well ouerblowen, the congregacion of dis∣ciples, whiche than were disparsed thoroughout all the partes of Iurye, Ga∣lile, and Samarye, in the whiche cuntreys principally taught the lorde, and where before all other places, he commaūded that his gospell shoulde be prea∣ched, lyued at some reasonable quietnes, takynge comforte eache one of other, thorowe mutuall vnitie and concorde: and what for the smalle regard they had to mannes threatninges, and the dayly increase besydes of theyr nūber, they were well edifyed in Christes faythe, lyuyng in feare of the lorde, and replenished in tyme of aduersitie with spirituall consolacion of the holy ghost. This was it vndoubtedly that the lorde had promysed them: in the worlde ye shalbee well assured of trouble and aduersitie, but in me shal ye haue quietnes of mynde, and ghostelye comforte.

[ The texte.] ¶And it chaunced as Peter walked thorow out al quarters, he came also to the sain∣tes, which dwelt at Lydda. And there he found a certaine man named Eneas, which had kept his bed eyght yeares, and was sicke of the palsey. And Peter said vnto him: Eneas, the Lorde Iesu Christe make the whole: arise, and make thy bed. And he arose immedy∣atly. And al that dwelt at Lydda and Assaron, sawe him, and turned to the Lorde.

It befell that Peter, whyles he as a vigilant shepehearde, of a stoute cou∣rage, wente abrode, trauelyng many countreyes, nowe these to visyte, nowe those, came also vnto the holy sainctes that dwelte at Lydda. That Lydda is a citie on the sea syde in Palestine. There foūde he one called Eneas, who had layne bedred eyght yeares before. For he was taken with a palsey. Peter thā remembryng the lordes commaundement, that what house soeuer they came into they should heale the sicke, for it were not syttyng for bodely diseases to raigne, where spirituall phisycions be present, sayde to hym: Eneas, Iesus Christ make the whole. Aryse, and make thy bed. Immediatlye vpon these wordes spoken, he rose vp whole, and made his bed himselfe. This was a to∣ken of perfyte health. Whan they sawe hym sodenly made whole by vertue & power of Iesus name, who had layne bedred so many yeares, as many as dwelt at Lidda, & Sarona, a towne on the sea coaste nyghe vnto Lidda, were cōuerted to the Lorde, and professed the name of Iesus Christe. And so of one

Page xxxix

whiche was restored to his corporall health, were many a one moued to health of soule.

[ The texte.] ¶There was at Ioppa, a certaine woman, named Tabitha (whiche by interpretaciō, is called Dorcas) the same was ful of good workes and almes dedes, which she did. And it chaūced in those daies, that she was sicke and died. Whom whē they had washed, they layd her in a chamber. But forasmuche as Lydda was nygh vnto Ioppa, & the disciples had heard that Peter was there, they sent vnto him, desyryng him that he would not be greiued to come vnto them.

There was agayne at Ioppa, a disciple called Tabitha, whiche with the Grekes signifyeth Dorcas, with ye Latynes Caprea, whiche name gyue they of the cleare sight of the iye. This woman had bene vertuously occupied in all maner godlynesse, but chiefly in workes of mercy, wherwith she releaued the poore. It befell thesame time that Peter was busye in his office at Lidda, that she dyed of thesame disease that she had bene sicke of. And whan they had done with washyng the dead corps, accordynge to theyr accustomed maner, they layde it in a highe chamber for to be annointed. And for as muche as Ioppa was not far from Lidda, and the disciples had vnderstandyng that Peter was there, thei sente two men in message to him, desiring that he would vouchsafe to come vnto them.

[ The texte.] ¶Peter arose, and came with them. And when he was come, they brought him into the chamber. And all the wyddowes stoode rounde about him, weaping, & shewyng the coa∣tes, and garmētes, which Dorcas made, while she was with thē. And Peter put them al forth and kneled downe, and prayed, and turned him to the body, & said: Tabitha, arise. And she opened her iyes, and whan she sawe Peter, she sate vp. And he gaue her the hād & lifted her vp. And whan he had called ye saintes and widdowes, he shewed her aliue. And it was knowē thorow out al Ioppa, & many beleued on the Lorde. And it fortuned that he taryed many dayes in Ioppa, with one Symon a tauner.

Peter than declaryng in himselfe an example of a good shepehearde, came to them vndelayedly. After his cumming within the house, they brought hym vp into the chamber, to the intent he shoulde be moued at the sight of the dead corps, to take sum pitie or compassion for her death. There stode about Peter all the wydowes, who among other ministeries, whiche were prayse worthye, chiefely were commended for seruing the holye in all their necessities: they mourned her with wepyng teares, whiche they let fall, more of pitie towarde the poore whome she was wunt to refreshe with many good turnes, then for her ake that was departed. Their weapyng was then a sufficient openyng to hym of theyr myndes what they desyred to haue.

They called not to rehearsall her good dedes, but brought forth to syght, the coates and other garmentes, whiche Dorcas had already made to clothe the holye withall. But this her indeuour in doyng good, was by death interrup∣ted. Then Peter hauing in remembraunce Iesus example, where as he ray∣sed vp the chiefe priestes doughter of the Synagoge, after the multitude of those that mourned were first of all put oute of doores, commaunded them all to go furth. For the widowes were onely they that mourned. And weping is a let to prayer. And moreouer because that women, whiche of their owne na∣ture are weake spirited, shoulde not be troubled at the rysyng vp of the deade bodye he would haue none of them to be present▪ but he all alone, prayed, kne∣lyng on his knees. For the holy ghost, by whom all miracles are wroughte, is not at all times in like force with mā. But his vertue by prayer, is quickened,

Page [unnumbered]

like as fayth is also: without the whiche no miracle at al is wrought. Whan Peter had made his prayers, and conceyued spirituall strength of the holye ghoste, he turned hym to the bodywarde, and sayde: Tabitha, rise vp. Than shee, as these wordes were spoken, awaked, as though shee had ben in a slepe, and loked vpon Peter. And after that she had behelde him well, sate her down agayne. Peter than putting forth his hande to ayde her withall, set her vp, beyng thā on liue and lastly. After this maner must they be lifte vp vnto god∣lines, whiche be of their owne selues weake: First of all muste god be prayed vnto, that he would take mercy vpon them. That done they muste be taughte what to do, rebuked for theyr lyfe mispent, and exhorted to amende. Finally they muste haue ayde as Dorcas had, to be lyfte vp by good example, to more perfeccion of lyfe.

Whan Peter had called the holy brethren and widowes, whome he before had bidden go forthe, into the chambre againe, whiche were likewise their sel∣ues occupyed in praier, lokyng for the mercifulnes of the Lorde, he shewed them the woman on lyue for them all to beholde. That miracle was soone bruyted abrode ouer all the citie of Ioppa, and caused manye one to beleue in Christe. For that is the very chefe commoditie that cummeth of miracles. For it shoulde not otherwyse muche auayle to call one or two amongest so manye thousandes, that come by tymes into this worlde and departe thesame, vnto lyfe againe, whiche muste neuertheles soon after dye. And this was an occa∣sion for Peter to tarye manye dayes at Ioppa. For where shoulde he that fis∣sheth for mennes soules abide more to his contentacion, than there as manye cummeth vnto his nette? All this meane whyle abode Peter the chiefe of all the apostles, and he that by reason of so greate myracles whiche he hadde wrought, both was famous and mighty, at one Simons house, a tanner by his occupacion.

The .x. Chapter.
[ The texte.] ¶There was a certaine man in esatea called Cornelius, a capitaine of the soul∣diers of Italy, a deuoute man, & one that feared God with al his houshold, whiche gaue muche almes to the people, and praied God alway. The same sawe by a vision cudētely (about the ninth houre of the daie) and aūgel of god cumming in vnto hym, & saying vnto him, Cornelius: when he loked on hym he was afrayde, and sayde: what is it Lorde? He sayd vnto him: Thy praiers, and thy almes are cum vp into remembraunce before God. And now send men to Ioppa, & call for one Simon, whose sirname is Peter. He lodgeth with one Simō a tanner whose house is by the sea side. He shal tell the what thou ough∣test to do. And when ye aungel which spake vnto him, was departed, he called two of his housholde seruauntes, and a deuout souldier, of them that awayted on him, & tolde them all the matter, and sent them to Ioppa.

HYtherto had none of ye apostles bene conuersaunt among the heathen, but by occasion was that chamberlaine whiche came from Ethiop, induced to Christes religion. And yet sum of the gentiles were the better, that they dwelt nere vnto ye apostles. For in Cesarea, ye most floryshing citie of Palestine, whiche to fore was called Stratōs castle, was a certaine manne named Cornelius, captaine ouer a band of mē, which wer of Italie. This mā, though by trade of his auncestry, he were heathen, & by reason of his office, a man of

Page xl

armes, yet as one that desyred to be a christen man, he was a good lyuer and feared god. Like him was all his whole houshold. For it is commenly seene that the residue of the housholde, do frame themselues in condicions, like vn∣to the maister of the house. He in two poyintes chiefly, declared hymselfe meete to take vpon hym Christes religion, in liberally refreshing the neady, & poore, and in continuall prayer to the lorde. He knowledged the true god, for that he learned, by reason that he was conuersaunt among the Iewes. He knew that his fauour was chiefly obtayned, by beyng beneficiall to the poore, and by cō∣tinuall prayer. It remayned alwaye certaine, that he whiche had already a∣bundauntly ynoughe, shoulde haue more geuen hym. This man beyng in his prayer, not muche before supper tyme, the nynth houre of the daye, did euidēt∣ly see a vision, the angel of god cummyng towardes hym, and callyng hym by name, Cornelius, as though he had ben familiarly acquaynted with hym. But Cornelius beholding than the angel, and beyng sore afrayed by reasō of the maiestie of so rare a personage, sayde: Lorde what art thou? The angell aunswered: thy prayers are not spente in vayne, neyther yet thy almes dedes, wherwith hitherto thou hast earnestly called vpon god, to be mercifull to the. For what thou hast bestowed to refreshe ye poore, ye lord vouchesafeth to coūte it bestowed vpon himselfe: & he wil reward thee in their behalfe, which are not able to require. Wherfore thou hast not emploied thy benefite on him that wil forget it. Thou haste done for thy parte accordyng to his wyll, he agayne on thother parte, wyll accomplishe that thy requeste, whiche thou haste continu∣ally by prayer, desyred. The lorde hath heard thy praiers, because thyne eares were not stopped from the poore. Nowe therfore this must thou doo without delaye, that from hence forwarde the lorde maye shewe vnto the, his bounti∣full goodnes. Sende sum of thy seruauntes to the citie Ioppa, and enquire there for a certaine man named Simon, and desyre hym to cum speake with thee, this man in the iyes of the world, is not of any great estimaciō, but in the sight of god, highe in fauour by reason of his godlynes, and is otherwise cal∣led Peter. He hosteth at a certaine mannes house in Ioppa, whose name is Simon, a tanner by his occupaciō, and dewelleth by the sea syde. Of this Pe∣ter shalt thou learne what thou must do to obtaine saluacion. Whan the aungell had this sayde, he vanished awaye. Than by and by Cornelius sent a couple of his housholde seruauntes, and with them one that was a souldier retaynyng to hym, whose honeste conuersacion and trustynes, he hadde great profe of, for not onely all Cornelius owne housholde resembled him in godly liuinge, but there were sum souldiers also, that folowed the vertuous trade of their capitaine. And whan he had shewed them all the matter and effecte, as touching his vision, he sent them to Ioppa. These thinges were done in the euening.

[ The texte.] ¶On the morowe as they wēt on their iourney, and drewe nye vnto y cytie, Peter went vp vpō ye top of the house to praie, about ye sixt hour. And whē he wexed hūgry, he would haue eaten. But while they made readye, he fell into a ••••aunce, & sawe heauen opened, & a certaine vesselle came downe vnto him, as it had bene a great shete knyt at the fo∣wer comets, & was let downe to the earth, wherein were al maker of fower footed beas∣tes of the earthe, and vermin, and wormes, and fowles of the ayer.

The nexte daye Cornelius messengers went on their iournaye. In those dayes, so meane an embacie as that was, had Peter the chiefe pastoure of

Page [unnumbered]

Christes Churche no disdayne at. And whan as they were almoste at Ioppa, Peter thesame time, as he was accustomed, had gon vp into an hyghe cham∣ber to praye, almoste at the syxte houre, that is to say, about noone. And as he was an hungred in his prayer, he mynded to eate summe meate after his long abstinence. And whyles that meate was a dressyng accordyng to Peters com∣maundement, he was rauyshed with the spirite of god. So chaunceth it speci∣ally with them, that vse prayer and fasting. For god discloseth not his myste∣ryes to the fulle belyes, and slouthfull persons. His vision was this. He sawe heauen open, and from thence a great vessel let downe to the yearth, as it had ben a great sheete, knotted and fastened with coardes at euery of ye fower cor∣ners. For in olde tyme meate was serued to the table in great brode lynen clo∣thes. In this vessell were all kyndes of fower foted beastes, and virmin which crepe on the ground and lyue on the earthe, and byrdes that lyue in the ayre, as well vncleane as cleane, together indifferently. This was meate that the Iewes dyd abhorte, but yet was it thesame that Iesus longed after, whan he sayd to his disciples, profering him meat: I haue meat to eate yt ye knowe not.

[ The texte.] ¶And there came a voyce to him. Aryse Peter, kill & eate. But Peter sayed: not so lorde. for I haue neuer eaten any thing that is commen, or vncleane. And the voyce spake vnto hym againe the seconde tyme: what God hath clensed, that call not thou commen. This was done thryse, and the vessell was receyued vp againe into heauen. Whyle Peter also mused in himselfe what this vision (which he had seene) meaned, beholde, the mē which were sent from Cornelius, had made inquitaunce for Symons house, and stoode before ye doore; and called out one, and asked whether Symon, which was syrnamed Peter, were lodged there.

Peter muche maruayling what this vision ment, a voyce spake and sayed vnto him: aryse Peter, kyll and eate. And althoughe that the lorde had war∣ned his dysciples that they shoulde make the Gentiles also partakers of his ghospell, yet to thintent they should the more boldely dooe thesame, he againe was admonished by a vision. But Peter, as a Iewe, yet abhorting the meate that by the lawe was forbyd, sayed: Oh lorde, god forbid that I shoulde eate any suche meates. For vnto this day haue I dewly kepte the trade of my fore∣fathers. For hytherto neuer eate I any meate that was suspēded, or vncleane. To this, thesame voyce that had spoken before, made aunswere: that whiche God hath made cleane, thou whiche art but man, call not it vncleane. After this vision had thryse appered, to this ende, that he should more certain∣ly beleue it, strayght wayes the vessell was taken vp into heauen.

Than Peter beyng cumme againe to his remembraunce, whyles he was musing with himselfe in a greate perplexitie, what this vision shoulde meane, and whether it were a dreame, eyther els some significacion of goddes wyll, beholde those menne that Cornelius had sente, stoode at Symons dore the tanner, and callyng forth one of the seruauntes, enquired whether that one na∣med Peter were hosted there.

[ The texte.] Whyle Peter thought on the vision, the spirite sayde vnto him: beholde, men seke the: aryse therfore, and get the downe, and go with them, & doubte not, for I haue sent them. Peter went downe to the men whiche were sent vnto hym from Cornelius, & sayde: be∣holde, I am he whom ye seke, what is the cause wherfore ye are come? Thei said: Corne∣lius the Capitaine a iust man, and one that feareth God, and of good report among all ye people of the Iewes, was warned by an holye Aungell, to sende for thee into his house, and to heare wordes of the. Then called he them in, and lodged them.

Page xli

But before that woorde was broughte to Peter, that some there were that woulde speake with hym, and whyles he satte imaginyng in hys mynd, what the vision should meane, the spirite of god sayed to hym (for god speaketh after sondry wyse to his electe) beholde three menne stande at the doore and enquyre for the. Therefore aryse and get the downe, and goe with theym, nothyng doubtyng: For I sent them. And then shalte thou vnderstande what the mea∣nyng of thys vision is, that thou somuche musest of. With that Peter wente downe; and came to the menne, and sayde, loo I am the verye same Symon Peter whome you seke for. What is thoccasyon of your cummyng hyther? Peter boasted not of his visyon, but required the heathens confessyon. For the benefyte of grace that cummeth by the ghospell, ought not to be thruste before them whiche set nought by it, as in lyke maner it ought not to be denyed to thē that are desyrouse of it. Than they aunswered: Cornelius whiche by office is a capitayne of a bande of menne, but yet a manne of good conuersacion, and that feareth God, well credited and lykewyse estemed, and reported as wel of his owne housholde, as also throughout all Iewry, was warned by the appe∣raunce of an holy aūgell that spake to hym, to sende for thee home to his house, that he myght receyue at thy handes knowleage what he ought to doe to ob∣tayne saluation. Peter perceyuing the visions to agree, and nowe vnderstan∣dyng what that voyce sygnified, whiche thryse had sayed, what God hath clen∣sed, that accompte thou not vncleane, bad them comme nere the house. For it was euentyde, and he lodged them. This was the fyrst begynnyng of any con∣uersacion betwene the Iewes and the Gentyles, whiche Gentyles by theyr owne accorde, preased to be partakers of the ghospell. But the Apostles dyd wisely in that they were not to hastye in the settyng forth of this matter, that it myght be euydent to all men, that they dyd not rashely, but by the commaun∣dement of God, receyue the Gentyles to the benefyte of the ghospell. Corneli∣us sent for Peter, but by the commaundement of the Aungell. Peter came downe and mette them, but not before he had commaundement by the visyon. On the one parte, marke the earnest desyre that the Gentiles had to the graci∣ouse benefyte of the ghospel, on the other parte the cherefulnesse of him, & rea∣dynes, that was desirouse to saue al sortes of men.

[ The texte.] ¶And on the morowe Peter went away with them, and certayne brethren from Iop∣pa, accompanied hym. And the thyrde daye entred they into Cesarea, and Cornelius a∣wayted for them, & had called together his kynsmen, and his speciall frendes. And as it chauned Peter to cum in. Cornelius met him, and fell downe at his feete: and worshyp∣ped him. But Peter toke hym vp saying: stande vp, I my selfe also am a man.

The nexte daye Peter went to Cesarea, beyng accompanied with certayne christen men from the cytie Ioppa, that should beare wytnes of those thinges that were for to be doen. For their mynde gaue theym, that sum good lucke was towarde, they wyst not what. In the meane time, Cornelius beyng very desyrous of saluacyon, wayted for the retourne of his messengers, that should bryng with them Peter, and had called togethere as well his nygh kynsfolkes as his other chiefe frendes, partely that moe myght be wytnesses of this facte, and partely also that moe myghte be partakers of so greate a benefyte. But whan as Peter entred into the house of this captayne Cornelius, he much re∣ioysyng therat for reuerence towarde him, went forth to mete him, and fallyng

Page [unnumbered]

downe to Peters feete worshypped hym: perceyuyng to be in hym sum what more excellencie then was semely for a manne to haue.

Thus ought Christ to be worshipped in his ministers, but yet so, that the glory dewe vnto God, be not attrybuted to manne. Then Peter geuing exam∣ple howe muche the preachers of Christes woorde, ought to abhorre ambiciō, and the desire of honoure, and howe smalle prayse ought they to chalenge for those thynges whiche be done thorowe vertue of Christes name, suffred not thys captayne to lye prostrate vpon the grounde, but embracyng hym in his armes, dyd lyft him vp, saying: aryse, I am but a man as thou art. Geue vnto God this homage, for I am but his minister.

[ The texte.] ¶And as he talked with hym, he came in and founde many that were cum to gether. And he sayde vnto them: ye knowe howe that it is an vnlawful thyng for a man that is a Iew, to cōpany or cum vnto an Alien: but god hath shewed me, that I should not cal a∣ny man commen or vncleane: therfore came I vnto you without delay, assone as I was sent for. I aske therefore, for what entent haue ye sent for me?

And commonyng than in thys wyse familiarly wyth him, entred into the house together. Whan they were cum into the inner house, Peter found there, a greate numbre assembled together. Here conceyued he as a couetous pastour good hope that he shoulde haue great vauntage. And so whan Peter was set doune, he began, as an heauenly oratour, to speake to them in thys wyse, part∣ly that those that came wyth hym, shoulde not haue occasyon to be offended, and partly that he myghte stablyshe the captaines houshold in that theyr con∣fydence, whiche they had conceyued: you know that it is not permytted by the lawes, that a Iewe be eyther in household, eyther otherwyse in company with aliens, men of a sundry kynde of religion, and not cyrcumcised. Yet I being a Iewe, am not afrayed so to doo, not yet despising eyther the trade or custome of my countrey, but folowyng herein the commaundement of God, that signi∣fied vnto me by vision, that I oughte not to esteme any manne, what countrey soeuer he be of, to be vncleane, or hate worthy, for as muche as god taketh no man to be vncleane. For onely he maketh holy euery thyng. I therefore stic∣kyng to the commaundement of god, came hither wythout delay as soone as you sent for me, wherfore it is your part to shewe me what the matter is, that you sende for me. Peter speaketh to all, that he maye wynne them all, percey∣uyng that for thys cause they were assembled together, that they myght al at one tyme, heare the ghospell preached. Marke howe featly Peter playeth the pastours part: for he doeth not cōmunicate the high misteries of the ghos∣pell vnto them, before he perceyued them to be desirious to learne.

[ The texte.] ¶Than Cornelius sayd: this day nowe .iiii. daies about thys houre, I sat fasting: and at y ninth houre I prayed in my house: and beholde, a man stde before me in bright clothynge, and sayde: Cornelius thy prayer is hearde, and thyne aliues dedes are had in remembraunce in the syght of God. Sende men therefore to go to Ioppa, and cal for Symon, whose syrname is Peter. He is lodged in the house of one Symon a tanner, by the sea syde, whiche assone as he is cūme, shall speake vnto the. Than sent I for the im∣mediatly, and thou hast well done, that thou art cūme. Nowe therefore are we all here present before God, to heare all thynges that are commaunded vnto the of god.

Than Cornelius before them all, rehearsed howe the matter stode, saying: fower dayes paste I was here in my house fastyng, and earnestly in my pray∣ers, about the ninth houre of the daye. And sodaynly beholde a certayne man, whose countenaunce was full of maiestie, stoode visible before me, in a glys∣tening

Page xlii

garment, and sayed vnto me: Cornelius thy prayer is hearde, and thy liberall and bountifull almes, that thou hast bestowed on the poore, is not forgotten in the syght of God. Wherfore sende to Ioppa, and desire Symon, otherwyse called Peter, to come to thee. He is hosted in the house of Symon the Tanner, nere to the sea. Than sente I incontinent messaungers of myne owne folkes vnto thee, whiche thyng I had not been so holde to haue enter∣prysed, vnlesse an aungell had so wylled me. And I moste hertely thanke you of youre goodnes, that vouchesafed to come hyther. Nowe therefore we are here present all of one mynde, without hurte meanyng towardes any man, as we take God to wytnesse, very desirous to heare what God hathe geuen you in commaundement to shewe vs. For thaungell that put me in this confidēce, promysed me so: and we doubte not but you wyll so dooe, forasmuche as you also by the commanudemente of God, ouchesaued to come and common with vs.

[ The texte.] Than Peter opened his mouthe, and sayd: of a trueth I perceyue that there is no re∣spect of persons with god, but in al people, he that feareth him, & worketh righteousnes he is accepted with him.

Than Peter perceyuing their vnfayned meanyng, opened his mouthe, and began to speake in thys wyse: I doe ryght well perceiue that in the syght of God, one person is not preferred before another: but that in all countreys who that feareth God, and liueth lyke a good man vprightly to God and the worlde, is set by of hym.

[ The texte.] Ye know the preachyng that god sent vnto the children of Israel, preaching peace by Iesus Christ, which is lord ouer al thynges. Which preaching was published through∣out al Iewry (and began in Galile after the baptysme which Iohn preached) how god a∣noynted Iesus of Nazareth with the holy gost & with power. Which Iesus went about doing good, and healing all that were oppressed with the deuill, for god was with him.

For asmuche as I vnderstande that you are free from oure lawe, and yet neuertheles that ye woorship one God whiche is the true God, as we do: & that dayly ye offer thorowe prayer, sacrifice, and seeke hys fauoure by suc∣couring of the nedye: For why? this is thonely thyng that the lawe and pro∣phetes doe teache. And although that God hath nowe at the last perfourmed that thing whiche he long sence promysed, by the mouthes of his prophetes, that he woulde sende Messias, that is to saye, Christe shewyng to ye Israelites his wyll, nowe not by meane of any prophete, but by hys onely begotten sonne Iesus Christ and proferyng them, thorow fayth & obedyence to hym whome he sent▪ remission of synne, and that he eftsones wil be reconciled with theym: Yet that notwithstandyng bycause there is none other God but he, as well of the Gentiles as also of the Israelites; his wyll is that this fauour be shewed to all men, whosoeuer beleueth the gospell. And I am assured, that the ru∣mour of this thyng beeyng sparsed, as it is, thorowout all Iewrye, is hearde among you also, howe that Iesus walked ouer all partes of Iewry, exhor∣tyng all men to repentaunce, bearyng wytnes that the kyngdome of God is e∣uen at hand. And chiefely hys beginning to preache, was aboute Galilee af∣ter he had ben christened of Iohn, whiche was his foremessanger, and openlye bare witnesse of hym, ye Iesus of Nazareth was the lambe of God, that should take away the synnes of the worlde, and that god had anoynted hys Messias with the holy ghoste▪ whome he had seene in lykenesse of a doue as cummyng from heauen and restyng on his heade, and that it was onely he that shoulde

Page [unnumbered]

Christen all the faythfull, not in water, as he hymselfe Christened, but wyth an heauenly power. And this oure lorde Iesus also expressed in deades, wal∣kyng thorowout all partes of Iewry, helpyng all men, not onely in teachyng the heauenly Philosophye of the gospell, whereby the soule is healed, but also in curyng the sycke, castyng oute of deuyls, healyng lepers, and reysyng the dead, and to be shorte, in helpyng all men whome the deuyll by tyranny kept vnder hys yoke. For as he onely was free from all synne, so he only was hable and of power, to vanquishe the tyranny of the deuyll, the whiche raygneth o∣uer theym, that leadeth theyr lyfe in synne. For God expressed hys might in his sonne, whiche all Satans power was not hable to withstande. All these thyn∣ges beyng cōmonly spoken of thorowout Iewry, I am assured that you like∣wise haue heard, and doe beleue them.

[ The texte.] And we are witnesses of all thynges whiche he dyd in the lande of the Iewes, and at Ierusalem: whome they ••••ewe, and hanged on tree, hym God reysed of the thyrd day, aud shewed him openly, not to all the people, but vnto vs witnesses, chosen before of god for the same intente, whiche did eate and drynke wyth hym after he arose from deathe. And he commaunded vs to preache vnto the people, and to testifye that it is he, which is ordeyned of God, to be the iudge of quicke and dead. To him geue al the Prophetes wit∣nes that thorow his name, whosoeuer beleueth in him, shall receiue remission of sinnes.

But that you maye more surely beleue thys, we that were conuersaunte wyth hym, both in house, and in all other places, as long as he, beyng manne, lyued among men, doe beare wytnes of all suche thinges, as he did in all coas∣tes of Iewry, and in Hierusalem also, whome the highe priestes, scribes, and Pharisees, with the consentes bothe of the nobilitie, and the commens, put to death, fastenyng hym on the crosse, rendryng hym euyll thankes for hys so manyfolde benefites employed on theym. But God, by whose permission all these thinges were doen for the health of man, restored him to lyfe the third day after his death, and endowed him with life euerlasting. To make this certainly to be beleued, he did personally appeare alyue, he was hearde, sene, and felt also with the handes, not of all the people, as he had bene before his death, but of certayne that were before chosen witnesses by God purposely, of vs I say, vn∣to whom he appered after he had arisen from death, being conuersaūt on earth fowertie dayes: & we did eate and drinke wyth hym, and he wyth vs lykewyse, lest we should doubte in our myndes, whether his body were in very dede ray∣sed or not. And before he went into heauen, he commaunded vs, whome he be∣fore had chosen to this office, that we should openly preache to euery man, and beare witnes, that he was one, whom god had aduaunced to hyghe estate and power, that in thend of the worlde, he shalbe iudge of all, bothe quicke and dead. In the meane space a sure and an easy remedy is profered euery man. For all the prophetes long synce with one consente prophecied the very same of hym, that we teache, that it is onely he, in whose name remyssyon of synne shalbe geuen, not to the Iewes onely, but to all nacions also thorow out the worlde, not by merite of their woorkes, wherein the Iewes put confidence, but by fayth wherby we beleue the ghospell, and by meane of the ghospell, beleue in Christe.

[ The texte.] Whyle Peter yet spake these woordes, the holy ghost fell on all them whiche hearde the preachyng. And they of the circumcision whiche beleued, were astonied, as many as came with Peter, because that on the Gentyles also was shedde out the gyft of the holy

Page xliii

ghost. For they hearde them speake with tongues, and magnified god. Then aunswered Peter: can any man forbyd water, yt these should not be baptised, which haue receiued ye holy ghost as well as we? And he commaunded them to bee baptysed in the name of the lorde. Than prayed they him, to tarie a fewe dayes.

Peter had not yet made an ende of his tale, and beholde the holy ghoste visibly descendyng from heauen, came on all that had hearde, and beleued the apostles wordes. Whiche thing made the Iewes, that were conuerted to the ghospell, and had come in Peters company from Ioppa, to beare wytnes to those thynges that were for to be done, astonied thereat, merueiling that the gracious gyfte of the holy ghoste, was also powred furth vpon the Gentiles, whiche were not circumcised. For they supposed the promise of the Prophetes to pertayne to the Israelites onely, whereas in very dede, the prophetes sayed before, that the spirite of God shoulde bee shed on all those, whatsoeuer they were, that woulde call on the name of God.

And the chaunce that folowed, expressed the meaning of thys token whyche they had sene. For they began, in presence of all men that hearde thē, to speake diuers languages, praysyng muche the bountifull goodnes of God. This so euident a token, was declared for the Israelites, that were alreadye presente and circumcised, that from thenceforth they shoulde not stycke to call theym, whiche were not circumcised, to be partakers of the faythe of Christe: it was lykewyse done for Cornelius frendes, to put them oute of doubt that by theyr fayth, they were nothyng inferiour to the Iewes, yea thoughe they kepte no the Iewes lawes. Here accordyng to ye pleasure of god, the ordre was chaun∣ged, for first they whiche were newly instructed in the fayth, had wonte to b christened, and afterwardes by laying handes on theym, receyued the holye gost. But here without laying of theyr handes on them, fyrste the holy ghoste was geuen, that the apostle shoulde nothyng stycke to ministre that, whyche was of lesse estimacion, seeing that God of hys owne accorde, had gyuen that, whiche was of more excellencie. Than Peter, as thoughe that he woulde doe nothyng wythout the consent of the Iewes, thoughe he had already purpo∣sed it, sayed to them that came wyth hym: Is there any man here that wyl saye nay, but that these men maye be chrystened, albeit they bee not circumcysed, whiche haue receyued the holy ghost aswell as we? And whan as no man sayed contrary, he commaunded them to be christened in the name of Iesus Christe. All this matter beyng happely finished, as Peter was makyng hymselfe rea∣dy to returne to Ioppa, they entreated him to tarry wyth them a fewe dayes, for asmuche as they were very desirous to haue more perfecte knowledge of the gospell. Peter beyng thus intreated, was content to abyde. For he knewe that the Iewes would scarsely brooke it, that he shoulde be in housholde con∣uersaunt with them, that were not circumcised.

¶The .xi. Chapter.
[ The texte.] And the apostles and brethren that were in Iewry, hearde that the heathen had also receiued the word of God. And whan Peter was come vp to Ierusalem, they that were of the circumcisiō▪ coutended against him, saying: thou wentest vnto men vncircumcised, and diddest care with them.

Page [unnumbered]

THe rumour of this fact, came ouer to the other apostles eares whiche remayned at Hierusalem, and to the eares of the bre∣thren also, whiche were abrode in Iewry, that the gentyles had also receyued the woorde of God. For it was an harde thyng to kepe this matter close, partely because this captaine was by reason of his office, of so great estimation, and partly agayn for that many were Christened together, either els because the Iewes were present at the dede dooing (for the chaumberlaine that we spake of be∣fore, whan he was Christened as he rode by the waye, was alone withoute wytnes, as one that had stollen the benefitte of the ghospell from the Iewes) and partely also because it was doen in one of the noble cyties of Palestine. But Peter knowing certainly that it would be noysed abrode, and that there woulde some Iewes reproue this hys doyng, toke diligent hede euery waye, that he myght not deserue any rebuke, forasmuche also as God had put thys in his mynd, which had shewed him this vision three times, because he shoulde nothyng stycke to dooe it. On the other parte, by reuelacyon of the holye ghoste, he perceyued that messangiers were come frome Cornelyus: whome he foorthwith dyd not receyue into the house, leste he beyng a Iewe myghte haue semed to haue been desyrous to compaynye wyth the heathen, but spake to theym at the doore, and before wytnesses asked theim why theyr cummyng was. Thys question he asked rather for the Iewes sakes that were pre∣sente, then for hys owne. Besydes thys after he perceyued that the vysions dyd agree, bothe on the one parte and the other, he went thyther, but yet not withoute the compainy of some Iewes, whiche were knowen to bee menne of good credence, who shoulde beare witnes what were doen, and without whose consent he woulde do nothyng to thentent that by these meanes afterwarde, yf anye man woulde grudge at his doynges, they, as wytnesses, myght become proctours of hys cause. Agayne whan he was come to Cornelius house, he dyd not foorthwith enter in, as a man desyrous to talke with hym, but sente in woorde to him that he was come, that Cornelius myghte meete hym and bryng hym in: and yet was he neuerthelesse well assured, that he shoulde bee welcum. This captayne fell prostrate at Peters feete and wurshypped hym, whiche was to all the Iewes that were present, a greate token to meruayle at, of his ready minde. Agayne in hearing of thē all, he asked what his wyll was with hym, that he had sent for hym, to thentent that the Iewes, whiche came with hym, hearyng the tale of Cornelius owne mouthe, myghte the better be∣leue it. And fynally the holy ghoste came downe by hys owne accorde, before that they had eyther made theyr prayers, eyther had theyr handes layde on them, either they had receiued baptisme. Neither yet did he vpon this, christen them, before he had commoned with the cyrcumcised that were present, and had expressed vnto them, that it were not mete to deny them baptisme, whome God had endowed wyth hys holy ghoste. This was that great wysedome of Peter beyng a pastor and agreable with the ghospell. He well knewe the nature of the Iewes, howe muche they stode in theyr owne conceyte, because they were circumcised, and howe deadly they abhorred those that were not circumcised. This was the occasyon that he imagined all shyftes to auoyde offence of a∣ny manne. He was desyrous to make the Gentyles partakers of the ghospell, but yet in suche sorte, that by the occasion thereof, he should not lese the Iewes,

Page xliiii

yf it myght be. Nowe after that Peter had by chaunce returned to Hierusa∣lem, where, by reason of the rumours, it was knowen howe Cornelius had been christened, they whiche were circumcised and had receyued the gospell, disputed against him, saying: wherefore dyddest thou enter into the houses of the vncircumcised contrary to the tradicion of our forefathers, and not con∣tent with that, diddest also sitte at the same table, and eate those meates whiche, are forbydden in Moyses lawe?

[ The texte.] ¶But Peter rehearsed the matter from the begynnyng, saying: I was in the citie of Ioppa, praying: and in a traunce I sawe a vision, a certen vessel descende, as it had been a great shere, let downe from heauen by the fower corners, & it came to me. Into yt which whan I had fastened myne tyes, I considered, and sawe fower foted beastes of ye yearth, and vermine, and wormes, and foules of the ayre.

In this matter it becommed not Peter to holde his peace, but he tolde all the matter euen frome the begynnyng, howe as it had chaūced in this wise. Certes I dust not breake the lawe whiche we haue deliuered vs of our fore∣fathers, but in this poincte folowed I him, whiche is aboue the lawe. I was in the citie Ioppa, fastyng, and in my prayers, that no manne can suspecte it to be a vayne dreame. And whan I had commaunded, (as very hungre en∣forced me) some meate to be dressed, I was in the meane time rauyshed, and in a traunce sawe this vision. A great vessell muche after the fourme of a greate linen sheete, knitte fast at fower corners, was let downe from heauē, and came to me. Werupon whan I had sette myne iye, being very hungry, I loked what maner of meate there was.

And there I sawe dyuerse kyndes of fowerfoted beastes, besydes those that were noxious beastes, with other sondrye kyndes also of beastes▪ that crepe on the yearthe, and fowles of the ayre, whome the lawe by expressed com∣maundement, woulde vs to abstayne fro.

[ The texte.] And I hearde a voyce saying vnto me: Aryse Peter, sley, and eate. But I sayed: not so Lord, for nothing commen or vncleane, hath at any tyme entred into my mouthe. But the voyce answered me againe, saying from heauen: count not thou those thinges cōme, which God hath clensed. And this was done thre times. And all wer taken vp againe in∣to heauen. And beholde, immediatly there were thre men all ready cum vnto the house where I was, sent frō Cesarca vnto me. And the spirite sayed vnto me, that I should go with them wtout doubtyng. Moreouer, these .vi. brethren accoumpanyed me, and we en∣tred into ye mans house. And he shewed vs, how he had seen an angell in his house, which stoode and sayed to hym, sende menne to Ioppa, and call for Symon: whose sirname is Peter: he shall tell thee woordes, wherby both thou and all thyne house shalbe saued.

Whiles I was lookyng on this, I hearde also a voyce whiche exhorted me that I shoulde not sticke to eate thereof, and sayed vnto me: aryse Peter, kyll and eate. To whome I made than answere: God forbyd. For to this daye hath no vnclene meate entred into my mouthe. Than aunswered the voyce eftsones in this maner: call not thou, whiche art but man, those meates vncleane, whiche god hath purified. This vysion dyd three tymes appere. And afterwardes all those meates, whiche I thought worthy to be abhorred, were taken vp into heauen.

And after I was cum to my selfe, whyles I reuolued in my mynde what this vision, whiche so often apered, shoulde meane, the spirite of god forth∣with gaue me knowlege that there were three men at ye doore where I hosted, sent from Cesarea, that would speake with me. And the same spirite com∣maunded me that I shoulde not sticke to goe with them. I obeyed the visy∣on,

Page [unnumbered]

and by the holy ghostes sendyng, I tooke my iorney to Cesarea, not alone, but I tooke syxe brethren with me, to beare wytnesse of all those thynges, whiche I dyd by the commaundement of God. And brefely er entred in∣to the mannes house that had sente for vs. There he in presence of vs all, shewed howe that fewe dayes before, whyles he was fastyng and hys pray∣ers, at home in hys house, he had seene an Aungell standyng before hym in a glistenyng garment, when it was brode daye, and saying vnto hym. Cornelius, sende some of thy seruauntes to Ioppa, and let theym desyre Sy∣mon, otherwyse named Peter, in thy behalfe to take the paynes to come speake with the. He shall tell the those thynges, whereby thou and all thy housholde, maye be saued. I perceyuyng these visions to had agreed on both partes, and perceyuyng farder howe earnest theyr desyre was with out all dis∣simulacion, beganne to teache them those thynges that our Lorde Iesus had willed vs to preache.

[ The texte.] And as I began to preache the holy gost fell on them, as he did on vs, at the begynnyng. Than came it to my remembraunce, howe that the lorde sayed: Iohn baptised with wa∣ter, but ye shall be baptised with the holy ghost. For as muche than as god gaue thē like gyftes, as he dyd vnto vs, when we beleued on the Lord Iesus Christ: what was I, that I should haue withstand god? Whan they heard this, they helde theyr peace & glorified God, saying: than hath God also to the Gentyles, graunted repentaunce vnto lyfe.

I had not fully fynished my communication, but beholde the holy ghost cummyng from heauen, entred into theym, in lyke maner as he at the fyrste tyme, had into vs: and they began to speake dyuerse languages, euen as we than spake. Thys was an euident token, that their faythe was approued before God. And euen than the very thyng it selfe shewed, what this hard vi∣sion to vnderstande, that I had seene, dyd meane. For these were those same fowerfooted creping beastes, and fowles, whiche we that are circumcised, do abhorre, but goddes wyll is to haue theym purifyed thorowe faythe, yea he wyll not, that we take anye thyng as vncleane, whiche thorowe faythe of the ghospell, is made holy. And farther I remembred the wordes that the Lorde spake vnto vs whan he was ready to ascende to heauen: Iohn baptised in wa∣ter, but you shalbe baptised in the holy ghoste. And we diepe the body in wa∣ter, but it is not water that gyueth saluacion, vnlesse by faythe we obtaine the fierye baptisme. And whan as the matter of it selfe in effect was euident e∣noughe, that they had receyued the baptisme whiche Iesus the lorde had pro∣mysed, and that the same fauoure thorowe faythe, was employed on those whiche wer not circumcised, whiche we before had receyued: not because we had so deserued by kepyng of the lawe, but thorowe our fayth, wherby we be∣leued our lorde Iesus Christ, how coulde I be agaynste the wil of god? Was it for me to staye, that they shoulde not be baptised in water, whiche were than already baptised in the spirite of God, seyng that water is nothyng elles but a token of the grace that shalbe geuen vs from heauen? But than was grace gyuen them before, without oure ministerie. So that to deny them to be baptysed in water, had bene nothynge elles, but to improue that whyche God had done. Whan they had hearde these hys wordes, they helde theyr peace, and praysed God, saying: than the verye thyng in effect is euidently declared, that God hath gyuen repentaunce, not to the Israelytes onely, but to the Gentyles also that they therby maye obteyne lyfe euerlastynge. And

Page xlv

these were the firste frutes of the Gospell that the churche had of heathen, by Peters procurement. For before hym, none other durste so doo, but Phi∣lip onely, and that also not without monicion of an aungell

[ The texte.] They also which were scattered abrode through the affliccion that arose about Steuē, walked throughout vnto Phenice, and Cypres, and Antioche, preachyng the word to no manne, but vnto the Iewes onely. Sum of theim were menne of Cypres and Cyrene: whiche whan they wer cum to Antioche, spake vnto the Grekes, and preached the Lorde Iesus. And the hande of the lorde was with them, and a great number beleued, & turned vnto the lorde

For they that by reason of sore persecucion after Steuens death were dis∣persed, wente from vyllage to village, and from citye to citie, vntyll they came to Phenice, and sum to the Yle Cypres, whiche lyeth ryghte ouer a∣gaynste Phenice, sum also scattered to Antioche, whiche deuideth Phenyce from Cilicia preachyng to euery man the doctrine of the ghospell, which they had receyued of the Apostles, and yet durst not they communicate it to anye man, but those that were Iewes, not because they hated all menne besydes, but of a certayne godly feare whiche they had, forasmuche as they thoughte, that it was not lawfull to gyue to dogges the holye, whiche to do the Lorde had forbydden theym. Aboute thesame tyme, arose vp certayne menne that were cōuerted to the fayth, borne parte in Cypres, and parte in Cyrene, which entryng into the citie of Antioche, durste boldly speake of Christe to the Gre∣cians, and preached oure Lorde Iesus vnto theym, and they prospered, the matter succedyng very well, as the wyll of God was that it shoulde do, who gaue strength and courage to the setters furthe of his name. For among them also a great numbre that gaue credence to the ghospell, were conuerted to the Lorde.

[ The texte.] Tydynges of these thynges came vnto the ears of the congregacion, whiche was in Hierusalem. And they sent furth Barnabas, that he shoulde go vnto Antioche: which when he was cum, and had seene the grace of God, was glad, and exhorted them al, that with purpose of herte, they would continually cleaue vnto the lorde. For he was a good man, and full of the holye ghost and fayth: and muche people was added vnto the Lord. Than departed Barnabas to Tarsus, for to seke Saule. And when he had founde hym, he brought hym vnto Antioche.

The knowleage of this matter by noysyng of it abrode, from one to a∣nother, came to the eares of the churche whyche was at Hierusalem. And for this purpose ye leuite Barnabas, a man whiche was borne in Cypres, one of suche perfeccion, as was semely for an apostle, was sent thyther by the a∣postles to see what was dooen there, and that he, yf he perceiued it to be agre∣able to the will of god, shoulde allowe it by the authoritie of thapostles. So great heede they tooke in receyuyng the heathen to be partetakers of the ghospell, although thapostles muche desyred that it shoulde so be, partelye leste that it shoulde be afterwardes called backe or broken of the Iewes, as a thyng vnaduisedly or rashely doone, and partely left the gentyles shoulde verye muche mistruste theymselues, in that that they had dooen, as thoughe the lawe of Moyses must haue been their helpe and theyr staye. But after that Barnabas was cum to Antioche, and perceiued that the Grecians had ob∣tayned them lyke fauoure of god thorowe fayth, wythout obseruacion of the lawe, as the Iewes had, he muche reioyced that the numbre of the fayth∣full was encreased, and exhorted them all, that they shoulde stande stedfaste

Page [unnumbered]

in theyr, purpose, and stycke to God. For he was a good man, and replenished with the holye ghoste. And therefore came it to passe by meanes of hys prea∣ching, that manye moe dyd ioyne wyth the other numbre, that professed the Lorde. And because that Antioche is adioyning to Cilicia, the very nerenesse of the place, moued hym to seke for Paule, whiche was more meete for thys office, than anye other, forasmuche as he was chosen of Chryste to glorifie hys name among the Gentiles, and prynces of the yerth. For the disciples had brought hym to Cesarea, a citie of Phenice, what tyme he fledde frome Ieru∣salem, and thence he went to Tarsus.

Whom, after he had founde there, he brought to Antioche, because he ho∣ped to wynne moe by hys meanes whyche was an apostle, specially chosen to this office, in so great a cytie as that was, and so muche frequented bothe of Grecians, and also Iewes.

[ The texte.] ¶And it chaunced that a whole yeare they had theyr conuersacion wit the congrega∣cion there, and taught muche people: insomuche as the disciples at Antioche, were ye first that were called Christen.

And so they continued together at Antioche a whole yere, wyth the con∣gregacion of the faythfull, that were there gathered together in a greate numbre, aswell of Grecians, as of Iewes, whiche was afterwardes muche increased by accesse of no smalle multitude of people, gathered together by the preachyng of Paule and Barnabas, insomuche that they, whiche before were called disciples, (because the name of Christe was odious) at Antioche firste were called of the principall authour of their religion, al Christians that professed Christes doctrine.

[ The texte.] ¶In those dayes came prophetes from the citie of Ierusalem vnto Antioche. And there stode vp one of them named Agabus, and signified by the spirite, that there should be great dearth throughout all the worlde, which came to passe i the Emperoure Clau∣dius dayes. Than the disciples euery man accordyng to his habilitie, purposed to sende succour vnto the brethren, whiche dwelt in Iewry, which thyng they also dyd, and sente it to the elders by the handes of Barnabas and Saule.

Aboute this season certayne Prophetes came frome Hierusalem to Anti∣oche, among whome, one, whose name was Agabus, standyng vp in the con∣gregacion, inspired with the spirite of God, certified theym that there shoulde come greate famyne ouer all the whole woorlde. The whiche came to passe in Claudius Cesars tyme that succeded Caligula. And because that the Iewes, whiche were conuerted to the fayth, and dwelled in Hierusalem, were for the moste parte poore men and partly had giuen all that they had in commen, and manye of theym by reason that they professed Iesus Christes name had been spoiled of their goodes by the priestes, they prouided that those whyche had abundantlye ynoughe, specially amongest the Gentyles, and had receiued the ghospell, shoulde euerye man gyue a porcion, and the money so gathered, shoulde be sente to ye christen menne that dwelled in Iewrye, for their sustenta∣cion so that no maunne was compelled to gyue any thyng, but that euery man should geue that, that he coulde fynde in his herte with a good wyll to depart withall, accordyng to the valew of his goodes. And euen as they had ordey∣ned, so was it doen, And ye same money was sent to Hierusalem by Paule and Barnabe to the elders that they should distribute it as they thought beste, to those that had nede therof.

Page xlvi

¶The .xii. Chapter.
[ The texte.] At the same tyme, Herode the kyng stretched furth his handes, to bere certayne of the congregacion. And he killed Iames the brother of Iohn with a sworde. And because he saw that it pleased the Iewes, he proceded farther, and tooke Peter also. Than were the dayes of swete breade. And whan he had caughte him, he put hym in pryson also, and delyuered hym to ower quaternyons of Souldyers to be kepte, entendyng after Easter to bryng him forth to the people. And Peter was kepte in pryson. But prayer was made without ceasyng of the congregacion vnto God for him.

WHyle that Paule and Barnabas were occupied aboute thys embassade, Kyng Herode, whiche had before tyme beheaded Iohn, and sente Christ agayne to Pilate, ap∣parelled wyth a white garmente in a mockage, beeyng sorye that thys sorte of menne daylye encreased, and that the name of Iesus, Kyng of the Iewes, was well knowen in manye countreyes, thoughte it to apper∣tayne to hys duetye, that thys secte so growynge and dayly encreasyng, shoulde bee cleane vanquyshed: Sathanas euen than woorkyng eftesones by theym, as by hys tooles, the same thyng whiche he be∣fore went about, but yet obteyning nothyng els thereby, but that the name of Iesus was more gloryously set foorth.

Therefore Herode practysyng hys regall and absolute power, sente cer∣tayne of hys garde with weapons, to lay hande on some of the congregacyon that professed Iesus of Nazareth, Lorde of all thynges. And so he whyche in choppyng of Iohns head, had learned to behead good men, and those that freely spake the trueth, did now lykewise lay handes vpon Iames thapostle, brother to Iohn, because he in those dayes was estemed of greatest autoritie amonges thother apostles, and commaunded hym to be headed whyche stedfastly contynued in professyng the name of Iesus. And whan he percey∣ued that this cruell acte, dyd well please the Iewes, he heaped myschiefe vp∣on myschiefe, and commaunded that Peter shoulde bee taken, whiche was chiefe among the reste of thapostles, thinkyng that it woulde come to passe, that the shepehearde beyng ryd oute of the waye, the flocke myghte easily bee dispersed and scattered: vpon whiche consyderacyon the Iewes had beefore slayne our lorde Iesus, staying their handes from the apostles. He would im∣mediatly & without delay haue put Peter to death, but onely that their Easter day, whiche was had in greate honoure among the Iewes, was at hande, at which time the Iewes before had ben also afrayde to slea Iesus. Suche is the Iewes deuocion in kepyng theyr holy dayes. They are not afrayde to sacry∣fice an innocent mannes bloude at the peoples requeste, but they are afray∣ed to breake theyr holy daye, as thoughe that he were nothyng gyltie of mur∣der, whiche hath in harte prefixed to commyt murder. He than commaunded that Peter beyng thus taken, shoulde be caste into pryson, and for feare lest he shoulde any waye escape, lyke as Paule had, he sette sixteene harneste men to kepe him lying in bandes, to thintēt that no man myghte by force take him awaye. For he had purposed, after the holy dayes to bryng this sacrifice before the people, that euen thirsted for innocente bloud. Lyke people lyke kyng. In the meane season neyther refused Peter to goe to pryson, hauynge

Page [unnumbered]

knowledge before by God, that suche thynges shoulde happen, neyther made the disciples any commocion agaynste the vngodly cruelnes of thys tyraunt, hauyng well in remembraunce, howe the Lorde had commaunded, that they shoulde wyshe nothyng but well, yea to those that pursued them. Herode was not satisfyed wyth imprysonyng of Peter, ne with double chaynes, nor wyth once fower souldiers in armour, whiche in other tymes & cases were thoughte enoughe to haue the safe kepyng of one man, for this purpose verely, that his cruell entente with so great diligence, myghte muche more auayle to the set∣tyng foorth and encreasyng of the glory of our sauiour Christ. In thys wyse Peter, whome the souldiers tooke diligent hede on, kept his holy day in pry∣son. In the meane while the congregacion of the disciples, takyng not a lytle thought for their shepeherde, neuer teassed day ne nighte to pray to God, that Peter myght escape.

[ The texte.] ¶And whan Herode woulde haue brought him out vnto the people, the same night slept Peter betweene two souldiers, bounde wyth twoo chaynes, and the keepers before the doore, kepte the prison. And beholde, the angell of the Lorde was there present, & a lyght shyned in the inhabytacyon. And he smore Peter on the side, styered him vp, sayinge: aryse vp quickely. And hys cheynes fell of from hys handes. And the aungell sayd vnto hym: gyrde thy selfe, and bynde on thy sandales. And he dyd so. And he sayeth vnto him: caste thy garment about the, and folowe me. And he came out and folowed him, & wyste not that it was trueth, whiche was doen by the ungel, but thought he had sene a vision Whan they were past the first and ye seconde watche, they came vnto the yron gate, that leadeth vnto the citie, which opened to them by the owne accord. And they went out, and passed thorowe out strete, and forthwith the aungell departed from hym.

And whan as Herode purposed to bryng hym forth before the people after the holy dayes were ended, as God would, and nyghre before he shoulde haue bene brought foorth, Peter was a slepe betwene two souldiers bounde wyth two chaynes. The rest of the souldiers watched at the pryson doore. And be∣holde thangell of god sodainly stode by Peter, and a wonderfull lyght withall made al the house bryght notwithstandyng that it was both a darke pryson, and a darke nyght also, and smyting Peter on the syde, reysed hym, saying: A∣rise speadily. And forthwyth, assone as these wordes were spoken, the chaines, fell from hys handes. Than sayed the angell, gyrde thy selfe, and put on thy shooes, and see that thou leaue no parte of thy apparell heare. Whan Peter had thys doen, than sayed the angell agayne: cast on thy cloke and folowe me. In this wise Peter folowing the Aungell hys guide began to goe foorth of the pryson, not yet perceiuing that this was in very dede done that the aun∣gell did, but supposyng that he sawe a vision, as he had before seene. But af∣ter they had passed the first and the seconde warde, they came to an yron gate that leadeth into the citie, which by it owne accorde, opened vnto them, though it had many lockes and boltes vpon it. And whan they were cleane foorth, they passed on vntyll they had gone throughe one strete of the citie, and than foorthwith the aungell vanishyng away, left Peter, as soodaynly as he before had comen to him.

[ The texte.] And whan Peter was come to himselfe, he sayed: Now I knowe of a suretie, that the Lorde hath sent his angell, and hath delyuered me out of the hande of Herode, and from all the waytyng for of the people of the Iewes. And as he consydered the thyng, he came to the house of Mary, the mother of one Iohn, whose sirname was Marke, where many were gathered together in prayer. As Peter knocked at the entry doore, a damosell came

Page xlvii

foorth to harken, named i hoda. And whā she knew Peters voyce, she opened not the en∣try for gladnes, but tanne in and tolde how Peter stoode before the entry. And they said vnto her, thou art mad. But she affirmed that it was euen so. Than sayd they: it is hys ungell. But Peter contined knocking: and when they had opened the doore, and saw hym, they were astoied. And whan he had beckened vnto them with the hand that they myght holde their peace, he tolde them by what meanes the Lorde had brought hym out of the prison. And he sayed: goe shewe these thynges vnto Iames, and to the brerr. And he departed, and went into an other place.

Then Peter lookyng about hym, and perfectly knowyng in what part of the citie he was, cummyng to hymselfe, sayde: Nowe I perceyue it is no dreame that is done, but the Lorde pytiynge those that be hys, hath sente hys Aungell, and hath delyuered me out of the handes of Herode, whiche had de∣creed to put me to deathe, and hath disappoynted bothe the cruell kyng, and also the earnest expectacion of the multitude. Than as he was in consultynge and deuising with hymselfe whither he myghte mooste safely goe, thynkyng that he woulde make hys dysciples and felowes to be partakers of thys hys ioyfull chaucne, wente to the house of Mary that was the mother of Iohn, not the same Iohn that was brother to Iames, but that was otherwise called Marke, in whose house many were assembled, praying wyth one assente, for the delyuery of theyr pastoure.

And whan Peter knocked at the wicket of the gate whyche was towardes the streate syde, a lytle mayden came foorthe softely to harken what the mat∣ter was. Her name was Rhoda. Whome Peter perceyuyng to come to the doore, wylled her spedely to open the doore. Whan she heard Peters voice, beeyng halfe amased for sooddayn ioye, did not open the doore, but runnyng backe agayne into the house, broughte theym woorde that Peter was at the doore. But they beeyng well assured howe safe Herode had caused Peter to bee kepte, aunswered to the mayden. Surely thou arte peuyshe. But whan shee contynued styffely affirmyng that it was true that shee had sayed, some of theym sayd, it is not Peter but his ghoste, or angell that speaketh lyke him. For they were of this opinion, that euery man hath an Angell to be hys keper and guyde, whiche often tymes woulde take mannes lykenes vpon hym. But when as Peter styll knocked, they opened the doore, and whan they sawe Peter come in, they woondred at hym. But Peter hearyng the greate noyse of those that reioyced that he was come agayne, beckened to theym with his hande, that they shoulde holde theyr peace, and harken wythoute noyse what he woulde saye, leste that any manne shoulde perceyue the matter, that had chaunced, by so straunge and vnaccustomed noyse that they made. Whan sylence was made, he shewed theym all the matter as it had chaunced in or∣dre, howe the Lorde had broughte hym out of the pryson, by the guydyng of his aungell. And looke, sayde Peter, that Iames the brother of the Lorde, be certified hereof (he was than bysshope of Hierusalem) and the reste of the brethren, that they maye bee partakers with vs of thys ioye. In thys wyse the good God dooeth myxte sadnesse with myrthe, and myrthe wyth sadnesse, that we shoulde not vttrely despayre. After Peter had spoken these woordes, he forthwith departed thence, and went into an other place wheras he myghte more safely bee hydde, for feare leste Herode, whose contynual endeuoure in crueltie he had experyence of, shoulde agayne espie him out.

[ The texte.] Assone as it was daye, there was no lytell to dooe emong the souldiers, what was

Page [unnumbered]

becum of Peter. Whan Herode had sought for him, and founde him not, he examined the kepers, and commaunded them to bee had away. And he descended from Iewry to Cesa∣rea, and there abode. Herode was dyspleased with them of Tyre and Sydon. But they came all with one accorde, and made intercession vnto one Blastus the kinges chaumbers sayne, and desired peace, because their countrey was nourished by the kynges prouysion.

But as sone as it was daye the souldiers, to whose custody he was com∣mitted, seeyng the chaynes remayne whole, and that the prysoner was esca∣ped (the doores beeyng shutte) were sore amased, maruaylyng what was become of Peter. And Herode, whan he had sente for Peter, to thyntente that he myght bryng him foorth beefore the people, and so to condemne hym to death, and founde hym not in the pryson, after examynacyon hadde of the kepers, commaunded them to warde, that he myghte at laysure put theym to execucion. But God euer mercyfully tenderyng those that loue hym, restray∣ned Herodes rage, aswell prouydyng for the safetye of the Apostles, as al∣so of the souldiers. For it was not sytting that the safegarde of Peter shoulde, be occasion that the innocentes shoulde suffer the paynes of death. And in the meane space it it befel that Herode had occasion to take hys iourney to Ce∣sarea, a citie of Palestine. He was offended with thinhabitours of Tyre and Sydon, and dyd euen than purpose in his mynde, to wage battayll agaynste theym. But they hearyng of that, repaired wyth one accorde vnto hym, and fyrste desiryng the fauoure of one Blastus, whyche was chyefe of the kynges priuie chaumbre, and obteyning the same, sued for peace, forasmuche as they thought it expedient for them to haue the frendshyppe of hym, beyng a kynge that dwelte so nere theym: Because that their ryches and welthynes in Tyre and Sydon, stoode moste by marchaundysynge, and therefore it was theyr commoditie and vauntage, to bee at league wyth the countreys that adioy∣ned nere vnto them, and that they could not wage battell, without theyr great hynderaunce, hauyng not free passage for occupiers to cary out, and bryng in marchaundises.

[ The texte.] ¶And vpon a day appoynted, Herode arayed him in his royall apparell, and set hym in his seate, & made an oacion vnto them. And toe people gaue a shout saying: it is the voice of a God and not of a mā. And immediately the angel of the Lord smoe hym, because he gaue not God the honour, and he was eaten of wormes, & gaue vp ye gost. And the woord of God grew and multiplied. And Barnabas and Paule returned to Hierusalem, when they had fulfilled their office, and toke with them Iohn whose sirname was Marke.

After these matters were pacibly ended, whan as vpon a certayne so∣lemne feaste, or high daye, that was by vowe kepte holy for the health of the Emperour, by occasion whereof the chiefe rulers of the whole countrey were assembled thither, the seconde daye that the playes were kepte, (for they con∣tinued many dayes) Herode was speakyng vnto the people out of an hyghe place or pulpet before the people, hauyng on hym a gorgeous garmente that was very richely and coningly wouen and enbrodered, with bothe syluer and also gold: when that the brightenes of the Sunne beames shyning on the la and bosome of the kinges garment, by reason of reflecciō, glistered vpon euery mans iyes, that no man might abyde the bryghtenes thereof, euen as it had been lyghtening, the multitude with flattery made a shout thereat, praysyng hym, & sayd: the voyce of god and of no man, as though they had perceyued in him some thing to surmount mans excellency. Such flattery of the people, do∣eth often cause the kynges become tyraūtes, whan they are praised as goddes, that are scarsely worthy the name of man. And princes on the other parte flat∣ter

Page xlviii

the people, exhibiting vnto theym shewes to gase vpon, & vncleanly plaies, and oftentymes by puttynge good menne to death, as he before had obteyned the peoples fauour by the death of Iames. And yet Herode for hys parte re∣fused not, nor abhorred this so vngodly flattery, but as a wretched person, and one that should within short space after dye, reioysed to be called god. But the vengeaunce of god immediatly lighted on hym. For streight waies in presence of the multitude, before he came downe, the aungell of god smote hym, whom; he lokyng backe sawe, because that he beynge man, had taken on hym the ho∣noure that cannot be communicate or parted with any creature, but is due vn∣to god alone. And beyng taken with a sodayne disease, whiche was as fylthy and dolorouse as anye myght be, died for the veraie payne and anguishe ther∣of, within fewe dayes after, his body beyng eaten vp with vermyne.

In this wyse whan he, that had persecuted the flocke of god, was rydde oute of the waye the doctrine of the gospell encreased, and spred more and more a∣brode. And Barnabas and Saule, whan their busynesse was done, that they had in hande by the consent of the brethren, and had delyuered the money to ye apostles, and sene the same distributed to the helpyng and relyuing of ye pore, as it was ordeyned that it shoulde, returned from Hierusalem to Antioche, bryngyng wyth them a companion, whose name was Iohn, otherwyse called by his syrname Marke.

¶The .xiii. Chapter.
[ The texte.] There wer in the congregacion that is at Antioche, certain prophetes, and teachers, as Barnabas and Symeon that was called Niger, & Lucius of Cyrene, and Manahen, He∣rode the Tetrarches noursefelowe, & Saule. As they mynystred to the lorde, and fasted, the holy ghost sayed: seperate me Barnabas and Saule, for the worke wherunto I haue called them. And when they had fasted and prayed, and layed theyr hādes on them, they leat them goe. And they after they were sent forth of the holy gost, departed vnto Seleu∣ria, & from thence they sayled to Ciprus. And when they were at Salamine, they shewed the worde of God in the Sinagoges of the Iewes. And they had Iohn to their minister.

THe Churche at Antioche, dyd than so floryshe, that in it were dyuers that had the gifte of Prophecye, and other that had the gyfte of teachyng the same. Emong whome were Barnabas, and Simeon, whiche was sirnamed Ni∣ger, & besydes these were also Lucius, a Cyrenian borne, and Manahen whiche had ben brought vp euē of a child with Herode the Tetrache, and was his noursefelowe, & playfiere, whose coumpaignie he had lefte, and dyd than folow Christ. But Saule emong all these, was moste excellente, and one that passed all the other in qualyties required in an apostle.

And wheras they studyed for the profyt of the Churche, bestowyng those gyf∣tes that they had, to eche mannes welth, and to set forth the glorye of Chryse faythfully, whyche is a sacrifyce so acceptable to god, that there is none more, fastyng in the meane space, that they by prayer in puritie of lyfe, myghte fur∣ther the profytes of the Churche, besydes the executing and doinge of al other duetyes: the holy ghoste beeyng moued with their prayers, certifyed theym by Prophetes what he woulde haue doen, sayinge: disseuer me Barnabas and Saule, two the chief of all the reste, for my purpose, that they maye take

Page [unnumbered]

in hande that effyce, for the whiche I haue specially chosen theym: that is to saye, that they maye be instructours of the gentiles, and that I maye sowe farre abrode the gospell by theyr meanes. At this commaundemente of the ho∣lye ghost, Barnabas, and Saule were separated and set apart from the reste, that it myght appere to euery man, who wer chosen. And after that they yth one consente, by fastyng, and prayer had made peticion to God that he would turne the offyce that they toke on them to ye profite of the congregation: those that were highest of authoritie emōg them, layed their hādes on theim, & so di∣missed them ready to take theyr iourney, whythersoeuer the holy goste would leade or appoynte theym. And so firste by mocion of the holy ghost, Barnabas and Saule went to Seleucia, whyche is a great promontory, or peake on the weste parte of Antioche, & thence they sayled vnto Cypres. And as soone as they had arryued at Salamin, whyche is a noble citie in that Yle, and ye first that ye cum vnto on ye easte syde, they preached not fables inuented by mans witte, but the worde of god: and that not in corners, but in the Iewes Sy∣nagoges, of whome there was a greate noumber, by reason that it was nere vnto Syria. They had with them, as a partaker of thys mynysterie, Iohn o∣therwyse called Marke, whome they had brought wyth them from Hierusa∣lem. Suche honor was euery where geuen to the Iewes, accordynge to the commaundement of Christe, that wylled the ghospell first to be offered them, leste that sorte of people, whiche otherwyse was euer full of complayntes and waywarde, shoulde saye, that they wer despised and nought set by.

[ The texte.] Whā they had gone through the yle vnto Paphos, they found a certayne forcerer, a false prophet, a Iew, whose name was Barisu, which was wt ye ruler of ye coūtrey, one Ser∣gius Paulus, a prudent mā. The same ruler called vnto him Barnabas & Saul, & desired to heare the word of god. But Elymas the sorcerer (for so is his name by interpretaciō) withstode them, and sought to turne away the ruler from the fayth. Than Saul (which is also called Paul) being ful of the holy gost, set his iyes on him, and sayed: O thou ful of al sutteltie & deceitfulnes, thou chylde of the deuyll, thou enemy of all righteousnes: wilt yt not cease to peruerte the strayght wayes of the lord: And now beholde the hande of the lord is vpon the, and thou shalt be blynd, and nor see ye sunne for a season. And im∣mediatly, there fel on hym a myste & a darkenes, and he wente aboute, sekyng them that should leade him by the hands. Than the ruler whan he sāwe what had happened, bele∣ued and wondred at the doctirne of the Lorde.

They beyng thus occupied, walked aboute all the whole Ylande, vntyll that they came to Paphos, whiche was a citye dedicate in the honoure of Ue∣nus. For this cytie standeth fardest of, on the West parte of Cipres. There they founde a certayne enchaunter whose name was Bariesus, as a manne woulde say, the sonne of Iesu, a Iewe borne, and one that professed the Iewes religion, and vnder pretense therof, falsely bearyng men in hande, that he had the spirite of prophecie. He was reteynyng to Sergius Paulus, whiche was proconsull, that is to saye lieutenaunt, or the lorde deputie of that Yland, and was a wyse man and of good experience. For suche felowes had wonte com∣monly to get them in suche greate mennes fauour, that they may do more mis∣chiefe among men, when they haue once broughte theym in errour. The pro∣consul hearyng than that the gospell was sowed throughout Cypres, dyd not onely not withstande it, but also sent for Barnabas and Paule, beyng verye desirouse to learne of them this heauenly doctryne. But Gariesus beynge an enemye to oure sauiour Iesus, endeuoured hymselfe to resyste the increase of

Page xlix

the ghospel, and striued against the trueth whiche was cumming to lyghte, where as he was in very dede a woorker of falsehood. And Elimas, whiche worde in the Sitians language betokeneth an inchaunter and a false pro∣phet also, withstode the apostles that were true prophetes. For he perceiuing that the procunsul was desyrous to heare the gospell, and wel assured that in time to come, there woulde be no place for his deceitfull craftes amonge them that had once learned the sure and stedfast trueth, wente about to alienate the proconsulles minde, that he shoulde no more beleue the apostles. Here marke the buckling together of mannes craftes, and the liuely force of the gospell. Saule whiche was also named Paule, coulde no lenger forbeare this felowe, whom he perceyued ful of the deiuils spirite, that striued with myscheuous craftes against the pure trueth, but takynge to hym hertie courage, by inspi∣racion of the holy ghost, stedfastly loked on this enchaunter, and sayde vnto hym: O thou wicked, full of all deceite and wylynes, that expresseste thy fa∣ther the deiuyll, whiche first by his wiles and lyes drew man to deathe. O ene∣my of al iustice and truth, and in this shewynge thy selfe to be the sonne of the deuyll, for he firste tooke from man his innocencie, thou openly striuest that truth shall not spring againe. And thou art not contented that thou hyther∣to hast deceyued simple men with thy deceitefull craftes but nowe also when the wyll of god is, that the trueth of the gospell, in whiche is no deceit, shall shyne throughout the worlde, thou stubbernely continuyng in thy eiuyll in∣ent, doest not cease to striue againste the wyll of god, rather hauynge an iye to thine owne vayne glorye and fylthye lucre, than to the health and saluaci∣on aswell of thine owne soule as of a great sorte of other mennes also. And that thou mayest perceiue that the craftes whiche thou workest by the deiuils power, can nothinge preuayle againste the trueth of the gospell, beholde thou shalt nowe fele what he is hable to do, whose wyll thou doest withstand. Thou braggest that thou arte a Prophete, and one that knoweth hygh misteries, wheras in very dede, thou art inwardely in thy soule blynde. Here haste thou deceyued men, who iudge of those thinges that they see, but God that kno∣weth the blyndnesse of thy herte, shall streight wayes take awaye the vse of thy bodely iyes, that euery man shall perceyue that thou art blynde in very dede, and one that is vnworthy to see the same lighte whiche all other men see, for∣asmuche as thou wagest open warre against the lyght of the gospel, that now beginneth to aryse in the worlde. This waye shall God take vengeaunce on the vntyll that thou repent. Paule had scarcely spoken these wordes, but so∣dainly this enchauntoure was stricken with a great blyndnesse, insomuch that he, as one amased wandred vp and downe, sekynge for some man to leade him by the hande. These thinges were doen, the proconsul beyng a wytnes of it, and lookyng theron, who merueylyng muche at the great efficacy of this hea∣uenly doctrine, by vertue wherof the Phantasticall woorkynge of suche en∣chauntours was trode so soone vnder foote, was conuerted to the faythe and professed the name of Christe, and in stede of the false Prophet Bariesus he had in high fauoure the dysciples of Iesus.

[ The texte.] ¶Whan Paule departed frō Paphos, thei that were with him, came to Perga in Pam∣philia: and Iohn departed from them, and returned to Ierusalē. But they wandred tho∣row the cuntreys, & came from, Perga to Antioche, in Pisidia: And wēt into the Syna∣goge of the Iewes on the Sabboth day, and sate down. And after y lecture of the law &

Page [unnumbered]

the Prophetes, the rewlers of the synagoge sent vnto them, saying: ye men and brethrē▪ yf ye haue any sermon to exhorte the people, say on.

These thinges were doen at the citie of Paphos, from whence Paule say∣ling with his company into the lesse Asia, landed at Perga, whiche is a citie of Pamphilia. But Iohn whiche by sirname was called Marke, wente from them, and returned to Hierusalem, whence he before came to beare Barnabas and Paule companye. But they with no lesse spedynes whan they had gone ouer Pamphilia, came to Antioche, whiche is a citie of Pisidia. There entring into the Synagogue, where as the Iewes dyd customably resorte, they sate downe as other men dyd, to heare a lesson of the lawe, and of the Prophetes, whiche after it was rehersed, and no man arose vp, the chiefe rulers of the Synagoges perceyuing by their garmentes and apparell, that these straū∣gers were of the Iewes, and that their face and outwarde behaueour shewed them to be vertuous men, sente woorde vnto them by theyr vnder officers, that forasmuche as they were Iewes, yf any of them woulde teache, or geue any exhortacion to the people, it shoulde be lawfull for them soe to doe.

[ The texte.] ¶Than Paule stoode vp, and beckened with the hande, and sayed: Menne of Israel and ye that feare God, geue audience. The God of this people chose our fathers, and exalted the people, whē they dwelt as straungiers in the lande of Egipt: And with an high arme brought he them out from thence. And about the time of fowertie yeares, suffred he their maners in the wildernesse.

Than the heauenly oratour Paule, beyng ready to shewe his minde, arose, signifying to the multitude with mouing of his hande, that they should holde their peace, began to speake vnto them in this wyse. Ye men of Israel which according to the trade of youre forefathers, stande in feare of god, harkē vnto me whiles I shall shewe vnto you the wyll of God, & expounde the misterye, or meaning of this lesson, whiche is euery Sabboth daye customablye reade, in your Synagogue. God the defendour of the Israelites, chose our forefa∣thers, that is to saye, this sorte of people, to serue him before all other, inso∣muche that whan they serued in Egipte, beyng kept in great seruytude and bondage, Pharao endeuouringe himselfe by all meanes, that they should not encrease, and that they that remayned there on lyue, shoulde be oppressed by excesse of paynfull labour, he wonderfully sette them vp throughe myracles, against the tyranne that oppressed them, and delyuered them of theyr bon∣dage, not by meane of any craftye deceite, or els by mans pollicie and strength, but by his high and mighty power, yt all men might certainly know, that this people was fauoured of God. And whan as he of a tendre loue towarde them, had delyuered them out of Egypte, very gently he bare with theyr condyci∣ons in the wyldernes by the space almost of fowerty yeares, thoughe they of∣ten made sedicions, and commocions, and grutched against Moyses: And yet dyd not he extremely punyshe them, to the ende that he myghte perfourme his promyse whiche he had made before vnto the patriarkes.

[ The texte.] ¶And he destroyed seuen nacions in the lande of Chanaan, and deuided their land to them by lot. And afterward, he gaue vnto them iudges about the space of fower hundred yeares and fyfty, vnto y time of Samuell the Prophet. And afterwarde, they desired a king, and God gaue vnto them Saule the sonne of Cis, a man of the tribe of Beniamin, by the space of fowerty yeares. And whā he was put downe, he set vp Dauid to be theyr king, of whome he reported saying: I haue found Dauid the sonne of Iesse, a man after myne owne herte, whiche shall fulfill all my wyll.

After fowertye yeres completed and expired, he brought them to the land that he had promysed, and whan he had for theyr sakes cleane vanquyshed

Page l

seuen nacions within the lande of Chanaan, the same land parted he by lottes amongest them, and that within the terme of .CCCC. yeres. Whiche was an euidente token howe ernestly he loued oure countrey. And so whan they had obteyned peace, he gaue them iudges, vnder whose gouernaunce they myghte quietly lyue, vntyll the tyme of Samuell the Prophete, whiche was last of the iudges. In tyme of his rule, they desyred of god, that he would gyue them a kyng (Samuel disswadyng them from it) and whan as they contynued styll in the same mynde and desyre, he made Saul king ouer them, that was the sonne of Cis, of the tribe of Beniamin, whome the lorde reiec∣ted, partely for his pryde, and partely for dysobeying his commaundement. And thus continued they vnder the domynion of the good iudge Samuel, and vnder the vngodly Saule, fowerty yeares. Yet for all this, the fauour of the mercyfull god forsoke not vs his people whome he had once chosen, but in stede of an euyll kynge, whome they had contrarye to the wyll of God desyred, he faysed vp vnto theim kyng Dauyd, of whose ryghteousnes god hym selfe bare witnes▪ saying: I haue founde Dauid the sonne of Iesse, a man to my mynde, whiche shall obey my wyll in all thinges. For euen as god, what tyme he is angry, for a great punishement, geueth vnto the people a foolish and an vngodly king, euen so whan he is pleased and reconciled vnto vs, he geueth for the euyll kyng, whome he layeth out of the way, a good man, and one that will fulfil his commaundemente.

[ The texte.] Of this mannes sede hath god (according as he had promised) brought foorth to Israel, a saluiour, one Iesus, when Iohn had firste preached before his cumming, the baptisme of repentaunce to Israel. And when Iohn had fulfilled his course, he sayde: whome ye thinke that I am, y same am I not. But behold, there cūmeth one after me, whose shoes at his feete, I am not worthy to leuse.

Unto him hadde GOD made a promyse, that one of his lynage should become Kyng of Israel, who shoulde raygne for euer. Nowe is it at length fulfilled, whiche oftentimes and long ago, was by the prophetes promysed. For of the stocke of Dauid, according to his promyse, he hath exhibited vn∣to vs Iesus the salvioure of the Israelites, his name ryghte well agreeyng with theffecte ensuinge therof. This saluioure, as he was promysed of the Pophetes, and as he was signifyed before in shadowes of the lawe, and fygures: so before he shewed hymselfe to the worlde, he was prophecied and spoken of, and also was shewed to be already cum, by the mouthe of Iohn the ••••ptiste, who also was sent before, according to the prophecye of Esaye, is a messenger to shewe that he was cummyng, exhortinge all the people of Ia••••to bee baptysed, and to repente their lyfe whiche they had ledde before, openly onouncinge, that the kyngdome of god was euen at hande. But whan Ion, (whome god purposely sent to be the foremessenger of our salui∣our which was cummynge, and to make ready the myndes of men agaynste he came alalmoste made an ende of his couse, and was thoughte of many for his god iuing to be Christe, he openly reiected this title from hym, and referred it to him that it was dewe vnto, saying: Why thynke ye that I am Christe? I am nothing els but his messenger. And yet he, whome ye (though in dede not truely) suppose me to be, wyl within shorte space cum. For he, as concerning tme, shall cum after me, but so far he passeth me in power and dignitie, that I am far vnworthy, yea to vnbuckle hys shooes, whiche a∣monge men is acoumted but an homely office, and a base seruice. For what is in him of leaste putacion, the same doeth farre surmounte that that is in

Page [unnumbered]

me moste excellent. Wherfore we preache vnto you no newe thing, but that the same saluiour is now come, that hath so many hundred yeres sence, been promised to oure forefathers, and whiche hath so long time ben looked for of your owne selues, whome Iohn, whiche among the Iewes was in great esti∣macion, knowledged to bee the same saluioure, and so pronounced openly of hym before the Iewes.

[ The texte.] Ye men and brethren, chyldren of the generacion of Abraham, and whosoeuer among you feareth God, to you is this worde of saluacion sent. For the inhabitours of Ierusa∣lem and their rulers, because they knewe him not, nor yet the voyces of the Prophetes, whiche are read euery Sabboth daye, they haue fulfilled them, in condemning him. And whan thei founde no cause of death in him, yet desired they Pilate to kil him. And whan they had fulfilled all that were written of him, they toke him downe from the tree, and put hym in a sepulchre. But God reysed hym againe from death on the third daye, and he was sene many dayes of them, whiche came vp with hym from Galile to Ierusalem: whiche are witnesses of him vnto the people.

Wherfore brethren ye that haue the lawe in price, and that greatly regarde the prophetes, and that come of Abrahams linage, to whome god promysed issue, by meane wherof, all nacions should be blessed, yf you bee the children of Abraham in very dede, yf ye earnestly stande in the feare of god, folowe in this poynt the godlynesse of your father Abraham, and receyue this whole∣some doctrine that we bring vnto you, and embrace hym beyng now alrea∣dy come, and beyng lyuely exhibited and geuen to you in very dede, whome the Patriarkes did most highly reioyce to haue no more but promysed vn∣to them, that he shoulde come. This helth of soule thorow Iesus, is indiffe∣rently brought to all men, but vnto you especially is it profered, to whom, and for whose saluacion the prophecies were disclosed, and of whose stocke Christe was borne. Let not the vulgare example of them that inhabite nowe Hieru∣salem moue you any thing, or of those that be rewlers there, whiche in con∣demning Iesus to death, whome they woulde not knowleage for their Mes∣sias, nor vnderstande the Prophetes whiche yet bee read euery sabboth daye to them, hath vnawares fulfilled that, that was before prophecyed. For so was it determyned by the wyll of god, and so did the Prophetes with one consēt, signifie and declare before, that one that was free from al sinne, should be sacrifysed as a lambe without spotte, for the sinnes of all men. And what the priestes, Pharisees, Scribes, and other of the piers, with the conseite also of the commons, had assayed all meanes, and coulde finde no iust cuse why they shoulde put him to death, yet obteyned they with importun cla∣mours of Pilate, that he woulde put him to death. And whan they ha this vnaduisedly fulfilled all those thynges that wer spoken before of hy by the mouth of the prophetes, they toke him downe from the crosse, a•••• ayed hym in his graue. But he whom man of malyce had slayne by the permission of god, the very same was reysed from death, by the power lykewse of God the thirde daye, according as it was before prophecied. And lese•••• shoulde thinke this to bee but a vayne tale that I tel you, he was seene ••••arde, felt, and in his owne person, knowen of his dysciples that folowed hym, whan he went from Galile to Hierusalem to suffre, by the space, after he rose from death to lyfe, of fowertie dayes, and they be almoste all aliu vntll this day, testifying faythfully before all the people those thinges that they sawe with their eyes, and heard with their eares, and felt with their hands.

[ The texte.] ¶And we declare vnto you, how that the promise (whiche was made to the fathers) God hath fulfylled vnto their children (euen vnto vs) in that he reed vp Iesus again, euen as it is written in the first psalme. Thou art my sonne, this d haue I begottē the.

Page li

As concerni•••• that he reysed him vp from death, now no more to returne to corrupciō, he 〈…〉〈…〉 wise. The holy promises to Dauid made, wyll I geue faithfully to you. ••••••fore, he saith also in an other place. Thou shalt not suffre thine holy to see corrup∣ciō. For Dauid (afer he had in his tyme fulfilled ye will of god) fell on sleape, & was laid vnto his fathers, & sawe corrupcion, but he whome god reysed againe, saw no corrupciō.

And we lykewyse beyng commaunded by our sauiour to execute the office of apostles, doe witnesse that god hath now fulfylled his promyse to you and your posteritie, in raysing Iesus from death to lyfe: whiche thing long ago was promysed to Abraham, and Dauid your forefathers, and to your other auncest•••••• by the mouthes of the prophetes. For this is the same sonne of god, borne of the virgin Mary as concerning his humayne nature and bodye, of whome the father himselfe speaketh in the first misticall psalme saying: thou art my sonne I haue begotten the this daye. And that he hath reysed him from death to lyfe, who shall neuer after be more subiecte to mortalitie or death, he affirmeth by his prophete Esaye saying: I wil perforume vnto you faithful∣ly, the promyse that I made vnto Dauid. Now had he kept no promise, if he had not raysed Iesus to lyfe euerlasting. For this was his promyse vnto Da∣uid: I haue once sworne to Dauid, as I am holy, and I wil not deceiue hym, his seed shall continue for euer, and his throne, or royall seate, shall continue as the Sunne in my sight, & as the full Moone without ende, & as a faithfull witnesse in heauen. But ye see now that none of the lynage of Dauid, obtay∣neth this kindom: but this prophecie signified Christ, that sitteth on the right-hand of his father, and enioyeth the kyngdom that neuer shall haue ende. Of this selfe same matter, speaketh also the .xv. psalme in this wyse: Thou shalt not suffre thy holy to see corrupcion. Whiche prophecie can not be re∣ferred to kyng Dauid in his owne personne, of whome we certaynly knowe, that after that he had liued and reigned as long as pleased god, he than died, & was buried sembleably as his auncestry was before him. But if to see cor∣rupcion be nothing els but to die, than his graue, whiche yet vnto this daye is remaining among vs where his bones lye, dothe euidently proue, that he hath sene corrupcion. Wherfore this prophecy cannot be referred vnto hym but to thother, whome we preache vnto you of, whom god raysed from death to lyfe re his body began to putrifie, and made him immortall.

[ The texte.] ¶Be it knowen vnto you therefore ye men and brethren, that through this man is prea∣ched vnto you, remission of sinnes: and that by him, all that beleue, are iustified from all thinges, from whiche ye coulde not be iustified by the law of Moyses. Beware therefore lest that fal on you, whiche is spoken of in the prophetes: Beholde ye despisers, & won∣dre, and perish ye: for I dooe a woorke in your dayes whiche ye shal not beleue, though a man declare it to you.

Be it therfore knowen vnto you brethren, that thorow thaforesayde Iesus, ye haue profered vnto you remission of sinnes, and freedom from all offenses, which you coulde not hitherto be cleane ridde of, by keping of the lawe. For the lawe was vnperfect, takē carnally, neither coulde it put awaye all sinnes, but punished sum of them, nether it helped all nacions. But through this same Iesus, eche man without respecte of any persone or els offence, hath righteousnesse or iustificacion, and innocencie profered vnto him, so that he beleue the promyses of the ghospel. Beware therfore, lest it may be spoken of you, that god threteneth to the vnfaithful, and those that resiste the preaching of his ghospell, saying by the mouthe of his prophet Abacuc: Looke ye dispi∣sers, and maruayle ye beyng amased, and euen dye for angre, for I woorke in your dayes a woorke that ye shall not beleue, thoughe a man tell you of it.

Page [unnumbered]

Who euer yet did beleue that a virgin shoulde beare a childe? Who woulde haue thought that all countreyes should obtaine life euerlasting by the death of one man? Who woulde haue beleued that a man beyng slaine and buried, coulde within three dayes aryse agayne from death to lyfe euerlasting? This wondrefull woorke, god, accordynge to his promyse heretofore made, hath wrought nowe in your time. Become not ye despisers, bee not occasion that your selues perish through stubberne and wylfull vnbeliefe, but beleue ye in him, & embrace ye that health of soule whiche is now frely profered vnto you.

[ The texte.] ¶When the Iewes were gon out of the congregacion, the Gentiles besought that they would preache the worde to them, the next Sabboth. When the congregacion was bro∣ken vp, many of the Iewes, and vertuous proselites folowed Paule & Barnabas: which spake to them: and exhorted them to continue, in the grace of God.

After Paule had concluded, and she hearers began to departe, they desyred Paule and Barnabas, that they woulde speake more of the same matters the sabboth day next folowing in audience of the synagoge. And whan the cum∣pany was dimissed, many that were partly Iewes borne, and partely other straungers whiche yet lyued accordynge to the trade of the Iewes, and were lykewyse desirous to know this kinde of religion, folowed Paule and Bar∣nabas, coueting to be more playnly, and familiarely taught of the Apostles. And than talked they with them aparte, exhortinge them to continue in that fauoure and grace whiche once they had begun to embrace, of free gifte at the hand of god, and what they had once begun, in the same to procede with con∣tinuall increase. In the meane time the rumoure of this matter was publis∣shed far abrode, one telling another what he had hard as men commonly do.

[ The texte.] And the nexte Sabboth daye came almost the whole citie together, to heare the worde of God. But when the Iewes sawe the people, they were full of indignacion, and spake against those thinges whiche were spoken of Paul, speaking against it, and rayling on it. Than Paul and Barnabas wared bolde, and saied: it was mete that the woorde of God shoulde fiest haue been preached to you. But seeyng ye put it from you, and thynke your selues vnworthy of euerlastyng lyfe, loe, we turne to the Gentiles: For so hath the Lord commaunded vs. I haue made the a lighte of the Gentiles, that thou be the salua∣cion vnto the ende of the worlde.

So the next sabboth daye not onely the Iewes, and suche straungiers as ob∣serued the Iewes lawes, but also all the whole citie came to the Synagoge to heare the ghospell preached. But the Iewes for the most parte of them, that had perswaded themselues, that this fauoure through beleuing the gospell, was promised to suche onely as were carnally dyscended and came of Abra∣hams stocke, whan they sawe that a great multitude of Iewes, and suche o∣ther as kept their lawe, (whiche were proselites, and Gentiles also,) were ga∣thered together indifferently, the said Iewes grudgeyng in their minde, dys∣dayned at it meruelouy, speaking against suche thinges, as had ben spoken of by Paule▪ and not absteyning from vnsitting, oprobrius, and rayling wor∣des. Whan Paule and Barnabas perceyued their malicious stubbernes, re∣membring that the lord had commaūded the apostles, that if in any place they chaunced to mete with suche, as woulde reiecte the ghospell whan it is pro∣fered them, they shoulde leaue that citie and place, shakyng the dust of theyr feete also to such stubberne persons againe, sayde freely: we haue doen out du∣ties: For according to the commaundement of Iesus the lorde, the gospel first was to be preached vnto you. Suche reputacion Christ had you in. But see∣yng that you refuse so great fauour that hath ben freely and without suyte

Page [unnumbered]

profered vnto you, & thinke your selues vnworthy of eternal life, beholde we wyll turne our preaching to the Gentiles. And yet wyll not we so dooe vpon our head: But Iesus oure lorde so commaunded hys disciples, that after they had preached his gospel throughout Iewry, they should afterwardes preache it to all nacions vnto the ende of the worlde. This was long since prophecied by the prophet Esay, that Iesus should saue, not the Iewes onely, but all the nacions also in the worlde. For in his booke of prophecy, the father speaketh vnto the sonne in this wyse: I haue set the to be a lighte vnto all nacions, and to saue all the whole worlde.

[ The texte.] ¶Whan the Gentiles hearde this, thei were glad, and glorified the worde of the Lorde, and beleued: euen as many as were ordeyned vnto eternall lyfe. And the woorde of the Lorde was published throughout all the regyon. But the Iewes moued the deuout, and honest women, and the chiefe menne of the citie, and reysed persecucion against Paul and Barnabas, and expelled thē out of their coastes. But they shoke of the dust of their feete againste them, and came vnto Iconium. And the disciples were filled with ioye, and wt the holy ghosts.

Whan those that were of the gentiles hearde this, they muche reioyced, not because that the Iewes shoulde perishe, but so that they rendred to God thankes, that had turned the Iewes incredulitie vnto their saluacion.

The Iewes spake blasphemously againste this healthfull doctrine: but the gentiles beyng sodenly conuerted, did receiue it very promptly, and readily, and glorified the worde of the lorde. Whiche worde many of the gentiles be∣leued, but yet not all, but as many as god of his mercye had ordeyned to haue euerlasting lyfe, whereunto no manne attayneth, vnlesse he be called, and chosen of god. In this wise the worde of god was sowen abrod thorowout all that countrey. But the Iewes enuying the gentiles, stirred vp certayne deuout women (for suche commonly are sooneste deceiued vnder the fayned pretence of holynesse) and those that were in estimacion honorable, to then∣tent that all might bee doen with the more autoritic: and furthermore they moued diuerse of the head men of the citie, and through them, caused Paule and Barnabas to bee persecuted, and banished them out of their coastes.

Here marke, good Theophilus, the crafte, that the Iewes had to styrre vp the myndes of men againste those, that sincerely preached Iesus. Malyce first moueth them that doe counterfet holynesse, and soone after thinwarde sorowe of their malicious myndes, breaketh out into woordes of re∣proche. Than vpon this, sad women, and suche as be deuoute, be meanes wherby they call the commons vnto sedicion, for by the aunciente matrones they stirre vp the rewlers. And in this wise were the Apostles drieuen out. Than Paule and Barnabas shaking of from them the dust of their feete, tooke theyr iourney to I∣conium, which is a citie in Licaonia. The disciples also reioycing that the ghos∣pell had so good successe, were re∣plenished with gladnesse and with the holy ghoste.

Page [unnumbered]

The .xiiii. Chapter.
[ The texte.] ¶And it fortuned in Iconium, that they went bothe together into the Synagoge of the Iewes, and so spake, that a great multitude bothe of the Iewes, and also of the Grekes beleued. But the vnbeleuing Iewes, styrted vp, and vnquyered the myndes of the Gen∣tiles against the brethren. Long tyme abode they there, and quit themselues boldly with the▪ helpe of the lorde, whiche gaue testimony vnto the worde of his grace, and graunted signes and woonders to bee dooen by their handes. But the multitude of the citie was deuided: and parte helde with the Iewes, and parte with the Apostles.

BUt han as they were come to Iconium, they went to∣gether as their custome was, into the Synagoge of the Iewes, & there they preached also the ghospell of Iesus Christe, lyke as they had before done at Antioche, inso∣much that a great numbre aswell of Iewes, as of Greci∣ans, were conuerted to the faith. Here againe likewyse ye Iewishe malice was occasion of sedicion. For ye Iewes that woulde not obey the ghospell, beyng not contente to perishe themselues, except they might drawe many with them to damnacion, stirred vp & corrupted the myndes of the gentiles, againste them yt did beleue. But the gospel increased and waxed stronger, aswell by aduersitie, as by pro∣speritie. Wherefore Paule & Barnabas continued a long space in this fyghte at Iconium, valiantly settyng foorth the matter, by the helpe of god, whiche bare witnesse (whiche was greater than any testymony of man) to thys hys free gift, that he exhibited to al men through his ghospell. For power he gaue to these his preachers of the ghospel, that were but weake persons, and out of reputacion, to woorke signes and wonders, to thentent that it mighte bee knowen therby, to bee the very handye woorke of god. So by meane of the Iewes, the citie Iconium was diuided in two partes, of whiche thne fauou∣red the vnfaythfull Iewes, the other thapstles.

[ The texte.] Whan there was an assaulte made bothe of the Gentiles, and also of the Iewes with their rewlers, to do them violence, and to stone them, they were ware of it, and fled vnto Listra, and Derba, cities of Licaonia, and vnto the regyon that lieth rounde aboute, and there preached the gospel. And all the multitude was moued at their doctrine, but Paul and Barnabas taried stil at Listra.

And at the last, whan they that were of the gentiles, adioyning themselues to the Iewes, and gouernoures of the citie, went about to laye violent han∣des on thapostles, that they might punish and stone them, they hauing know∣lege of the matter, fed to Listra, a citie in Licaonia, whiche is parte of Pam∣philia and from thence to Derba. In the meane space they walked ouer all coastes of the countrey that were neare, sowing in euery place, seede of the ghospell, so that in this their flyght the apostles dyd not so muche procure their owne health, as spreade abrode the ghospel.

[ The texte.] ¶And there sate a certaine man at Listra, weake in his feete, beyng a creple from his mothers wombe, and neuer had walked. The same heard Paul preache. Who beholding him, and perceiuing that he had faith to be whole, said with a loude voice: stand vpright on thy feete. And he stert vp, & walked. And whan the people saw what Paule had doen, they lift vp their voyces, saying in the speche of Licaonia: Goddes are come down to vs in the likenes of menne. And they called Barnabas Iupiter, & Paul Mercurius, because he was ye preacher. Than Iupiters prieste, whiche dwelt before their citie, brought oen and garlandes vnto the porche, and would haue doen sacrifice with the people.

Page liii

There was the same time in Listra a certaine manne, whose legges were so feble and impotent, that he continually satte still, nothing hable to walke and was lame euen from his mothers wombe, neyther could he go of all the dayes in his life before. This man among the other multitude, hearde Paule speakyng of Christe, and Paule looking vpon this man, perceyued by his countenaunce, howe earnest and desirous he was to heare hym, because he trusted, that by the name of Iesus whiche he had hearde preached, he shoulde obtayne health of his limmes, and said vnto him with a loude voyce: Stande vp on thy feete, and with that worde this lame man leaped vp and was wel hable to go. But whan the multitude saw this wo••••••e (for there was no man but he knew this lame creature, and that with one woorde he was restored vnto his health) they spake with loude voyces in their owne countrey lan∣guage of Licaonia, and said: doubtlesse the gods haue taken on them the like∣nes of men, and haue descended from heauen vnto vs. And the people of Li∣caonia did so muche more perswade themselues that it was so, because there went commonly certaine talkes of Iupiter, and Mercurius how they being gods, tooke on them the lykenesse of men, and were receiued as gestes of Li∣caon, of whome it appereth that they were called Licaonians. Wherefore they called Barnabas by the name of Iupiter, because he shewed in hys countenaunce great grauitie and auncientnes, and Paule they called Mer∣curie, because he was the spokesman: for the Gentiles were of this opinion that Mercurius was the messengier of the goddes and the president of elo∣quence. And Iupiters prieste, who dwelled in the subburbes of the citie of Listra, brought oxen and garlandes to ye gate of the house, where the apostles were lodged, to thintente that he woulde haue dooen sacrifice vnto them. For they supposed that Iupiter was most delighted with sacrifising of oxen. And aswell the priestes, as also the beastes that were killed in sacrifice, had wont to weare garlandes. And a great number of all estates indifferently one with an other, folowed hym.

[ The texte.] Whiche whan the Apostles, Barnabas and Paul, heard of, they rente their clothes, and ran in emong the people, crying and saying: Syrs, why dooe ye this? We are mortal men like vnto you, and preache vnto you, that ye should tourne from these vanities vnto the liuing God, whiche made heauen and earth, and the sea, and al thinges that are therin: the whiche in times past, suffered all nacions to walke in their owne waies. Neuerthe∣lesse, he left not himselfe without witnesse, in that he shewed his benefites from heauē in geuing vs cayne and fruitful seasons filling our hertes with foode and gladnes.

But whan Paule and Barnabas had enquired what the matter ment, and learned how they were taken as goddes, and that the priest hastened to sacrifice vnto them, they woulde no longer abyde so greate blasphemye a∣gainst god, to haue that same honoure that was due to god onely, applyed to manne, but cuttyng their garmentes as the Iewes manner was in so∣rowe, they with haste came foorth to the multitude cryinge, and sayde: syrs what meane ye? Why doe you thus? We are no goddes, but mortal men as ye bee, ready and apte to fall into lyke mischaunces as you are, and we dooe not onely not desire thus to bee honoured of you, but rather we came hyther to you for this purpose, that by oure counsell ye maye turne to the true ly∣uyng god, that made heauen, and yearth, and the sea, and all thinges what∣soeuer is conteyned therein, leauing these false goddes, whome ye haue hy∣therto with heathen sacrifice woorshipped, whiche in dede are nothing els,

Page [unnumbered]

but eyther men that be nowe dead, or els ymages voyde of lyfe, or finally e∣uil spirites. For there is but one god the maker and gouernour of al thinges. His wyll is now to be knowen and worshipped of all nacions in the worlde, that all men through him maye obtaine lyfe euerlasting. For in times paste, he, winking as it were, at mennes factes, permitted all nacions to lyue e∣uery one after his owne trade, to the ende that after it were once euidente that man coulde not be saued by his owne meanes, all men might bee saued, if they would beleue in god, & the ghospel taught by his sonne. And although the moste parte of menne through erroure, hath lefte the true God, wurship∣ping ymages of diuerse thinges in stede of God, or thinges that were crea∣ted in stede of their creatoure, yet he by and by dyd not reuenge hymselfe on them, as he iustly might haue done, nor ceased not to prouoke them to know, and loue him, by his continuall benefites.

For he that made the worlde to the vse of man, doeth make both fruitful, and plentifull the grounde, by sending downe rayne from heauen, and cau∣seth yerely increase of fruites to suffice aboundantly to the vse of mannes life, refreshyng vs plentyfully with soondry kyndes of meates, and stir∣ryng our hertes, to myrthe, with pleasaunte wynes. For ye haue not re∣ceyued these benefites of Iupiter, Ceres, or Bacchus, whome ye haue hy∣therto wurshipped, but of the same god whome we preache vnto you. Than although the apostles had so plainely shewed the trueth in the hearing of all the multitude, yet they coulde scarcely stay their handes, from doyng sacrifice vnto them.

[ The texte.] ¶Thither came certaine Iewes from Antioche and Iconium: whiche (whan they had obtained the peoples consent, and had stoned Paule) drew him out of the citie, supposing he had been dead. Howbeit as ye disciples stode rounde about him, he arose vp and came into the citie. And the next day he departed with Barnabas to Derba.

In the meane space while these thinges were done at Listres, certayne per∣sones beyng Iewes borne, that repined against the ghospell, came thyther from Antioche that is in Pisidia, and from Iconium: whiche Iewes, when they had turned many of the people to their minde and opinion, that is to say when they had caused them to lay violent handes vpon the apostles whyche thing they had also attempted afore at Iconium, they stoned Paule and drew him out of the citie, thinking that he had ben dead. Thus is mans fortune sodaynly chaunged. They were but a litel before taken for gods, and should haue had sacrifice done vnto them, but now Paule being stoned, was cast out of ye citie. For they were more angry with him, because he by reason of his elo∣quence, entised manye to folowe Christe. Then the disciples compassed him a∣bout there as he was cast, and left for dead, and woulde haue buried the corps. But Paule cumming to himselfe againe, arose priuely, and entred into ye citie, and the next daye fled to Derba with Barnabas, whither they first of all had purposed to haue gone.

[ The texte.] And whan they had preached to the cytie, and had taught many, they returned againe to Lystra, and to Iconium and to Antioche, and strengthned the disciples soules again, & exhorted them to continue in the faith, affirming that we must thorow muche tribulaci∣on, entre into the kingdome of god.

And whan they had preached the gospell there in that citie, and had taught many thinges, and (as a man woulde say) had cast the seede of the ghospell abrode, they returned to Listres, Iconium, and Antioche making the myndes

Page liiii

of the disciples stedfast in the fayth, as many as they had conuerted to Christ, and geuing them exhortacion to continue in the fayth, and that they woulde not for any scare be withdrawen from the truste whiche they had once put in our lorde Iesus, nor should not be moued because they heard saye that Paule was stoned at Listres forasmuche as Christ had tolde his disciples, that this was the way, that through muche trouble they shoulde entre into the kyng∣dom of heauen: So that Paule toke more thought, lest those that were weake in the faith shoulde be alienated from Christ, seyng how sore he was vexed of the wicked Iewes, then that he himselfe passed so muche on it, geuing exam∣ple to Bisshoppes that they ought to folowe thrifty husbande men, whiche thinke it not sufficient to plant, or o sow except they do also their diligence, that the same that beginneth to growe, may come to his full typing.

[ The texte.] ¶And whan they had ordeined them elders by eleccion, in euery congregacion, and had prayed and fasted, they commended them to the lorde, on whom they beleued.

And forasmuche as it was requisite to the setting forwardes of the ghospell, that the apostles shoulde trauail through many countreyes, they set priestes or auncientes, who were chosen by the voyces of the comens of euery citie, to ouersee them, and to supply the towmes of the apostles in their absence, and so whan they had vsed generally prayer and fastinge, they commytted them to god▪ that they might profite in him, whome they had once professed,

[ The texte.] ¶And whan they had gon through out Pisidia, they came to Pamphilia, and whan thei had preached the worde of God in Perga, they went downe into the citie of Attalia, and thēce departed by shippe to Antioche, frō whence they were committed vnto the grace of God, to the worke whiche they fulfilled.

These thinges were doen in Antiochia, whiche is a citie in Pisidia, and whan they had walked ouer that cuntrey, they likewise went throughe Pam∣philia, sowing the gospell in euery place, where as it was not sowed alredy, and strengthening them that already beleued, vntyll they returned to Per∣ga. And whan they had there also set all matters in ordre, they came to At∣talia, whiche is a Citie of Pamphilia, sumwhat neare the sea. From thence againe they toke shypping to Antioche in Syrya, whence they firste came, whan the office of preaching to the Genttiles was committed vnto them by the elders, and when by laying of handes vpon them, by prayer, and by fa∣sting, they were commytted to the grace of god, that throughe his helpe it might happely come to passe, that they had taken in hande.

[ The texte.] ¶When they were cum, and had gathered the congregacion together, they rehearsed al that God had done by them, and how he had opened the doore of faith vnto ye Gentiles. And there they abode long time with the disciples.

Wherfore whan they were retourned thither, as men accoumptable for theyr dooynges, they called together the congregacion of the faythfull, and opened vnto them all suche thinges as it had pleased god to worke by them, shewing them that the fauoure of god had futthered their endeuour, and how he had geuen occasion to call the Gentiles to the faith, by whiche they myght obtaine saluacion without the obseruing or keping of the heauy & burdenous commaundementes of the lawe.

Page [unnumbered]

The .xv. Chapter.
[ The texte.] ¶The certayn men whiche came downe, taught the brethren: excepte ye be circumcised after the maner of Moses law, ye cannot be saued. So whan there was arisen a dissenciō and disputing not a litell vnto Paul and Barnabas against them, they determined that Paule and Barnabas, and certayne other of them, shoulde goe vp to Ierusalem vnto the apostles and elders about this question.

PAule and Barnabas continued a long space at Antioche with the dysciples, because that in so noble a Cytie as that was, a great multitude of faythfull were gathered to∣gether of sundry sortes of men, whiche dayly encreased more and more. And the apostles were glad to tarry longer there where the greatter increase of faythfull men was, because the inhabitours of Hierusalem, and of that parte of Syria, whiche is pro∣perly named Iewry, dyd more sticke to Moses lawe, than any other: forso∣muche as they were lesse conuersaunte with the Gentiles: and because that they dwellyng more nerer the temple, woulde not permyt the Gentiles to be partakers of the ghospell, vnlesse they woulde kepe the lawe, whiche they dyd not yet perceyue shoulde bee abrogate, as concerninge the shado∣wes, figures, and ceremonies, after the true lyghte was once come. Of this sorte were circumsicion, vacacion, and forbearyng from worke on the Sab∣both day, choyce of meates, holy dayes, dyuersities and dyfferences betwene one sorte of men and an other, in garmentes, vowes, fastinges, eschewing the eating of suche beastes as dyed by them selues: whiche thinges all that grosse people were commaunded to kepe for a season, yt they might accustome themselues to obey Gods commaundemente, vntyll that the true lyght dyd appeare throughe the ghospell, and to it shadowes shoulde geue place. Wherfore suche as vnderstoode not the lawe to bee spirituall, affirmed that that whiche was commaunded and appoynted by god, and lefte to them of their fathers, and obserued or duely kept of their auncestry, so many hundred yeares ought to continue for euer. This opinion in them proceded not of ma∣lice but rather of a supersticious fauour to the lawe, whiche, whyles they ende∣uoured to kepe stil, they cleane ouerthrewe. For Paule at the first time be∣yng prouoked with lyke zele, persecuted the christen men. And so whan as the rumour and brute of those thinges which wer doen at Antioche (from whence Paule and Barnabas of a common consente, toke their iourney towardes Cypres, and thence to Pamphilia, and had openly without respect of any per∣son preached the ghospell, both to the Iewes, to the Proselites, and also to the Gentiles, and had not willed them to obscrue or kepe any parte of the lawe) had bene spred as far as Hierusalem, certaine came from Iewry to Antioche, teaching a new doctrine disagreeyng from that, that Paule and Barnabas had taught. For they sayde to those of the Gentiles that were turned to the faith: Except ye bee circumcised accordyng to the rule appoynted by Moses lawe, ye can not bee saued. This was the beginnyng of dyssencion betwene those that stucke to the litteral sence of the lawe, and the other that folowed the pure and spyrytuall lybertye of the ghospell, whiche stryfe and dyssen∣cion wyll still euermore continue among christen menne also. And to none other ende did god suffer this same stryfe to aryse vp, but that all suche as

Page lv

were the disciples of Christe, myghte the better perceiue, howe pernicious a thing relygion is, that is wholy founded vpon ceremonyes. But whan as Paule and Barnabas, lyke valiaūt defendoures of the libertie of the gospel, had ernestly resisted their doctrine, whiche outwardly semed to be godly, but in very dede was very ful of myschiefe, there arose a great variaunce, whyles that the apostles strongly defended the puritie of the doctrine of the ghospell, whiche is spirituall, by testimonies of the prophetes, againste those that su∣persticiously defended the lawe, and they on the other side beyng affeccionate to the law that they had receyued of theyr forefathers, went about to bryng the Gentiles, vnder the same yoke, not perceiuyng in the meane season what slaund•••• and reproche it was to Christe, whose grace they thought lacked as∣sistence of the lawe. For it was lawful for him, that made the law, to abrogate and abolyshe the same. Howbeit he doeth not abrogate the law that perfour∣meth it. This sedicion was more hurtful to the ghospell, than the crueltie of Herode, or any other prince, because it stroue against the true relygion, vn∣der a false and cloked pretence of godlynes. Wherfore lest that this mysche∣uous dyscorde shoulde increase, it was thought expedient by the congregaci∣on of the disciples, that Paule and Barnabas, and certaine other of the same sorte, shoulde take their iourney to Hierusalem to Peter and the other a∣postles nnd priestes, whiche did than rule the churche of Hierusalem, that this question, or controuersie that was arisen, mighte bee decysed by theyr cunning and knowledge. For hitherto the chiefe autoritie remayned there, where the doctrine of the ghospell first sprong vp, & the same autoritie remay∣ned emong them, that firste were sent abrode by Iesus Christe to preache.

[ The texte.] And after they were brought on their way by the congregacion, they passed ouer Phe∣nice & Samaria, declaring the conuersacion of the Gentiles, and they brought great ioy vnto all the brethren.

Than Paule and Barnabas toke their iourney, and a great multitude of disciples honorably broughte them on their waye, and as they passed by Phenice and Samaria, they shewed in euery place howe the Gentiles were conuerted to the faythe: so sure were these apostles that they had preached well, that they feared not openly, and of theyr owne accorde to rehearse the same: neyther wente they to Hierusalem to learne of the apostles, whether they had dooen well before tyme or not, but that the troublous commocion, and disquieting of the weaker sorte, mighte be layed downe and appeaced by the autoritie of the elders. And as many as were conuerted to the faythe in those partes, did not onely not reyse sedicion as the Iewes had doen, but re∣ioyced also wondrefully.

[ The texte.] ¶And whan they were come vnto Ierusalem, they were receiued of the congregaciō, and of the apostles and elders, and they declared al thinges that God had doen by them.

But whan Paule and Barnabas and their other companions were come to Hierusalem, they were ientely receiued of the congregacion whiche was there, and lykewise of the apostles, and seniours, vnto whome beyng assem∣bled together, they shewed all thinges, that God had wroughte by them emōg the Gentiles.

[ The texte.] ¶Then arose vp certain of the secte of the Pharisees, which did beleue, saying that it was nedefull to circumcyse them, and to commaunde them to kepe the lawe of Moses. And than the apostles and elders came together, to reason of this matter.

Page [unnumbered]

And wheras the more parte of the multitude approued their doynges, there arose certaine of the Phariseis secte, that had been conuerted to the faythe: whiche were in this opinion, that they thoughte that man coulde not obtayne saluacion by grace and fauour through the ghospell, vnlesse he kept the lawe. And therefore earnestlye resoned that no Gentiles ought to be made partakers of the ghospell, vnlesse they woulde before take vpon them the yoke of Moses lawe, whiche thing the Gentyles excedyngly abhorred. But the Pharisis woulde be seen more earnest folowers of the lawe than others were. And therefore they, as doctours of the lawe, affirmed that those Gen∣tyles, that were receyued to the faythe, ought to bee circumcised and that a streyght commaundement ought to bee geuen vnto them that they shoulde kepe Moses lawe, not vnderstanding ye none brake the law more then 〈◊〉〈◊〉 as sticked so muche to the letter, and not to the meaning of the law. And what in this matter eftsones dissencion was moued (see howe perillous a thynge and how easye to set men together by the eares supersticion is) the Apostles and elders assembled together, to thentent that they mighte consulte and deuyse what was best to bee doen in this matier. For they beyng muche desyrous of their maysters auauncement, and to wynne moe vnto him, feared lese that many of the Gentyles myndes woulde be alienated and turned awaye from Christe, because they coulde not abyde the lawe. And againe, they thoughte it not expedient to geue a iuste cause to the Iewes to forsake the ghospell, as thoughe it were dysagreeyng from the holye lawe, forasmuche as they were so earnestlye rooted in the lawe, whyche they had receiued of theyr fore∣fathers, and had at that tyme in great reuerence, that they mighte not so∣dainly be plucked from it.

[ The texte.] And when there was muche dsputing, Peter arose vp, and saide vnto them: ye menne and brethren, ye know how that a good while ago, God did choose emōg vs, that ye Gen∣tiles by my mouth should heare ye word of the gospel, and beleue. And god which know∣eth the hertes, bare them witnesse, and gaue vnto them the holy ghost, euen as he did vn∣to vs: and put no difference betwene vs and them, seyng that with faith he purified their hertes. Now therfore, why tempte ye god, to put on the disciples neckes the yoke which neither our fathers, nor we are able to beare? But we beleue, that through the grace of ye lorde Iesu Christ, we shalbe saued, as they do. Than all the multitude was pleased, and gaue audience to Barnabas and Paule, whiche tolde what sygnes and wunders God had shewed emong the Gentiles by them.

Wherfore bothe parties beyng in earnest disputacion, and reasonyng, and bothe parties allegyng testimonies out of scriptures, and groundyng theyr argumentes vpon thesame, Peter arose vp and spake vnto them, in this wise. Brethren, wherefore call ye this matter into controuersy, or disputacion as though it were doubtfull, and as who sayth, that it were in mannes arbitre∣ment to allowe or dysailowe that thing, that god hath already allowed. Your selues do knowe that fewe yeares since it chaunced me to haue the practyse of suche a lyke thing in Iewry, as ye finde fault withal emong all the Gentiles nowe. For whan ye likewyse grutched that Cornelius & his householde were Christened, I shewed vnto you all the whole matier, howe that I toke my iourney to Cesarea, not of myne owne heade, but by the commaundemente of God, to preache his ghospel to the Gentiles also, that they throughe faythe in hym, might obteyne saluacion. And where as they, that hearde me than preache the gospell, were vncircumcised, and free without bondage of Moses law, yet neuerthelesse god, (who estemeth not man of his apparel, or outwarde furniture, but of the inwarde affeccion of his herte, whiche he alone doeth

Page lvi

knowe:) gaue vs manyfest tokens that he approued theyr faythe, forasmuche as he, whiles they harkened vnto vs, powred on them his holy ghoste, yea so plentifully, that they spake diuerse languages, as well as we, and that also before they were christened, so that he put no dyfference, as concernynge the gracious fauour that cummeth by the gospell, betwene them whiche were not circumcised, and vs that are Iewes.

For their hertes be clensed through fayth, playnely declaring to vs that thys fauour doeth not consist in the power of the lawe to geue it vnto men, but in fayth, whiche maketh man acceptable in the syght of God. For God geueth not his holy spirite to the vncleane. And they had nothing els but euē a playne beliefe, whan the holy ghost came downe vpon them. Wherefore nowe seeyng that God hath expressed his mynde, and will, that the Gentiles shoulde bee re∣ceyued to the ghospell, and shoulde bee partakers therof throughe onely faith without the burden of the lawe, why than dooe ye prouoke and tempte God, whiles that contrary to his will, ye go about to lay vpon the disciples neckes this so heauy a yoke of the lawe, whiche they were neuer hitherto vsed vnto: and the whiche neyther our forefathers, nor yet we oure selues that wer borne vnder the lawe, coulde euer bee hable to beare? For whyche of vs all euer kepte the lawe as it oughte to bee kepte? Wherfore there remayneth no hope for vs to attayne vnto saluacion by kepynge of the lawe, but we truste to bee saued by the grace of oure Lorde Iesus Christe, beeyng in this behalfe, no∣thynge better then the Gentiles, vnto whome he willed thys gyft to bee frely communicate, and parted as he freely gaue it vnto vs also. By these woor∣des of Peter the contencious disputacion betwene the Pharisees, and those that were of opinion contrarye, was ceassed. And so afterwarde the mul∣titude quietly harde Barnabas and Paule, shewing by howe sondrye myra∣cles, and woonders, whiche had by theyr handes bene wroughte amonge the Gentiles, God had witnessed that his will was, that the Gentyles shoulde bee made partakers of the ghospell, without kepeynge of the heauy burden of the lawe, accordyng as he had declared his mynde beefore to Peter, whan he was preachyng Christe in Cornelius house, by sendyng downe the holy goste vpon them.

[ The texte.] ¶And when they helde theyr peace, Iames answered, saiyng: Men and brethren, her∣ken vnto me. Simeon tolde how god at the beginning did visit ye Gentiles, to receiue of them a people in his name. And to this dooe agree the wordes of the prophetes, as it is written. After this I wil returne, and will buylde vp agayne the Tabernacle of Dauid whiche is fallen downe, and that whiche is fallen in decaye of it, wil I build again, & I wil set it vp, that the residue of men myght seke after the lorde, and also the Gentiles, v∣pon whome my name is uained (saith the lord) which doeth al these thinges, knowē vn∣to god are al these his workes frō the beginning of the world. Wherfore my sentēce is y we trouble not them which from among the Gentiles▪ are turned to God: But that we write vnto them that they abstayn themselues from filthynes of ymages, and from for∣nicacion, and from strangled, and from bloude. For Moses of olde tyme hathe in euerye citie them that preache him in the synagoges, whan he is read euery Sabboth day.

Whan they had ended their communicacion, Iames whiche otherwyse was called Iames the iust, or Iames the good, and was commonlye named the brother of our lorde, to whom the apostles had than cōmitted chiefe autoritie, arose, and approued their sayinges, in this wise: Brethren, for asmuche as ye haue quietly heard the other that spake vnto you, I pray you heare me also,

Page [unnumbered]

whiles that I shew you my conceite, what I thinke best to bee doen in this matter. Symon Peter declared euen now that thinge whiche all we knowe to be very true, how that first it pleased god, whiche had great pitie vpon man∣kynde, seeyng in what distresse and extremitie of peryll and daunger to be lost the Gentyles were, and how they were all gyuen to worshyppinge of idols, to chose hym a people euen of those also, that semed to bee none of his people, a people that shoulde be well accepted with him, and call on his name, as wel as we. And that same thinge whiche God begon by Peter, he hath enlarged by Paule and Barnabas. And what we heard was doen by them, the same long sence was prophecied and shewed afore by the prophetes that it shoulde come to passe: And amonge the reste of the sayde prophetes, Amos speaketh in the person of god, in this wyse: After this wyll I returne, and repayre the tabernacle of Dauid, that is fallen in decaye, and I wyll buylde vp againe his ruines, and falles, and set them eftsons vp, that all men whiche are on lyue shall seke the lorde, and all gentiles that haue taken my name on them (sayeth the lorde) that doe accomplyshe these thinges. Whatsoeuer promyse god maketh he wyll vndoubtedly perfourme. For before the creacion of the worlde, he had appoynted, what he would doe from time to tyme. And what∣soeuer he hath ordeyned, muste nedes bee wondrefully wel doen. Nowe there∣fore seeing that we perceyue that it is come to passe, whiche he promysed, I thinke it not expedyent to resist the wyll of God nor to speake ought againste them that of heathen, are become wurshyppers of the true god: neyther yet to charge them with the obseruing of the lawe, forasmuche as faith through the gospel, is sufficient for the saluacion of all men. But let them onely haue this monicion, that for their sakes, whiche be weake in faythe, and can not yet bee perswaded that an Idoll is of no pryse, and that there is no dyfference bee∣twene the fleashe that is sacrificed to Idolles, and any other fleashe that is solde in the market: and because of suche persons likewise as thinke whordome to be none offence, forasmuche as it is commonlye vsed and permitted with∣out any punyshment appoynted by mans lawe, they absteyne from fylthinesse of Idolles: that is to say, that they neyther sacrifice to them, nor eate of that whiche is sacrificed, and that also they abstayne from whordome.

Againe because of certaine Iewes that be somewhat supersticious, and can not yet be perswaded, that all thinges are pure and clene vnto them that bee pure and clene theyr selues, let them abstayne from strangled beastes, and from bloude, not because these thinges pertaine any whit to the healthe of the soule, but because that charitie so prouoketh vs to doe, that for a tyme we beare with certayne of our brethren, whiche be weake, vntyll suche tyme that they maye attayne to more perfeccion, and in the meane time let euery manne beare one with an other, and so nouryshe concorde betwene you, doynge eche for other as louing brethren.

Neyther nede the Iewes to feare lest Moyses shoulde bee abrogate, or decay, for he hath certaine, and hath had this many yeres, that speake of hym in the Synagoges, where he customably is read euery sabboth day.

[ The texte.] ¶Than pleased it the Apostles and elders with the whole congregecion, to sende cho∣sen men of theyr owne cumpany, to Antioche with Paule and Barnabas. They sent Iu∣das (whose syrname was Barsabas) and Silas, whiche were chiefe men among the bre∣thren, and gaue them letters in their handes, after this maner.

Page lvii

Whan Iames had this sayde, and euery man had allowed his saiynges thapostles and seniours, and the whole congregacion, thought it expediente, that certayne shoulde be chosen oute of that noumbre, to goe wyth Paule and Barnabas to Antioche. And so they chose a couple that wer knowen to be men of good credite, thone was Iudas, whiche for hys godlye behauioure was o∣therwyse called by syrname the Iuste, and Silas, which both were accoump∣ted to bee of moste vpright liuyng among all thother brethren. To these they gaue certayne messages to doe, and deliuered them an epistle to carye, the te∣nour whereof was this.

[ The texte.] ¶The Apostles, and elders and brethren, sende gretynges vnto the brethren which are of the Gentiles in Antioche, Siria, & Cilicia. For asmuche as we haue heard, that certaine whiche departed frō vs, haue troubled you with wordes, & encumbred your mindes, sai∣yng: ye must be circumcised, & kepe the law. To whom we gaue no such cōmaundement. We therfore thought it good, whē we wer cum together with one accorde, to send chosen men vnto you, with out welbeloued Barnabas & Paul, beyng men that haue ieoperded theyr liues for the name of our lord Iesus Christ: we haue sent therefore Iudas & Silas which shal also tel you the same thynges by mouth. For it semed good to ye holy gost and to vs, to charge you with no more then these necessarie thinges: that is to say, that ye ab∣steyne from thynges offered to ymages, & frō bloud, and from strangled, & from fornica∣tion. From which yf ye kepe your selues, ye shall do well. So fare ye well.

The Apostles and elders with the other brethren also, whiche of Iewes are becum christen men, sende gretyng vnto those of the Gentiles, whiche are conuerted to Christe, and are nowe abydyng in Antioche, Siria and Cilicia. Forasmuche as we vnderstande, that certayne of the Iewes which came from hence, as though they had bene sent of vs, haue troubled you, wheras before theyr cummyng, ye were quiet, and continued in vuitie together, lyuyng after the trade of ghospell, and forasmuche as the sayde persones so cummynge to you, haue peruerted your myndes with theyr newe doctrine, in that they wyl∣led you to be circumcised and to kepe the lawe, where as we gaue them no such thyng in commission: we haue now thought good and expedient by the assem∣blye of the whole conuocacion, that certaine amongest vs purposely chosen, shoulde be sent vnto you, with Paule and Barnabas, whome we, not without good cause, dooe fauour and greatly tendre, forasmuche as they haue auentu∣red theyr lyues for the settyng furthe of the name of our Lorde Iesus Christe. Wherfore we haue sent Iudas & Silas, men whō we know to bee very god∣lye & faythfull, by whose reporte, ye maye certaynlye haue knowledge of those thynges that we wryte. The whole summe wherof is this that foloweth: It hath pleased the holy ghoste, and through his mocion vs all with one consent, not to burden you with any more, then wyth these thinges which we thoughte very nessarye to be obserued, that is to saye, fyrste that ye absteyne frome that that is sacrificed to Idolles, leste that yf ye should eate of it, ye myght seme to fauoure the same supersticion, whiche ye haue once renounced and forsaken. Secondly that ye eate no beastes bloude, or any beast that is strangled, which are vnlawfull meates and forbydden by the lawe. Fynally, that ye absteyne from whoredome, whiche the Gentiles supposed to be lawfull. If ye absteyne from these thynges, ye shall do well. And thus fare ye well.

[ The texte.] Whan they therfore were departed, they came to Antioche, and gathered the multitude together, & delyuered the Epistle. Which whan they had red: they reioysed of the conso∣lacion. And Iudas & Silas beyng Prophetes, exhorted the brethren wt much preachynge and strengthened thē. And after they had taried there a space, they were lette go in peace

Page [unnumbered]

of the brethrē vnto the Apostles. Notwithstandyng it pleased Sylas, to abyde there 〈◊〉〈◊〉, but Iudas departed alone to Hierusalem: Paule and Barnabas continued in Antioche, teaching and preaching the worde of the Lorde with other manye.

After this done, they were dismissed with the letters and message: & whan they came to Antioche, they delyuered the letters to the congregacion. Which, whan they were in audience of them al rehearsed, the whole multitude reioysed with great comforte, because the Apostles and elders, and commons of Hie∣rusalem, had vouchesafed by theyr authoritie to staye theym in that opinion, whiche they had already conceyued in theyr myndes. And than Iudas and Sylas hauyng the gyfte of expoundyng scriptures, satisfyed euerye man in those thynges that were not namelye expressed in the letters, accordyng to the commission of the Apostles. And as large they exhorted the brethren and made them stedfaste in theyr mynde, wyllyng them to contynue in that that they had begonne. And whan they had taryed there a good sorte of dayes, they were di∣missed of the brethren in peace, and were permitted to returne vnto theym that hadde sente theym. And forasmuche as Sylas thought it best to tarrye there, Iudas returned alone to Hierusalem. In the meane space Paule also and Barnabas remayned at Antioche, teaching indifferentlye bothe Iewes and also Gentiles, preaching saluacion vnto euery manne to be obteyned, yf they woulde beleue the Gospell, that is to saye, the worde of God.

[ The texte.] ¶But after a certayne space, Paule sayde vnto Barnabas: Let vs go agayne, and visite out brethren in euery citie where we haue shewed the worde of ye Lord, and see how they do. And Barnabas gaue coūsel to take with thē Iohn, whose sirname was Marke. But Paule would not take him vnto theyr cūpany, which departed frō thē at Pamphilia and went not wt thē to the worke. And the contencion was so sharpe betwene them, that they departed asonder one from another, and so Barnabas toke Marke & sailed vnto Cipres. And Paule chose Silas, and departed, beyng cōmitted of the brethren vnto the grace of god. And he went through Syria and Cilicia, stablyshyng the congregacions. Thē came he to Derba & to Listra, cōmaunding them to kepe the preceptes of the apostles & elders.

And after a good space, Paule became carefull for the disciples, that he hadde lefte at Cypres, and in Pamphilia. Than he sayde vnto his cumpanion Barnabas: Let vs go visitte our brethren that be abrode in all cities, wheras we haue preached the woorde of God, and see how they do. Barnabas allow∣ed hys sayinges, but hys mynde was to haue Iohn, whiche otherwyse was called Marke, to go with them, whom they before had brought out with them whan they toke theyr iourney thytherwardes. In whiche matter Paule dissen∣ted or disagreed from hym, thynkyng hym not mete to be receyued in parte of that businesse, seeyng that he before tyme of hys owne accorde, had forsaken them before they had finished that businesse, whiche they had taken in hande, and had sayled backe from Pamphilia to Antioche. And they were so earneste in disputing or reasonyng this matter, that where as none woulde gyue place to other, one departed from the cumpany of the other. Not because that anye greuous displeasure was arysen betwene so greate apostles, but because that both contended to bryng to passe that they thought expedient for setting furth the Gospell. And we haue here example lefte vs, not streyght wayes to esteme euyll, whatsoeuer disagreeth with our opinion. It is no matter to be of a dy∣uerse opinion, so that mennes myndes do agree in furtheryng the ghospell. And god also prouyded this, that by the dissencion of the Apostles, whan two chiefe capitaynes wer disseuered, the ghospell should sprede more at large, then

Page lviii

yf they had continued together in one companye, as they had done before. And then Barnabas taking Marke with him sailed into Cypres whiche was hys natiue countreye.

And Paule takyng to hym Sylas, (whiche, as god woulde, had remayned at Antioche, euen as it had bene for the nones and of a purpose, that Paule shoulde not be destitute of a sad man to beare him cumpanye, and a manne that as in good estimacion, beyng dimissed of the brethren, and committed to the grace of god,) toke his iourney whither euer he had any token of hope, that ye gospel should haue increase. So he went ouer to Syria, and Cilicia, wheras he hymselfe was borne, and echewhere stablyshinge the cumpanyes of suche disciples, as he before had gotten there, and encreasyng also the number of them, as his purpose before was, cōmaunded them to kepe those thinges that the apostles, and elders had decreed at Hierusalem, as concerning eschewinge the cūpany of such as were wurshyppers of Idolles, and eschewyng whore∣dome, strangled beastes, and bloud, and that they were none otherwyse bound to kepe Moses lawe. Whan all these thinges were done in Cilicia he retur∣ned againe to Derba, and after to Listres.

The .xvi. Chapter.
[ The texte.] And beholde, a certaine disciple was there, named Timotheus, a womans sonne which was a Iewesse, and beleued: but his father was a Greke. Of whom reported well, ye bre∣thren that were at Lystra and Iconium. Hym woulde Paule, that he should goo forth wt him, and tooke, & circumcised him, because of the Iewes whiche wer in those quarters. For they all knewe, that his father was a Greke.

ANd beholde there was a certaine disciple, whose name agreed with his dedes, and was called Timothie, as a man woulde saye, in estimacion with God, who was borne of Parentes, that were of sondry sectes. For his mother beyng nowe a widowe, was a Iewe borne, and had of late bene conuerted from the faythe and peruerse beliefe of the Iewes, vnto the true faith of Christe. And his father was a gentile. This Timothie for hys vertuous disposicion, and lyuing, was muche spoken of among all the bre∣thren that were at Listres, and also at Iconium. And so Paule desiring no∣thyng more than by all meanes dayly to enlarge the boundes of the gospell, searched out in euery corner, suche as might serue his turne, euen as ambici∣ous kinges are accustomed to do, whiche beyng wholy gyuen to enlarge theyr dominions, care for nothynge more, then to get mete capitaynes, and rulers, to whome they may commit their affaires. But it is not sufficient for him that is captayne, or guyed in matters of the ghospell, to haue meane qualities, nor yet to be of an vpright behauioure, but he muste haue commendacion of all good men, leste that an euil name going on him, thoughe it be false, may hurte the furthering of the gospel. Wherfore Paule was desyrous to haue Timo∣thie to beare him cumpany in his iournies, because he was good, and estemed also of all good men, to bee good and vertuous. And whan he had obteined hym, to ioyne with hym, he circumcised him, not because he thought he myght

Page [unnumbered]

therby obteyne saluacion, whiche onely fayth coulde doe, but lete the Iewes shoulde make any commocion, of whome there was no small noumber in those partes, he vouchesafed rather to suffer Timothie to lese a lytle piece of skinne. (which yf he had styll kepte, he had not bene the better, nor yet the worse for lacke of it) then by occasion thereof, to turne awaye the Iewes myndes from the gospell, whose stubbrenesse he knewe well enough. The Gentiles were free from the burden of the lawe, by the decree that the apostles had made at Ieru∣salem Paule beeyng present: And circumcision was a profession made to ob∣serue the lawe, and as a token therof. But the Iewes were not yet openlye de∣lyuered from the yoke of the lawe, whiche ought by litle and lytle to be abolis∣shed. Wherfore seeyng that it was euident by al tokens, that Timotheus mo∣ther was a Iewe borne, and his father a paynym, by occasion whereof he had not been hytherto circumcised, Paule tyghte well perceyued that the Iewes woulde make sedicion yf they myght haue neuer so lytle a cause, and speciallie yf Timothie, whiche was halfe a Iewe borne, were not onely made pertaker of the gospell without circumcision, but also called to the office of a preacher. Wherfore Paule in those dayes did beare so muche with theym, hauyng euer respecte only to further the gospell, and to kepe men in quietnes, whiche had professed Christ the authour of all true peace.

[ The texte.] As they went through the cities, they deliuered them the decrees for to kepe, that wer ordeyned of the apostles & elders, which were at Hierusalem. And so wer the congrega∣cions stablished in the fayth, and encreased in numbre dayly.

And not only thus did he, but whatsoeuer cities they wer that he wente by, he commaunded those that of heathen wer becum christen, to kepe those thyn∣ges that had bene decreed by the apostles, and elders at Hierusalem: for the whyche purpose Iudas, and Sylas, had been sente before to Antioche, leste the Iewes should fynde any faulte therwith. And god furthered Paule in all hys businesse. For ye congregacions of the disciples wer both establyshed in the fayth of the gospel, and dayly also augmēted, many persons beyng day by day conuerted to the fayth.

[ The texte.] Whan they had gon throughout Phrigia, and the countreye of Galacia, and wer for∣bydden of the holy ghost to preache the word in Asia, they came to Mysia, & soughte to go into Bihiia. But the spirit suffred them not. But whan they had goen through Mysia, they came downe to Etoada.

And whan they had trauayled ouer Phrygia, and Galacia, with greate profite in wynnyng many to the fayth, although thei were but a grosse, and a rude people, and were muche desyrous to take their iourneye towardes that parte whiche is properly called Asia, the holy ghoste woulde not suffer theym to preache the gospell there. And this the secrete and priuie wyl of God, obeied they, forasmuche as it is not sittyng that manne should withstand god. And so chaungeyng their entent, they turned to Mysia fast borderyng vpon that coū∣treye, which is properly called Asia. Thence they attempted to take their iour∣ney towardes Bithinia, turnyng theym northwarde. For that was a noble prouince of the Romaynes, and therfore they hoped there to haue great auaū∣tage. But the spirite of Iesus whiche was theyr guide, would not permit them to go thither, the cause why is vncertayne. Wherefore returnyng backe to∣warde the weste, whan they had goen ouer Mysia, they came to Troas. That same is a citie of Phrigia, ioynyng nere vnto the sea, and otherwyse called Antigonia.

[ The texte.]

Page lix

¶And a vision appered to Paule in the nighte. There stoode a man of Macedonia & prayed hym saying: cum into Macedonia, and help vs. After he had sene this vision, im∣mediatly we prepared to go into Macedonia, beyng certifyed that ye lord had called vs, to preache the gospel vnto them. Whē we loosed forth then from Troada, we came with a strayght course to Samothracia, and the next day to Naples, & from thēce to Philip∣pos, which is ye chief citie in the partes of Macedonia, & a free citie. We wer in that citie abydyng certayne dayes. And on ye Sabboth dayes we went out of ye citie besides a riuer where men wer wont to pray. And we sate downe, & spake vnto the women which resor∣ted thyther.

There had Paule a visiō in his slepe, which shewed him whither he should goe: The vision was this. There stoode by hym a certayne man appareled lyke a man of Macedonia, which entreated hym, and sayde: Cum to Macedo∣nia, and helpe vs. And he that so appered, was the Aungell that is defendout of that countreye. And as soone as Paule had sene that vision▪ whiche hadde once or twyse before bene forbydden by ye holy gost to preache the ghospell, we that were his cumpanions, were very glad of it. For I also that wrote thys, was in that iourneye, and by and by we prouyded al thinges to take our iour∣ney to Macedonia, beyng assured that God had called vs thyther to preache the gospell vnto theym, the whiche we doubted not, but God woulde prospet them wel. And in thys wyse leauyng Troas, and aylyng by Chersonesus, we ariued at Samothrace the Yland, whiche is situate directly against Chracia. And from thence the nexte daye we came to Naples, whiche is a citie on the sea syde in the marches of Thracia, and Macedonia. And from thence to the citie Philippos, whiche is a free citie, and the first that ye come vnto, whan ye go from Naples. In this citie abode we certayne dayes, lookynge for a good tyme and occasion to begynne the matter, wherfore we came. And on the sab∣both daie we walked foorth of the citie, into a certayne place wythout ye gates that was nere to a riuer, where as a greate multitude of the people together, did customably resorte & assemble for to make their praiers. And as we were there syttyng, our talke was vnto certayne wemen that wer come thyther, and we were preachyng vnto them Iesus of Nazareth.

[ The texte.] ¶And a certayne woman (named Lydia) a seller of purple, of the citie of Thyatira, whiche worshipped God gaue vs audyence. Whose herte the lorde opened, that she attē∣ded vnto the thynges, whiche Paule spake. When she was baptised, & her houshould, she besought vs, saying: If ye thynke that I beleue on the lorde, cum into my house, and a∣byde there: And she constrayned vs.

Emonge theym was one whiche was veraye deuout, whose name was Lidia, a seller of purple, and one that was borne in the citie Thyatira, whiche is a citie in Lidia. And emong all other that hearkened vnto Paules prea∣chynge of Christe, god opened her herte diligently to heare those thynges that Paule taughte. And so after that she was Christened with all her housholde, she desyred Paule, and his companions, saying: If ye haue thought me one not vnworthye to be receyued by meane of baptisme, & your instruction, as a partaker of the ghospel, I pray you do so much also for me, as to cum into my house, and do it honour with youre presence, and take not me as an Ethnicke, as I was erewhiles, but take me as I am nowe, renewed by fayth of the gos∣pell throughe your ministery. By these woordes she entreated the Apostles to tary as gestes at her house a good space. Here is an example for preachers, that they refuse not ientylnesse profered vnto theym, by those that are newlye conuerted to Christe, yf it be readely and instauntly profered, leste they seme

Page [unnumbered]

not to knowledge them for theyrs. And on the other syde, they ought not to preace on them, vntyll they be desyred, lest they seeme to craue rewardes for preaching the ghospell. But he that hathe receyued a spirituall or ghostely benefyte, ought ernestly to cause those that haue so doen for hym, to receyue at his handes againe corporall benefytes, yf they shall haue nede therof.

[ The texte.] ¶And it fortuned as we went to prayer, a certaine damsell possessed with a spirite that prophecied, met vs, which brought her master and maystres, muche auauntage with propheciyng. The same folowed Paule and vs, and cryed, saying: these men are the ser∣uauntes of the moste high God, whiche shewe vnto vs the waye of saluacion. And this dyd she many dayes. But Paule not contented, turned aboute, and sayde to the spirite: I commaunde the in ye name of Iesus Christ that thou cumme out of her. And he came out the same houre.

And it chaunced, as we wer goyng to praye, as our custome was, that a certayne damsell met vs, whiche had in her the spirit of the deuyll Pithon, whiche by propheciyng and tellyng thinges before hand, gotte greate auaun∣tage to her master and maystresse. She ouertakyng and folowyng Paule and vs, cryed saying: These mene are the seruauntes of the high god, whiche are cum to teache you the way of saluacion. And where as she contynued thus dooyng many daies, Paule beeynge dyscontented, leste that he shoulde seme to knowlege that prayse whiche the wenche beeyng possessed with a dyuell, attri∣buted vnto hym, turned to her, and sayed to the spirite: I commaunde the in the name of Iesus Christ that thou depart out of her. And the spirite lefte her immediately.

[ The texte.] And whan her mayster and maystres, sawe that the hope of their gaynes was gone, they attacked Paule and Silas, and dreue them into the market place vnto the rewlers, and brought them to the officers, saying: These men trouble our citie, saying they are Iewes, and preache ordinaunces▪ whiche are not lawfull for vs to receiue, neyther to ob∣serue seeyng that we are Romaynes. And the people ranne againste theym, and the offy∣ces rent their clothes, and commaunded theym to be beaten with roddes. And when they had beaten theim sore, they caste them into pryson, commaundynge the iayler of the prison to kepe theim diligently. Whiche whan he had receiued suche a commaundement, thrust them into the inner pryson, and made theyr feete fast in the stockes.

But the damsels maister and maystres, seyng that theyr baūtage was goen, toke Paul & Silas, & brought them violently into the market place before the chiefe of the citie, & there before the officers, accused theym, saying: These men whiche are cum hyther from sum straunge cuntrey, do trouble all the whole cytie: forasmuche as they beeyng Iewes borne, teache vs a newe relygion, and teache vs newe ordinaunces, whiche is not lawfull for vs to receyue, see∣yng that we lyue accordyng to the lawes of the Romaynes, whiche wyll not permitte ne suffer vs, neyther to receyue any straunge goddes, nor to practyse any newe kyndes of wurshyppyng the goddes. Upon these complayntes, the people there emōg whom the veray name of a Iewe was in great hatred, clus∣tryng all in a cage together, made assaulte vpon the Apostles. And the offi∣cers, to satysfye the people in their furye, cut a sondre theyr garmentes for wrathe, and commaunded them to be beaten with roddes. And beeyng not sa∣tysfyed with this punishement, whā they had laied many a sore stripe on theim they caste them in pryson, commaundyng the iaylour to kepe them dyligent∣ly. The iaylour whan they had so streyghtly charged hym, for the better safe∣garde, layed theim beneathe in a lower pryson: and yet was not contented, but sette them faste in the stockes. This lucke had they at theyr fyrst entryng to

Page lx

preache in Macedonie. Marke here that euermore either lucre, or ambicion, or els supersticion, letteth the furtheraunce of the ghospell. But whan the worlde moste cruelly rageth in persecucion of Christes members, than especially ap∣pereth comforte from heauen.

[ The texte.] At mydnyght Paule and Silas prayed, and lauded God. And the prysoners hearde them. And sadenly there was a great ertquake, so that the foundation of the pryson was shakē, and immediately al the dores opened, and euery mannes bandes wer loosed. When the keper of the pryson waked out of his slepe, and sawe the pryson dores open, he drewe out his swearde and woulde haue kylled hymselfe, supposing that the prysoners had bene fledde. But Paule cried wt a loude voyce, saying: do thy selfe no harme, for we are all here.

About mydnyght Paule and Sylas, not passyng for theyr whyppyng, nor yet that they were cast into pryson, praied and song hymnes in the laude & prayse of God, thankyng hym, that he had vouchesaued to do theym beeyng hys seruauntes, suche honour, as to lette theym suffer these iniuries for hys name. And other, whiche were prysoners there, hearde theym meryly syngynge the prayse of God, and of hys sonne Iesus Christe, and meruayled, that they in suche aduersitie coulde be so merye. And sodaynely came a greate yearthe¦quake, insomuche that all the whole pryson was shaken euen the foundacyon and all, and all the doores of the pryson were open with the same, and all the prysoners gyues and other lyke bondes were loosed. The keper, at the greate noyse and tumblyng that was made, awaked: and whan he had starte foorth, and founde all the pryson doores wyde open, thynkyng vpon and verely ima∣gynyng that the prysoners were all gone, and hauyng in remembraunce the charge that he had of the officers, pulled out hys swearde and was aboute to kyll hymselfe, wyllyng rather to slaye hymselfe, then fyrste to suffer manye paynefull tormentes, and afterwarde at the hangmannes hande, whiche was execucioner of the towne, to suffer death. But Paule whiche laye beneth in the darke, seyng hym about suche a dede, cryed out wyth a loude voyce, that al∣though the man were astonied, yet he made hym hearken vnto hym, and sayde: Beware, holde thy handes, and hurt not thy selfe, for thou shalte haue no da∣mage by vs. For we are all here, and not one of vs fled hence.

[ The texte.] ¶Than he called for a lyght, and sprang in, and came trembling vnto Paule, and fel downe at the feete of Paul and Sylas, and brought them out, and sayd: Syrs what must I doe to be saued: And they sayd: beleue on the lorde Iesus, and thou shalt be saued, and thy housholde. And they preached vnto hym the woorde of the lorde, and to all that were in his house. And he toke them the same houre of the nyght, & washed their woundes, and was baptised, & al they of his householde streyghtway. And whan he had brought them in to hys house, he set meate before them, and ioyed, that he with all hys householde, be∣leued on God.

Whan the keper heard these wordes, he came to himselfe againe, & commaū∣ded lyght to be broughte: and seyng it to be so, & that the thynge was not done by any crafte of man▪ but by sum diuine power: consyderyng also wyth hym∣selfe, howe that Paule had sene in the darke what he was about to do, and the cause therof, went downe into the lower pryson, and fel at Paules and Sylas feete. And regarding not the charge yt was geuen him by the officers, brought them forth of pryson, into a more commodiouse place, & sayed: Maysters what must I do to be saued? Hys mynde was to exchaunge helth for helth. Hys en∣tent was to saue theyr lyues and lykewyse he mynded to heare of theym howe he shoulde obteyne lyfe of his soule. Than they aunswered: Beleue in our lord Iesus, and thou shalt be saued with all thy householde. And there streyghte∣wayes

Page [unnumbered]

he called theym all together, and the apostles preached vnto theym the doctrine of the ghospell. Thou mayest here see that no tyme, ne place is vnmete to preache or to heare the ghospel. For that same darke & stynkyng prison was as a churche to the apostles. They ceased not from syngyng hymnes thoughe it were mydnyght. By preachyng the gospel in pryson a vauntage was gotten to Christe. The pryson is here as a chayre to preache the gospell in. And furth∣with the keper beyng newly enstructed in the fayth, hastened to recompense or sumwhat to rewarde his enstructour. For he anone had them asyde, and was∣shed cleane theyr woundes. The iaylour thought this to be hys duetie. And he hymselfe afterwarde with all his whole householde, had the woundes of theyr soules wasshed cleane awaye. After this so doen, he led thē into his own house where he dwelled the daye tyme, and gaue them meate to refreshe theyr bodies.

For after baptisme nexte was the communion of the table. And the keper of the pryson reioysed muche, that it had bene his chaunce to haue▪ in custodye suche prisoners, wherby both he and all the house had receiued the faith. These thynges were done in the night.

[ The texte.] ¶And whan it was daye, the officers sente the ministers, saying: let those men go: The keper of the prison tolde this saying to Paule: The officers haue sent worde to looce you. Now therfore, gete you hence, & go in peace. Than saied Paule vnto them: they haue bea∣ten vs openly vncondemned, for all that we are Romaines, & haue caste vs into pryson, & now would they sende vs away pryuely? Nay verily, but let them cum themselfes, and set vs out. When the ministers tolde these wordes vnto the officers, they feared whē they heard that they were Romaynes, they came & besought them, and brought them out, and desyred them, to departe out of the citie.

Whan it was daye the officers more diligently hauinge the matter in communicacion, after they had weyed it well, sente the ministers to the keper, commaundyng hym to let Paule and Sylas departe at their owne lybertye. The keper hearyng thys tidinges, beyng glad as well for his owne parte, as for the apostles sakes, brought this woorde to Paule, that the officers had ly∣cenced them to go at lybertie. Wherfore, (sayth the keper,) seyng it hath so well chaunced, go ye in goddes blessyng. But Paule of an earneste mynde, to make both his innocencie the better knowen, and to fynde occasion also to saue ma∣ny, made answer vnto the messengers in this wise: Forasmuche as they boaste themselues to be Cytezens of Rome, by theyr lawes it is forbidden to punishe any man, before he be hearde to pleade his cause, and lawfully conuicted of the same, this notwithstandynge they haue openly beaten vs beeyng Romaynes before we pleaded our matter, or were lawfully conuicted: and as though thys had been to lytle, they caste vs also, after that we had been sore beaten, into pryson. Nowe for their owne sauegarde, that they maye seme to haue done no∣thyng, but that theyr office woulde beare them in, and that it maie be thoughte that we were gilty, they woulde haue vs priuily to cōuey our selues hence to yt intent, that men myght suppose that we brake pryson and fled awaye. No, we wyll not so do, but let them cum themselues, and delyuer vs hence by the same ryght, that they cast vs in. The ministers told to the officers, what Paule had sayed.

Who hearyng that they were citizens of Rome, came themselues to Paul, and Silas, and desired them to pardone them, in that they had doen agaynst

Page lxi

the custome of the Romayne lawes, beeyng compelled by the commocion of the people, and bryngyng them honourablye out of the kepers house, they de∣syred them, leste the people shoulde make any busynesse, to departe from theyr citie named Philippos.

[ The texte.] And they went out of the pryson and entred into the house of Lydia, and whan they had sene the brethren, they comforted them, and so departed.

The Apostles were contente to accomplyshe their request, and whan they were out of pryson, they went into the house of Lydia, where they had been first hosted, which Lydia with all her whole householde, had before receyued the doctryne of the ghospell. And whan they had seen her, and the rest of ye brethrē, they comforted them, rehearsyng vnto them what had chaunced in the nyghte whiles they were in prison, exhorting them to continue in that they had begon. This doen, they lefte Philippos the citie, and went another waye.

¶The .xvii. Chapter.
[ The texte.] ¶As they made theyr iourney through Amphipolis, and Appollonia, they came to Thessalonica, where was a synagoge of ye Iewes. And Paule as his manier was, wente in vnto them, and three Sabboth daies declared out of the scriptures vnto them, opening and alleagyng, yt Christ must nedes haue suffered, and aryse vp agayne from death, & that thys Iesus was Chryst, whom (fayed he) I preache vnto you. And some of theym bele∣ued, and came and cōpanyed with Paule and Sylas, and of the deuoute Grekes a great multitude, and of the chiefe women, not a fewe.

ANd passyng by Amphipolis and Apollonia, both Cities of Macedonie, they came to Thessalonica, whiche is the chiefe and head Citie in Macedonie. Where (because it was a noble cytye) was a Synagoge of Iewes, and ther∣fore hoped they to haue there great encrease. Wherefore Paule (as he customably vsed to do) entred with the mul∣tytude in to the Sinagoge, & thre sabboth dayes reaso∣ned he with them, allegyng for his parte, Prophecies out of the scriptures, & expoundyng the harde meanynges of figures, cityng testi∣monies out of the lawe, and conferryng these sayinges together with the actes that were past, he shewed howe that it was the wyll of God, that Christ should in that wyse suffre for the worlde, and aryse agayne frō death to lyfe. And for∣asmuche as all Prophecies that were spoken afore of Messias commyng, & all those thynges that were shadowed vnder figures, did agree in Iesus of Na∣zareth, he affyrmeth in his teachinges that the Iewes should looke for none o∣ther Messias, but only the same that he preached vnto them, which was Christ. Whan Paule had reasoned this matter in the Sinagoge, certayne of the Ie∣wes beleued & ioyned themselues with Paule and Silas, and besides these, a great number of the Gentyles that feared God, were conuerted to the faythe, and mong other, dyuers wurshipfull women of the chiefe of that citie.

[ The texte.] ¶But the Iewes whiche beleued not, had indignacion, and toke vnto them euill men whiche were vagaboundes: & gathered to them a companie, & set all the Citie on a roare and made a saute vnto the house of Iason, & sought to bryng them out to the people. But whan as they founde them not, they drue Iason, and certayne brethrē vnto the heades of the cytie, criyng: these that trouble the worlde, are come yther also, whome Iason hath receiued priuily: And these all dooe contrary to the decrees of Cesar, affyrmynge

Page [unnumbered]

another kyng, one Iesus. And they troubled the people, and the officers of the citie, whē they heard these thynges. And whan they were sufficiently aunswered of Iason, and of the others, they let them go.

On the other parte, certayne Iewes beeyng ouermuche wedded to Moy∣ses lawe, whiche Paule sometyme had earnestly fauoured, beyng of a zele mo∣ued, and ioynyng themselues with a certayne numbre of naughty vagaboun∣des, whom they had made of theyr parte (for of suche fellowes haue they that be authours of any commocion, nede of) and gatheryng to them a great com∣panye besydes, reysed vp the cytye. And sediciously commyng to the house of Iason, woulde haue brought Paule and Sylas furth before the people. But forasmuche as they entryng in to the house, founde not them that they sought for, they brought Iason hymselfe, and with hym certayne other discyples, be∣fore the gouernours of the cytye, criyng alowde (for so had they before tyme serued Christe) and sayed: These felowes that alreadye haue troubled all the worlde, are nowe cumme hither lykewyse to trouble vs. And Iason knowyng them to be suche felowes, receyued them into his house.

But all those that goe about any suche matters, or lodge such as go about the same, doe agaynste Cesars actes, forasmuche as they saye, that there is an other kyng, besydes Cesar▪ For they preache of one Iesus, that was a good whyles since, doen and nayled vpon the crosse by Cesars deputie, because he affyrmed hymselfe to be kyng of the Iewes. Marke howe they here abuse the name and authoritie of Cesar, agaynste the ghospell. Whan the people and rewlers of the cytye hearde these woordes, they were muche moued ther∣wyth, euen as Pylate before in lyke manier was moued agaynst Christ.

For than cried the vnhappy Iewes: we haue none other kynge besydes Ce∣sar: and agayne: If thou let hym goe, thou arte not Cesars frende: and yet agayne: Whosoeuer maketh hymselfe a kyng, withstandeth Cesar. On the other parte, the true Iewes thus doe crye: We haue none other kyng but onely Iesus of Nazareth: and agayne, whosoeuer conformeth himselfe to fo∣lowe Cesar, is not Christes frende. For he onely is kynge ouer all the worlde. But after that Iason and the other brethren had alleaged a lawfull excuse, the officers let them goe.

[ The texte.] ¶And the brethren immediatly sent away Paule & Sylas by nyght, vnto Berea. Which whan they were cum thyther, they entred into the Sinagoge of the Iewes. These were the noblest of byrthe emong them of Thessalonica, whiche receyued the word with al di∣ligence of mynde, and serached the scripture dayly, whither those thinges were euen so. And many of them beleued, also of worshypfull women which were Grekes, and of men not a fewe. When the Iewes of Thessalonica had knowledge that the word of god was preached of Paule at Berea, they came, and moued the people there.

But whan the brethren perceyued that throughe displeasure and malyce Paul and Silas were lyke to be in daungier, they with spede, conuaied them out pryuely in the nyght season to Berea▪ whiche is a citie in Macedonia, not far from Pella, wheras Alexander the greate was borne. In thys wyse, the euangelicall captaynes flye, but so that they neuerthelesse fyght styll. For as soone as they came to Berea, they entred into the Synagoge, nothyng afray∣ed for all so many sedicions that the Iewes had raysed agaynste them. But these were more gentyll, than the others that were at Thessalonica. For they

Page lxii

receyued the doctrine of the ghospell veray readely, euery daye searchyng the scriptures diligently, that they myght see howe those thynges that they had learned by thapostles instruction, agreed with the Prophecies, and figures of the lawe. And so were many of the Citizens of Berea, conuerted to the faythe, not Iewes onely, but also dyuerse wourshipfull women that were Grekes borne, and a greate noumber of men besydes. But whan the Iewes that were at Thessalonica, whiche had made a commocyon there, heard that the ghospel was preached at Berea by Paule, whome they had dryuen from them, they tooke their iourneye thither, and as they before had doen, so eftsones they stir∣red vp the multytude there also against the Apostles.

[ The texte.] And than immediatly the brethren sent awaie Paule to gooe to the sea syde: But Sy∣las and Timotheus abode there styl. And they that guided Paule, brought hym vnto A∣thens, and receiued a commaundement vnto Silas and Timotheus, for to cumme to him with spede, and came theyr waye.

And what time the brethren perceyued that daungier was yf the Apo∣stles had taryed, they immediatly sent forthe Paule, whome they thoughte to be moste in daunger, to goo & take the sea, whiche is not far from Berea. And Silas & Timothie remayned at Berea. Than the brethren that had brought Paule thither, taking shypping with him, broughte hym as farre as Athens. There they left Paul, & returned to Berea, hauing message frō him to Silas and Timothie, yt they should folow after as sone as they might conueniently.

[ The texte.] Whyles Paule wayted for them at Athens, his spirite was moued in him whan he sawe the citie geuen to worshipping of Images. Then dysputed he in the Synagoge wt the Iewes, & with ye deuout persones, & in the market dayly with them yt came vnto hym by chaūce. Certaine Philosophers of the Epicures & of ye Stoickes, disputed with him.

There Paule though he wer left alone & without companions, yet seeyng so noble a citie as that was and so full of learned men, wholy and vtterly ge∣uen to worshipping of idols, waxed hote in spirite, in so muche that he coulde not abyde the cummyng of his felowes, but entred into the sinagoge, and ther disputed with the Iewes, and other deuout persons. And besydes that also, he reasoned in the market place with all that came vnto him, whether they were Iewes, or els Grekes. Among whome were some Philosophers, of Epicures secte, some Stoickes, betwene whō was great diuersitie of opinions. For thei that were of Epicures sect mesuring the felicitie of mā by pleasure, thinke that either there be no gods, or if there be any, that they nothing regarde the lyfe of man. The Stoickes besides other straung opinions, dooe sette and esteme the felicitie of man by the stedfast qualities of the soule, whiche felicitie they call vertue or honestie. These men disputed with Paule, as he had bene a Philoso∣pher that were a begynner of some newe secte.

[ The texte.] And some there were that saide: what wyll this babler saye? Others sayde: he see∣meth to be a tydynges bringer of newe deuyls, because he preached vnto them Iesus, and the resurreccion. And they tooke hym and brought hym into the strete of Mars, saying: may we not knowe what this new doctrine wherof thou speakest, is? For thou bryngest straunge tydynges to our eares. We woulde knowe therfore, what these thinges meane. For all the Athenians & straungiers whiche were there, gaue them selfes to nothing els, but eyther to tel or to heare some newe thing.

But after that Paule had taught them the euangelycal Philosophie, whiche farre dysagreed from the Philosophers opinyons, some sayde in moc∣kage: What is it that this pratelyng felowe sayeth? For by this reproche∣full worde spermologus, the Grekes meaned a iangler, and a foolyshe talker

Page [unnumbered]

of vayne wordes, and a pratler: for the heauenly wisedome semed vnto theym foolyshenesse. And others there were that sayde: He semeth to bryng in some newe kynde of gods, because that he preached vnto them that Iesus was the true sauiour, and the sonne of God, and that the dead in tyme to cum shoulde aryse agayne. For they of Athens, accordyng as they had bene instructed of Plato, called the gods children, gods, whome they supposed to haue bodyes whiche shoulde continue for euer. Wherefore, inasmuche as whiles they were in the market place, they had diuerse opinions of Paule, they thought it beste to leade him aside in to a strete, whiche is called Mars strete. The strete is a place in Athens of muche resorte of people, by reason that there they did sit on matters of lyfe and death in the nyght season. And that place was meete for that kynde of disputacion, whiche profered saluacion to theym that beleued therein, and death to the vnfaythfull. For they sayde: Maye a manne learne of the what newe kynde of doctrine this is, that thou speakest of? For where as all kyndes of Philosophye are treated of amongeste vs, yet thou shewest vs newes, and such as we neuer hearde of yet: we are therefore desyrous to heare the more at large, to what ende these thinges maye growe, that thou speakeste of, or what they meane. And for asmuche as that citie was namely emong all the cities of Grece, moste exercised in all kyndes of learnyng, and gyuen to e∣loquence, by occasion wherof, many resorted thyther out of all partes of the worlde, to be studentes there, bothe the citizens of Athens, and other straun∣giers that wer continuing there, did nothyng els, but either harken for newes, or els tell some newes: and that more for theyr pleasure, then that they desy∣red by knowlege of matiers, to be the better experte. But god that is desirouse of mannes healthe, as fyshers and hunters doe inuent all meanes to get their praye, so taketh euery man by occasyon of those thynges, that he is moste de∣lyted with all.

[ The texte.] ¶Paul stode in the middes of Mars streate, and said: ye men of Athens, I perceiue that in all thynges ye are so supersticious. For as I passed by, and behelde the maner how ye wurshyp your goddes, I founde an alter wherin was written: vnto the vnknowen God. Whom ye than ignorauntly wurshyp hym shewe I vnto you: God that made the world and all that are in it (seeyng that he is lorde of heauen and yearth) dwelleth not in tem∣ples made with handes, neyther is wurshypped with mens handes, as though he neded of any thyng, seeyng he hymselfe geueth lyfe and breath to al men euery where, and hath made of one bloud all nations of men, for to dwel on al the face of the yearth. And hath appoynted before howe longe time, and also the endes of theyr inhabitacion, that they shoulde seke god, if they myght fele and fynde him, though he be not farre from euery one of vs. For in him we lyue, we moue, and we haue our being, as certaine of your own Poe¦tes sayd. For we are also hys generacion. Forasmuche than as we are the generation of God, we ought not to thinke that the Godhed is lyke vnto golde, siluer, or stone, grauen by crafte or ymaginacion of man.

Wherefore Paule that knewe howe to behaue himselfe emonge all sortes of men, and to frame his eloquence to all mennes capacities, nowe beeyng in the myddes of Mars strete, as it were in a stage to playe his parte alone, hauing aboute hym a great multitude, spake vnto them in thys wyse: Ye men of A∣thens, although this citie flourysheth more thē any other in learnyng & know∣lege, yet I perceyue that ye, as concerning your trade in relygion, are veraye supersticious, where as true religion in dede, is the chief parte of Phyloso∣phye. For as I walked about, desirous to knowe the customes and ordre of your citie, markyng those thīges yt ye haue in honoure and do wurshyp, emōg

Page lxiii

all other thynges, I espied a certayne alter, whiche in the title that was gra∣ued on it, made mencion of an vnknowen God. Wherefore they are deceiued, that say that I bryng in newe and straunge goddes, but I rather preach him vnto you, yea euen the veray same vnknowen God whome ye wurshyp, for it appeared by the title on the aulter, that ye knowe not what he is, so that you maye heareafter reuerently worshyp hym, whan ye know hym, whom ye haue hytherto as vnknowen, worshypped wyth supersticion. Whiche God foras∣muche as he is an infinite mynde, moste pure, present euery where, and yet af∣ter that sorte, that he is contayned in no one certeyne place, ought not to be be∣leued to dwell in temples of mannes handyworke, or in ymages made by any crafte of man: neither is he dewly wurshipped with the sacrifice of beastes, as thoughe that eyther he lacked, or els were delited with any thyng that is doen by mannes handes, and cummeth of hys owne brayne. For where as he is in∣finite in hymselfe, and able to doe all thynges that shall please him beyng al∣so moste blessed, and that naturally, so that he can neyther be hurted by anye malice of manne, nor yet be holpen by any seruyce that manne can doe, yet for somuche as he is pryncipally best, and moste bountifull and beneficial, he crea∣ted and made thys worlde maruaylously for mannes cause: and ordeyned for his vse, all thynges that are conteyned in thesame.

Wherfore althoughe that he be the founder, lorde, and gouernoure as well of heauen and yearthe, as of all thynges in theym contayned, yet of all these thynges, taketh he hymselfe no fruicion, for because that he by reason of hys eternall felicitie, and blysse, hath no nede of any externall or outward goodnes to the augmentacion of hys perfectnesse, but thys worlde hath he lefte vs, as his worke to muse and maruayle at, that mortall menne lyuyng therin, myght perceyue by so wonderfull a woorke, the power, wysedome, and goodnesse, of the maker of it, and hauyng therby once knowlege of hym, shoulde loue hym, and with greate reuerence wurshyp hym, by whose benefite they haue the frui∣cion of so many commodities.

Now yf he be aboue this frame of the worlde, and hathe nede of none of those thynges that he hathe made, howe muche lesse maye it bee thought that he is delyted with temples, with Images, or els with the sauoure of burned offe∣rynges. But for asmuche as he is a substaunce without body, he ought to be wurshipped with puritie of ye mynd: neither loketh he for the slaughter of oxen or shepe, that endoweth all thynges with lyfe, and gyueth to all that breathe, both theyr lyfe and their breath. For he made all kyndes of beastes, and they liue al by him continuyng and multyplying euery one their owne kynde from tyme to tyme by generation. But all mankynde made he of one man, to haue the rewle ouer all these beastes, and to dwell in all partes of the worlde, and hathe lymitted and appoincted euery man a determinate space to lyue, whiche no manne can for himselfe prolong: and hath lykewyse appoyncted euery na∣tion, certayne partes of the yearthe to inhabite, for they are deceyued, that sup∣pose the world, whiche god himselfe made, not to be rewled by hym, but that eche thing is at all aduentures, and without any consideracyon, vnaduisedly brought forth, & for no purpose, where as in dede there is nothyng doen in the worlde, be it great or small, but it cummeth by the prouidence of him that crea∣ted the worlde.

And because that the wytte of man cannot conceyue hym as he naturally is

Page [unnumbered]

in dede, by reason of grossenes of the body, he endowed menne with reason, that by one thinge they maye vnderstande an other, that is to saye, thinges that cannot be seene by those that are seene, and generall thynges by the par∣ticuler, eternall by those that laste but for a tyme: and suche thynges as by the mynde, reason, and spirite, onely maye be ymagined, by those that be open to the senses of the body, and set him in the middes of all thinges, as in a stage to serche out the creatore and maker of all thinges by meane of his creatures whiche maye eyther be seene, felte, or otherwyse perceyued, by suche commo∣dities as dooe ensue to manne therof: and that like as blind menne by feling, sumtyme fynde that out, whiche they can not see, so they consyderyng howe wonderfully all thinges were made, myght cumme to summe knowledge of god, whome to haue true knowlege of, is the highest felycitie that manne can haue. And yet we shall not nede to seeke for god in foreyne thinges, for we may fynde hym in our selues, yf euery manne wyll looke on hymselfe, and marke in hymselfe the myghty wysdome, and goodnesse of his maker. For where as god hath shewed vnto vs certaine tokēs of his godhed, in the heauenly balles and circles aboue, and on the yearthe beneth in the sea, and in all lyuing crea∣tures on the yearthe, yet hath he wrought in none of theym more wonderful∣ly, than in manne.

But yf any man be of such grosse wyt and capacitie, that he cannot attayne to the knowlege of the mouyng of the starres, in the skye aboue, or of the ebbyng and flowyng of the sea, how water shoulde fyrste spryng, howe ryuers shoulde styl euermore continue runnyng, and briefly the priuie and secrete causes of o∣ther lyke thinges, he nede not loke far, for he maye see god in euery man. For by hym all we dooe lyue, we moue, and we haue our beeyng, and there is none other that we are dettours vnto for that we bee any thyng at all, but only he, that created this worlde of nothyng: and his benefyte it is, and none others, that we haue lyfe, whiche we muste sone forgoe and leaue, yf he leaue vs: and we ought to thanke none other, that the members and partes of this lyuely body dothe eche of them his dutie, the iyes see, the legges goe, and the handes worke. It is euident than that god is in euery one of vs, that he woorketh in vs, as a worke man woulde by a toole, that he hymselfe hath made. And man expresseth god, not onely as the woorke expresseth the woorkeman, but as the chylde doeth resemble his father or mother, by a certaine lykenesse and symy∣lytude of fauour or complexyon. For so doeth the holy scriptures teache vs, that God made Adam (whiche was the firste manne, of whome all men came) a body of moyste cley, wherein he shoulde be lyke vnto other beastes, but with his owne mouthe breathed he into the same yearthen Image, parte of his hea∣uenly breathe, whereby we might more nere resemble god our father. And for because the natures bee sumwhat lyke, we shoulde more easyly attaine vn∣to the knowledge of hym: whiche propertie he gaue to none other creatures on yearthe lyuyng. Thinke not ye this thynge vnlyke to a thynge of trueth, for some of youre owne countrey menne that were poetes haue affirmed the same, that I alleged out of the scriptures, and emonge other, Aratus say∣eth the same in his woorke called Phenomena, in halfe a verse, in thys wyse: We all cumme of hys lynage. It is no matter thoughe he speake this of Iu∣piter, for in that, that he called Iupiter the chiefe and highest god, he thought hym withall to be the father of all lyuyng thynges, but especially of menne,

Page lxiiii

Wherefore seeyng that we are of the lynage of God, by symylytude of our mynde, whiche he hathe geuen vs, we haue an euyl opinion of oure father, yf that where as we be accounted menne for that parte in vs, whiche we cannot see, (the whiche is reason,) we wyl thynke hym to be lyke an Image of golde, syluer, woode or stone grauen by wytte of manne. For what is a greater in∣conuenience, or more agaynste reason, then that manne, (who thoughe he be somewhat kynne to God hys heauenly father, yet for all that is nothyng lesse then God,) shoulde be hable to make any Image with hys handes, that can haue in it the power and vertue of God? Reason woulde that the same thynge whiche is wurshypped as God, shoulde be more excellent, then he that geueth wurshyppe vnto it. Nowe howe diuerse wayes doeth man passe an Image, whiche he doeth wurshyppe as it were god? First of al thys shape of his body, man hathe receyued of God, besydes and furthermore dooeth he breath, he ly∣ueth, he moueth, and worketh. Finally by agilitie and quicknesse of the minde, he beareth in hym a certayne resemblaūce of god the father. But in an Image there is no suche mattier. Wherefore yf it bee to goddes greate dishonour yf we wurshyp a mortall manne for god, howe muche more than doeth it disagre with the true honoure of God to wurshyppe an Image made of tymber, as it plased ye artificer to make him: of which tymber, yf he had bene so disposed, he myght haue made a benche, or a fourme to sit on, whiche thinge is not onelye nothyng lyke god, (who hath no body) but also, besydes the outward shape of the body, hath nothyng lyke a manne, no, not one iote of that parte, whereby manne is lyke vnto god.

[ The texte.] ¶And the tyme of this ignoraunce, God regarded not. But nowe byddeth all men eue∣ry where repent, because he hath appoynted a day, in the which he will iudge the worlde with rightwisenes, by that man, by whō he had appoynted, and hath offered faith to all men, after that he had raysed hym from death.

Whiche reprochefull iniury though it be haynous before God, yet he of his greate fauoure and loue that he beareth to man, hath not reuenged himselfe, but hytherto hath wynked at mans ignoraunce, vntyll the tyme was cumme that he had determyned to open hymselfe to all men, and to caste cleane awaye all darke and blynde errours, which menne haue so long bene conuersaunt in. Whiche tyme is now present, wherin he monisheth all mē to leaue their old er∣rours, and turne to him. For hys wyl is that those yt repent, shal haue forgiue∣nesse, whiche they that wil be stubberne, shal not in time to cū, haue: for because he hath appoynted a daye, whan he will iudge the whole worlde, and that with a iuste and streight iudgement, which no man shal escape. And therfore he sen∣deth his messangers to warne men, lest any man myght pretende ygnoraunce in these thinges for his excuse, & profereth remyssion of synne to them that wil repent, lest any should say that god were not merciful. For both these purposes chose he Iesus of Nazareth an excellent person, whom he sente into the worlde for this cause, that al men by his meanes, might be conuerted to wurshyp the true god: and hathe geuen him power to iudge the vnfaythfull, and such that wyll resyste thys doctrine. And this is he whome he promysed by the mouthes of his prophetes many yeres past, that he shoulde cum to bee bothe a saluiour and also a iudge. And loke what he promised, he hath hitherto perfourmed ve∣ry certainly. For he was so borne, so taught, euē so troubled with vexaciō, and so slayne: and in conclusion, so arose he frome deathe to lyfe, as it was before

Page [unnumbered]

prophecied that he shoulde. And there is no doubte, but that he will as surelye perfourme all other thinges that remayne behynde.

[ The texte.] ¶Whan they heard of the resurreccion from death, sum mocked, and other sayd: we wil heare y agayne of this matter. And so Paul departed frō among thē: Howbeit certaine men cleued vnto him, and beleued: among ye which was Dionisius a Senatour, & a wo∣man named Damaris, and other with them.

Whyles Paul spake these woordes, certayne that stoode by, gyuyng good eare to all other thynges that were spoken, whan they had hearde men∣cion made of arysyng from death to life, they mocked at it, as an vnlyke thing and a thyng that were not to be beleued, because that no Philosopher had hol∣den any suche opinion before, though there were summe, whiche sayed that the soules remayned on lyue after the death of the body, and sum other also whych sayed that the soules entred out of one bodye into an other. But others that were not of so rashe a iudgement, sayed: We wyl heare the agayne an o∣ther tyme of this same matter. And in this maner Paule dimissed that coum∣pany. Yet sum ther wer among them, that wer perswaded, and ioyned themsel∣ues with Paule: emong whom was Dionisius a Senatour which afterward was bishop at Athens, instituted by Paule, & a certayne woman whose name was Damatis, and besydes these dyuerse others.

The .xviii. Chapter.
[ The texte.] After this Paule departed from Athens, and came to Corinthe, and found a certaine Iewe named Aquila, borne in Pontus, lately cū frō Italy wt his wife Priscilla (because that ye Emperoure Claudius had commaunded al ye Iewes to depart frō Rome) and he drewe vnto them, because he was of the same craft, he abode with thē, & wrought: theyr craft was to make tentes. And he preached in y Synagoge euery Saboth daye (settynge forth in the meane whyle the name of the Lorde Iesus) and exhorted the Iewes and the Gentyles.

WHan Paule had gotten thus muche gaynes (litle and slender thoughe it were) of encreasyng and auauncyng the ghospel of Christe at Athens, a cytye of very corrupte manners, he wente thence to Corinthe whiche is the chiefest marte towne in all Grece: and as it was the welthiest, so was it by reason of ryot, incontinencie, and pryde, very vicious. There he by chaunce met with a man whose name was Aquila, which obserued the Iewes religion, but was borne in Pontus, whiche Pontus, is a part of the lesse Asia, bendyng towardes the North. This person, as God would, was cum thyther but of late afore from Italye, wt his wife Priscilla, forbecause that the Emperour Clau∣dius had cōmaūded al Iewes yt were in Rome, (as there wer a great number) to auoyde the citie. And because these wer of the same crafte that Paule was, he lodged in one house togyther with them, (for he would not be alone,) labou∣ryng, as they dyd, wyth hys handes, leste he shoulde burthen any manne. And theyr crafte was to sowe together skynnes to make tentes wythall.

And lyke as Peter was not ashamed to returne to hys crafte of fyshyng, as often as nede compelled him, so the greate Apostle Paule, whiche valiaunt∣lye had sustayned and borne manye stormes for Christes sake, was nothynge ashamed to take in hande agayne sowyng of skynnes, whiche for to further the Gospell, he had for a tyme layed asyde. Yet in thys meane whyle ceased

Page lxvi

not he to preache the gospel, disputing in the sinagoge euery sabboth day both with the Iewes and also with the Gentiles.

When Sylas and Timotheus were come from Macedonia, Paule was constrayned by the spirit, to testifie to y Iewes y Iesus was very Christ. And when they sayd contrary, and blasphemed, he spoke his ayment, & sayd vnto them, your blode be vpon youre owne heades, frō henceforth wyl I go blamelesse vnto the Gentiles. And he departed thence, & entred into a certayne mans house, named Iustus, a wurshipper of god, whose house ioy∣ned hard to the Synagoge. Howbeit, one Cryspus y chiefe ruler of the sinagoge, beleued n the lorde with all his householde, & mauye of the Corinthians when they gaue audy∣ence, beleued, and were baptised.

In the meane season Sylas and Timothee, whome Paule willed to fo∣lowe him to Athens, came frome Macedonie. This dooen, Paule, because he was muche sorie that he had dooen veary lytle good there, was constrayned by the spirite neuerthelesse, to preache yet dylygentlye Iesus of Nazareth to the Iewes, afyrmyng that he was Messias, whome the Prophetes hadde be∣fore promysed, that throughe hym onelye and none other, man shoulde ob∣tayne saluacion. But whan they clamoured agaynste hym, yea in so much that they were not afrayde blasphemouslye and slaunderously to speake agaynste Iesus and Paule, he hauyng in remembraunce what the gospell in that case woulde hym to doe, shooke his lappe, as who shoulde saye, that he cast in their teeth that he had freely brought vnto them the message of saluacion, whiche they ought to haue ioyfully receyued, and sayed vnto them: If you had rather perishe then to be saued, stande ye to your owne harme, for asmuche as ye are the occasion of your owne death. For seeyng that I haue doen my duetye, the fault cannot be layed to me. Wherefore I wyll hereafter go to the Gentiles ac∣cordynge as the lorde commaunded vs. And in this wyse he, withdrawyng himselfe from the cumpany of the Iewes, entred into the house of a certayn man named Titus, and Iustus by syrname, a man that was well dysposed, who dwelte harde by the Synagoge. Than Crispus whiche was chiefe of the Sinagoge, by reason that he dwelled nere, beleued in the Lorde with all hys whole householde: and diuerse others of the Corinthians after they had heard Paule, beleued, and were christened.

[ The texte.] ¶Than spake the lord to Paule in the night by a vision: be not afrayed, but speake, and holde not thy peace: for I am with the, & no man shall inuade thee that shall hurte thee. For I haue muche people in this citie. And he contynued thee a yeare & syxe monethes, and taught them the worde of God.

But whan Paul had there neyther, not profited so muche as his moste gre∣die desyre and dilygente sekyng was, by reason that the Iewes didde stiffely barke agaynste hym, and he had in hys mynde purposed to leaue Corinthus, the Lorde stayed hys wauerynge mynde, apperyng to hym in hys sleepe in a vision, and saying: let not the stubbernesse of the Iewes feare thee, neyther kepe thou close the doctrine of the ghospell for theyr cause: for thou muste not more regarde the inuincible malice of a fewe, then the health of many. Wher∣fore continue boldly in preachyng the gospell, and put thy truste in me, and I shall reskewe and defende the agaynste theym, be they neuer so manye. And n man shall set handes on thee to vexe or trouble thee, for I wyll be thy defen∣doure.

Page [unnumbered]

Wherfore departe not hence, for in this citie (thoughe it bee vicious) there is a greate numbre of people whiche I haue already appointed to lyfe e∣uerlastyng. Whan Paul hearde this, he leauyng and forsaking his own pur∣pose and determynacion, whiche was but of mannes deuise, and obeyng the counsell of God, continued at Corinthe a yeare and an halfe, constantely and frankly preaching the ghospell.

[ The texte.] ¶Whan Gallio was rewler of the cuntrey of Achaia, the Iewes made an insurreccion with one accorde against Paul, & brought him to the iudgement seat, saying: this fellow coūselleth men to wurshyp God contrary to y law. And now whan Paul was aboute to open his mouth, Gallio sayd vnto the Iewes: yf it were a matter of wrong, or an euyll dede (O ye Iewes) reason would that I shuld heare you: but if it be a questiō of wordes or of names, or of your law, loke ye to it your selues. For I wil be no iudge of such mat∣ters, & he draue them from y seat. Than all the Grekes toke Sosthenes the chiefe rew∣ler of y Synagoge, & smote hym before y iudges seat. And Gallio cared for none of those thynges.

And whereas one Gallio beyng proconsull, that is to saye the lorde depu∣tie there, dyd in those dayes rule the realme of Achaia vnder Ceasar the Em∣peroure, within whiche countreye the sayed citie of Corinthe is situate, the Iewes whiche had made conspiracie agaynst Paule, and a cōmocion among the people, drewe hym before the place of iudgement where the lorde deputie sate, accusyng hym, and saying: This man contrarye to Moyses lawe, counse∣leth men to wurshyp God after a newe sorte, and bryngeth in newe trades of religion. Whiche complaynte whan Paul openyng his mouthe was about to make answere vnto, Gallio perceyuyng by the accusacion or enditement that was brought in and declared, howe the controuersye betwene theym concer∣ned the Iewishe religion, dyd fynd a meane to ridde his handes of the exami∣nacion thereof: And preuentyng Paule, who was than in a redinesse to speake in defence and declaracion of hymselfe, sayed vnto the Iewes: Maysters, I occupie here the roume of an officer to minister iustice in causes, by the autho∣ritie of the Emperour, and to see ciuile iustice kepte, and that nothing be doen agaynst the common ciuile lawes of Rome. Wherfore yf wrong were doen to any man, or anye haynous dede of mischiefe commytted, that ought to be pu∣nyshed by the lawes, ye myght iustly compell me, yea and it were my duety, to heare you. For the serchyng out of suche matiers appertayneth vnto me. But if it be no suche matier, but some speciall or priuate contencion, that is growē emong your selues, about names of sectes, or cōmunicacion of the Iewes reli∣gion, & of your own countrey lawes emong certayne pryuate persones of your own selfe: because neither it appertayneth to myne office, nor I can discusse thē whiche am ignoraunte of your lawe, it were beste for you to make an ende of it youre selues. For I will medle in no suche matiers. With these woordes he caused them to auoyde from the place where he sate in iudgemēt. The Grekes seeyng thys, smote Sosthenes whyche was of the chief of the Sinagoge, be∣cause that he and his household had takē Paules part, forsakyng the Iewes: and were more moued with Sosthenes then with Paul, because they suppo∣sed that Paule could haue doen nothyng at Corinthe, vnlesse that he had bene maynteyned by Sosthenes. Yet for all this, the proconsul would not meddle, seyng this businesse, but dissembleth that he sawe it. Forasmuche as the Ro∣maynes

Page lxvi

hated the Iewes, and yet put no difference betwene a Iewe and a christen man, the proconsull, whiche was a Romayne, did not passe or regarde what one Iewe dyd vnto another, beeyng perfecte that that sorte of people, had wonte to be euery where busy and full of trouble and contencion.

[ The texte.] Paule after this, taried there yet a good while, & than toke his leaue of the brethren & sayled thence into Siria, Priscilla, & Aquila accoūpanying him. And shore his heade in Cenchrea, for he had a vowe. And he came to Ephesus, & left thē there, but he himself en∣tred into y sinagoge, & reasoned wt the Iewes Whē they desyred him to tarye lōget time with thē, he consented not, but had thē fare well, saying: I must nedes (at this feast that cūmeth) be in Hierusalē: but I wil returne agayne vnto you yf god wil. And he departed frō Ephesus: & whan he was come vnto Cesarea, & assēded vp, & saluted the congregaciō, he departed vnto Antioche: & whē he had taried there a while, he departed, & wente ouer al the countrey of Galacia, and Phrigia by order, strengthenyng all the disciples.

But Paul hauyng in mynde the warnyng that god had gyuen hym, thoughe he perceyued the rage of the Iewes daylye to encrease more and more, yet he contynued there a good sorte of dayes more. And at the laste perceyuyng that the gospel was wel forward there, he thought it best to depart for a season and to geue place to the furious rageyng of the Iewes. And so takyng his leaue of y brethren, he appoynted to sayle into Siria, hauyng Aquila with hym and his wyfe Priscilla. And forasmuche as Paul perceyued that the Iewes were most moued, because that he a man borne vnder the Iewes lawe, semed to sette no store by the tradicions of the lawe, before he toke shyppyng at Cenchrea, whiche is the hauen at Corinthe he shore his heade, makyng a solemne vowe accordyng as the custome was among the Iewes.

He did not this craftily to colour or to feigne with them, but he had regarde vnto charitie, that they should not be offended. For is desyre was to wynne theym all to the gospell, and therfore did he frame himselfe to al mennes appe∣tites, as nere as he could, to thentent that he myght wynne them all to Christ. Emong the Iewes, he ordred himselfe as a Iewe, and whan he was emonge those that were not circumcised, he also behaued himselfe as a man vncircum∣cised. But thus bare he with them for a space, because they were so wedded to supersticion, that they could not easely bee plucked from it, vntyll suche tyme as the trueth of the gospell myght more clerely spryng abrode. For to make a vowe and to shere thy head vpon thesame, is not that thinge whiche of it selfe is euyll: but to put confidence in suche Iewyshe ceremonies is damnable. And in like manier, circumcision hurteth not a man that beleueth in Christe, neyther yet to be vncircumcised, in whiche matier at a tyme it is the parte of charitie to geue place, vntyl a man see oportunitie, and in suche wyse as whan he shall haue oportunitie, he speake against thesame. But in all other matiers that of themselues are nought, we must not geue place to any mannes weake∣nesse. For Paul neuer bare with the Gentiles in any matier of cōmitting ad∣uoutrye, or wurshyppyng Idolles: but in famyliar conuersacion together, in neglecting choyse of meates, in cityng or allegeyng their Poetes, sometyme he bare with them. So firste they arryued at Ephesus, whiche is a citie vpon the sea syde in the lesse Asia, whiche properly and without any other addicion, had wonte to be called Asia. There he lefte Aquila and Priscilla, who were desirous to tarye and to dwell at Ephesus. And himselfe entring into the Si∣nagoge of the Iewes that dwelte there, disputed with theym. Of whom whan he was desired to continue there a great while, he excused hymselfe, and toke

Page [unnumbered]

his leaue of them, and puttyng them in hope that he woulde shortely see theim agayne, he coumforted them in this wise: There is no remedy, I muste nedes kepe this feaste that is nowe at hande, in Hierusalem, but I wyll returne a∣gayne vnto you, by goddes grace. Whan he had spoken these wordes, he de∣parted from Ephesus, and sayled towardes Hierusalem: and whan he hadde arryued at Cesarea, a cytie in y countrey of Palestine, he wente vp to Hieru∣salem, and saluted the congregacion. From thence he toke his iourney to An∣tioche that is in Syria. After he had taried there a while he wente forewarde on his iourney that he had begon, goyng ouer all the countrey of Galacia, and Phrigia, confirmyng the disciples fayth in euery place, wheresoeuer he mette with any assembly of them. Thus carefull was Paule for hys flocke that he had wonne to Christe.

[ The texte.] ¶And a certayne Iewe named Appollos, borne at Alexandria, came to Ephesus, an elo∣quent man, & myghtie in the scriptures. The same was enformed in y way of y lorde, and spake reuerently in the spirite, & taught diligently the thinges of the lorde, & knewe but the baptisme of Iohn only. And thesame began to speake boldly in the Sinagoge. Whō whan Priscilla & Aquila had heard, they toke him vnto them, & expoūded vnto him the way of God more perfectly. And whē he was disposed to go into Achaia, y brethrē wrot, ehortyng the disciples to receyue hym. Whiche, when he was cum, helped them muche which beleued through grace. For he ouercame the Iewes mightilye, & that openly, she∣wing vp the scripture, that Iesus was Christ.

In the meane space one Apollos an Alexandrian borne, but one that kepte the Iewes religion, a man that was well learned, and had good knowlege of holy scriptures, came to Ephesus, where as Paul had left Priscilla & Aquila. This Apollos was halfe a christen man. For he had learned the rudimentes and first rewles of the ghospel, of the christen men, and wyth feruente desire he dyd communicate thesame to others, that himself had learned, and suche thyn∣ges as he knewe of Iesus, before that he the sayed Apollos was christened with Christes baptisme, (wherby grace was more plētifully geuen) he taught diligentlye, but as yet he knewe not the sayed baptisme of Christe, but knewe onely the baptysme of Iohn, wherby penaunce was taught and preached. This Apollos beyng not yet fully enstructed in those thinges that Christ had taught, thought that sufficiente: Whome whan Priscilla and Aquila hearde boldely speake of Iesus, but yet in suche sorte that they well perceyued hym to bee not fully instructed in the principles of the gospell, and seeyng hym en∣dued with so many good qualities, that, as it appered, he woulde bee an ex∣cellent preacher and setter foorth of Christes name, they toke hym home with them, and seuerallye taught him more perfectly the misteries of the ghospell, according to the doctrine that Paul had taught them before. They refused not him to be a teacher, whiche thoughe he were diligent, yet was not perfecte: and he on the other syde disdayned not to be monished of any manne what euer he were. They gaue exaumple in so doyng, that suche oughte gently to be holpen forwardes, in whome any hope of doyng well remayneth. Agayne here is an exaumple, that we muste gladly learne of any man suche thynges, the know∣lege wherof cannot be let passe without perill of damnacion. Apollos was christened in the name of Iesus, and receyued the holy ghoste. But than after∣wardes he was desyrous to go into Achaia, where as Corinthe is, to the ende

Page lxvii

that he myght preache the ghospell: the brethren seeyng hym wyllyng of hys own accorde, dyd set him forwardes, and more prouoked hym to it, and wrote letters in commendacion of him, to the disciples in Achaia, that they shoulde receyue hym. Who did after his cumming thyther, muche good vnto thē, that had bene conuerted to the fayth, and valiauntly dyd sette foorth the ghospell. For the holy ghoste holpe to set forwardes his eloquence that he had ioyned with knowlege of the holy scriptures. With whiche weapons he beeyng ar∣med, did stoutly put the Iewes to sylence, that continually contended against the young sowen corne of the ghospell that was bladyng vp, shewyng openly and also playnelye by euydente testimonies of the scriptures, that Iesus was the same Messias, whom the Iewes had so many hundred yeares looked for, and that all thinges that the Prophetes spake before of Messias, dyd agree in him.

The .xix. Chapter.
[ The texte.] It fortuned that whyle Appollo was at Corinthe, Paul passed through the vpper coa∣stes, & came to Ephesus, and founde certayne disciples, and saide vnto them: haue ye re∣ceyued the holy ghost, sence ye beleued: And they sayed vnto him: no, we haue not hearde whether ther be any holy gost or no. And he sayd vnto them, wherwith wer ye than bap∣tised? And they sayed: with Iohns baptisme. Than sayed Paul: Iohn verely Baptised with the baptisme of repentaunce, saying vnto the people yt they shoulde beleue on hym: which should come after him: yt is on Christ Iesus. Whē they heard this, they wer bap∣tysed in the name of the lorde Iesu. And whan Paule had layed his handes vpon them▪ the holy gost came on them, and they spake with tounges, and prophecied, and all ye men were about twelue.

BUt euen as Priscilla and Aquila hadde amended Apol∣los in suche poyntes as he lacked, beeyng necessarye for a christen manne to haue, so Paule fyndynge others in lyke takyng, dyd. For whiles that Apollos was at Corinthe, whiche is the chiefe citie in Achaia: it chaun∣ced that Paule, after he had goen ouer the other coun∣treyes of Asia the lesse, whyche declyne mooste to the Northe and Easte, returned to Ephesus. There founde he certayne of the disciples that were no perfecte Chri∣stians, whiche were in one flocke emong the other brethren. Wherfore Paule to the intent that he myght more perfectly instructe theym, asked whether that they had receyued the holy ghoste, synce the tyme that they were conuerted to the faythe. They, forasmuche as theyr erroure was of no malyce, but of plaine ignoraunce, frākely aunswered and freely as it was in dede, and sayed: No, neyther haue we euer hearde yet hytherto, whether there be anye holy ghoste, that is gyuen to them that beleue. Than saied Paule, forasmuche as ye are ta∣ken for christen men, whose baptisme than were ye baptised with? They made aunswere: with the baptisme of Iohn: for we thought that sufficient for vs. Than sayed Paule: In that haue ye not doen amisse, that in tymes past before the ghospell came to mannes knowleage abrode, ye receiued Iohns baptisme. But that is not sufficient for your eternal saluacion. For lyke as ye doctrine of

Page [unnumbered]

Iohn was not perfect, but did onely testifie of Iesus that he was the true gy∣uer of saluacion, who shoulde come after him, makyng readye theyr myndes, that they should beleue hym whan he came: so dyd not Iohns baptisme who∣ly iustifie, but onely exhorted menne, that by repentaunce for theyr life mispēt they shoulde prepare theyr hertes for the Phisicion that woulde strayghte af∣terwardes come, whiche with his baptisme throughe faith, woulde take a∣waye all maner of synnes, and by his spirite should enryche the myndes of the faythfull with heauenly gyftes of grace. This tradicion had the Apostles re∣ceyued of Iesus the Lorde, that they that beleued in the ghospell, shoulde be christened in the name of the father, of the sonne, and of the holy ghoste. They that erred onely through simplicitie, and for lacke of knowleage onelye, deser∣ued thus to be instructed. And they beyng once warned hereof, obeyed theyr counsellours, and immediatly were christened in the name of Iesus the lorde. This doen whan Paule had layed his handes on them, the holy ghoste came down on them, and the thing it selfe that ensued, dyd manifestly expresse what the visible token meaned. For they did both speake diuerse languages, and prophecied also of hidden and secrete thynges that were to come. The numbre of those persons that were men, amounted euen to a dosen or ther about.

[ The texte.] ¶And he went into the synagoge, and behaued himself boldly for the space of three mo∣nethes, disputing and geuyng them exhortacions of the kyngdom of God. Whē diuerse wexed hard harted & beleued not, but spake euell of the waye (and that before the multi∣tude) he departed frō them, & separated the disciples. And he disputed daily in ye schoole of one called Tyrannus.

Whan Paule had this doen, and as a man woulde saye, had renewed his authoritie, forasmuche as he beyng the preacher of the gentiles, had geuen the holy ghost by laying on his hande ouer the faythfull, euen as the other Apo∣stles had doen, he entryng into the Sinagoge of ye Iewes that dwelled there, openly and freely spake to all men, preachyng that hope of saluacion was to be obteyned by Iesus onely: whiche thing he dyd me then fewe dayes, for it was the space of whole three monethes, disputyng of the kyngdome of God, whiche is heauenly and spiritual, agaynst them that with tooth and nayle stif∣ly vpheld the carnall kyngdome of the lawe. But whan certayne of the Si∣nagoge gaue no credence to those thynges, that were spoken of Paule, but stubbernely resisted, insomuche that openly before the multitude they blasphe∣mously spake agaynst the doctrine of the ghospell: Paule perceyuyng that it was to be feared, lest that they that beleued myght bee corrupted by their ma∣lice, left the synagoge of the Iewes, and dyd lykewyse separate the disciples from theym, and yet he ceassed not in the meane season to preache the ghospel. But he dayly disputed in the schoole of one Tyrannus, hauynge euen than in mynd, the image of a pure churche, that were not corrupted with the leauen of the synagoge, whiche churche shoulde receyue none but those that woulde learne, and that woulde reiecte suche as were praters, and blasphemous per∣sons.

[ The texte.] And this continued by the space of two yeres: so that all they that dwelt in Asia, hearde the worde of the lord Iesu, both Iewes & Grekes. And god wroughte speciall myracles by ye handes of Paul: so that frō his body, were brought vnto ye sycke, napkyns & part∣lettes, and the diseases departed from thē, and the euyll spirites went out of them.

Page lxviii

Thus dyd he continue by the space of two yeres, with suche successe, that not onely the Ephesians, but also diuers others, some Iewes, and some Gen∣tiles (that resorted thyther from that parte of Asia the lesse, whiche properlye is named Asia, where as Ephesus is) gaue eare vnto the ghospell. And myra∣cles did cause them to beleue his preachyng, for god wrought both many, and also great woonders by the handes of Paule, insomuche that he put awaye diseases, not with woordes or by touchyng onely, but also napkins and part∣lettes, whiche had touched Paules bodye, were caried to the sicke, that were so faynt that they coulde not come to Paule, and with touchyng therof aswell diseases, as also euill spirites were put away. So great confidence had Paul on Iesus whom he preached.

[ The texte.] ¶Than certayne of the vagabound Iewes, exorcistes, toke vpon them to call ouer them (which had euil spirites) the name of ye lord Iesus, saying: we adiure you by Iesu, whō Paule preacheth. And there wer seuen sonnes of one Sceua a Iewe, and chiefe of ye prie∣stes, whiche did so. And the euyll spirite answered and sayd: Iesus I knowe, and Paule I know, but who are ye? And the man in whom the euyll spirite was, ranne on them, & o∣uercame theym, & preuayled agaynst them, so that they fled out of that house naked, and also wounded. And this was knowen to all the Iewes, & Grekes also, which dwelte at Ephesus, and feare came on thē all, and the name of the lord Iesus was magnified. And many that beleued, came & confessed and shewed their workes. Many of them whiche v∣sed curious craftes, brought theyr bokes, and burned thē before al men. And they accoūp∣ted the price of them, and found it fiftie thousand siluerlinges. So mightily growed the worde of God, and preuayled.

Whiche thing whan certayne Iewes perceyued, whiche were of that sorte of men, that go about and for lucre do cast out euil spirites, with certaine ceremonies and solemne prescribed woordes, as it were of coniuracion, cra∣kyng that they had receyued thys cunnyng of Salomon, whom they affirmed to be the authour therof, they also attempted to cast out euyll spirites by inuo∣cacion of the name of our lorde Iesus, not bycause they entended to set foorth the glory of his name, or because they woulde endeuour themselues to do men good, but because that they supposed thereby to get more aduauntage, & grea∣ter name. Wherfore they chaungeyng certayne wordes wherewith they hadde woonte to coniure, sayde to the euill spirites: I coniure you in the name of Ie∣sus, whom Paule preacheth, that ye departe. This especially dyd the seuen sonnes of one whose name was Sceua, whiche was a Iewe, and one of the chief priestes. And whan they attempted in this wyse, to proue thys kynde of coniuration, on a certayne manne that was possessed with an euyll spirite, the euill spirite aunswered to those coniurers: I knowe Iesus, by vertue of whose name, ye go about to feare me, I knowe also Paule the seruaunt and profes∣sour of Christe, but what be you, that abuse the name of Iesus, and Paule, to your lucre, wheras ye are the disciples neither of Iesus, ne yet of Paule? And assone as he had spoken these wordes, the man that was possessed wyth the e∣uyll spirite, anne vpon these exorcistes, and coniurers, and gotte the ouer hāde of them, insomuche that they had muche a doe to escape with theyr lyues, and scarce got away at last naked and wounded, oute of the house. This thing after it was bruted abrode, and knowen throughe oute the citie of Ephesus, both emong the Iewes and the Gentiles that occupied there▪ they were sore afrayed euerye man, and muche praysed the name of the lorde Iesus, whyche

Page [unnumbered]

was so healthfull to all suche as beleued well, that it woulde not bee applyed to ye lucre or glorye of any man. And this the mischaunce of fewe, dyd profytte many. For many one being afrayed by the ensample of the sonnes of Sceua, and specially suche as had begon to beleue the gospell, whan as they saw that punishmente was ready at hande for suche, as called vpon the name of Iesus with vncleane heartes, they repayred to Paule, confessing, and vtteryng their offences, that by penaunce they might escape the punishment of God. For the citie of Ephesus was more then all other, geuen to supersticious craftes, as this their owne prouerbe doeth withnesse: The Ephesians learning: by which prouerbe was sygnified sorceries and wordes of coniuracion, whiche the E∣phesians learned and vsed, that they might prosper and haue good happe in al thinges yt they went about, and might preuayle against others in any thing that they attempted. Wherefore many were there in that citie whiche beeyng seduced, had eyther vsed such Iudaical coniurations, or els had geuen credite vnto them. And besides this, dyuerse of those that had vsed magical and curi∣ouse craftes, brought their bokes to the common market place, and burned thē in the sight of al persones. Wherof there was so great a noumber, that the va∣lue of them, whan it was rated by castyng accoumpte of it, amounted to the summe of fiftie thousande pieces of syluer coyne, euerye piece beeyng in value aboute a grote sterlyng or more. But the losse of this moneye was greate ad∣uauntage to ye furtheryng of the ghospell. For by meanes hereof, the worde of God did muche increace and waxed strong, whiche woorde was to their salua∣cion that fully without glosyng and clokyng, dyd embrace it: but to suche, as did not vprightly walke therin, it was terrible.

[ The texte.] After these thynges were ended, Paule purposed in the spirite (whan he passed ouer Macedonia and Achaia) to goe to Hierusalē, saying: after I haue bene there, I must al∣so see Rome. So sent he into Macedonia, two of thē that ministred vnto him, euē Timo∣theus and Erastus: but he hymselfe remayned in Asia for a season.

Whan Paul had thus happely spedde by the space of two yeares, conti∣nuyng at Ephesus, he was monyshed by the holy ghost, to departe thence, and so purposed with himselfe to walke ouer Macedonia and Achaia, and than to take his iourneye to Hierusalem, saying: I muste see Rome also, but I wyll fyrste go to Hierusalem. Whan he had fully decreed thus with himselfe, he sent before hym, a couple of those that awayted on hym, that is to saye, Ty∣mothee and Erastus, vnto Macedonie, to gather mennes almesse for succou∣ryng those nedy that were at Hierusalem, and that they myghte make readye theyr myndes agaynst Paule came. But Paule hymselfe stayed for a season in Asia.

[ The texte.] ¶The same tyme there arose no lytle a doe aboute that way: For a certayne man named Demetrius, a syluersmith (which made siluer shrynes for Diana) was not a lytle bene∣ficial vnto ye craftesmen. Whō he called together wt the workemē of like occupacion, and sayd: Syrs ye know that by this crafte we haue aduauntage. Moreouer, ye see & heare, that not alone at Ephesus, but almost throughout Asia, this Paule hath perswaded and turned away muche people, saying that they are not Goddes which are made with han∣des. So yt not only this our crafte cūmeth into parel to be set at naught: but also that the temple of the great goddesse Diana, should be despised, and her magnificence should bee destroyed, whom all Asia and the worlde wurshyppeth.

Aboute thys tyme, a greuous commocion was stirred vp agaynst the gos∣pell

Page lxix

among the Ephesians: but not by the Iewes than, as it was accustomed before to be, but by suche as stycked ouermuche to the tradicion, that they had receyued of theyr forefathers, as concernyng the supersticious wurshippyng of their goddes. The Ephesians, as is afore sayed, were wonderfullye gyuen to curious learning, and Diana (as the Gentiles supposed) had a great power in enchauntementes, and therefore they sayed she had three faces or headdes, as Hecate had. This was the cause that she was so greatly worshipped at E∣phesus. Marke here nowe that lucre and gaynes was the firste occasion of this commocion, and the supersticious people furtherers to the same. For there was at Ephesus in those dayes, a certayne man named Demetrius, a siluersmyth by his occupacion. This Demetrius, where as he was a maker of siluer shrynes or tabernacles for Diana, because the moone in colour some∣what resembleth siluer, procured for all that were good craftes men of ye same occupacion, no small gaynes. Wherefore Demetrius called together, al suche as had aduauntage by makyng ymages of Diana, and all craftes men of the same occupacion whom he knewe would fauour his cause, because they were of the same crafte, and made a sedicious oracion in this wyse: Maisters, it is time for vs to loke to oure profyte with all oure endeuour. I nede not make rehearsal, for it is well knowen vnto you all, that our crafte is very gaynefull throughout all Asia, by reason that Diana is so worshipped, which religiō yf it shoulde fayle, nedes muste it folowe, that our auauntage shalbe smalle. But ye bothe heare and see, (for the matter is playne and open) that thys felowe Paule hath preached here these .ii. yeres nowe, that those goddes, whiche are made by the handes of man, are no goddes: neyther any ymage to haue anye power of the goddes in them, that is either grauen of tymbre, or made of anye metall in mouldes. And by this his preaching hath he perswaded manye, not here in Ephesus onelye, but also thorowe all Asia, and hathe turned an huge noumbre of people from worshipping of the goddes. Nowe forasmuche as this crafte is our lyuyng, and thereby we fynde also oure howsholdes, what shall els come of it, but yf this his preaching continue, our gaynes and liuing wyll decay, and we shall fall into pouertie? Wherefore if we shoulde nowe let this matter slippe, we myght well be accoumpted very slacke in lokyng to our owne profites. But yf there be any man here present, that passeth light on this daungier of leesyng his profite and gaynes, by the decaye of our crafte, where∣by we now haue great lucre and aduauntage, yet the common religion ought to moue all menne, forasmuch as if we suffer Paule to continue in doing these thinges without punishemente, we see it is to be feared, leste that the temple of the greate goddesse Diana, whiche is nowe of great▪ fame and renoume, & whereunto men of their zeale & deuocion haue now dayly great recourse, and whiche is enriched with great offerynges, shal in processe bee had in no repu∣tacion at all. For who is so mad to wurshyp the tēple yf he be perswaded that the patrone of the tēple is no god? And by this meane will it come to passe, yt a goddesse so full of maiestie, and beyng at this day for many causes, iustely had in great honour, shall by lytle & litle be rooted out of mens mindes and hertes, whereas she is nowe worshypped, not in this citye onely and in Asia, but also thorow out all the whole world. And therefore yf ye suppose it be a wise man∣nes part to see to his profite, in case ye thinke it bee a godlye thyng to defende the goddes of our countreye from dishonoure, nowe shewe youre selues to be

Page [unnumbered]

men outright, and helpe to withstande this mischief that is at hande.

[ The texte.] ¶Whan they herde these thinges they were full of wrath, and cried out, saying: Great is Diana of the Ephesians. And al the citie was on a roare, and they rushed into the cō∣mon halle with one assent, and caught Caius and Aristarchus, men of Macedonia, being Paules cōpaignions. Whan Paule would haue entred in to ye people, the disciples suf∣fred him not. But certayne of ye chiefe of Asia (which were his frēdes) set vnto him desi∣ryng him that he would not prease into the cōmon halle. Sum therfore cried one thing, and some another, and the cōgregacion was all out of quiete, and the more parte knewe not wherfore they were come together.

With this oracion the myndes of the multitude were so stirred vp, that eue∣ry one of them began to crie with greate lowdnesse▪ Diana the great goddesse of Ephesus. With this same so sedicious a clamoure, all the whole citie of E∣phesus was stirred vp, and as the people ranne hastely, the multitude of them beeyng cleane out of al order, they mette together, and made strayght waye to the cōmon place of the citie, where plaies and syghtes are wonte to be shewed, and in suche a place commonly the people, beyng in any rage or fury, is moste mayster, & beginneth frayes and sedicions, and thither they haled with theym by force and violence, a couple of men beeyng Macedonians borne, that is to wete Caius and Aristarchus, whiche were two companions of Paules. But whan Paule vnderstandyng what had bene doen, was in minde to come forth before the multitude, partly to helpe his felowes, and partely to perswade and pacifie the people, the disciples woulde not suffer hym, thynkyng it to bee an vnaduised parte for him to delyuer hymselfe to the multitude, beeyng in suche a rage, seeyng that he coulde thereby nothyng at all further the ghospel. Besydes the disciples, others also the pieres and chief rewlers of Asia, whiche although they had not hitherto professed the name of Christ; yet inasmuche as they wished nothing but good to Paule, sente worde vnto hym and required him in their names, that he woulde not put himselfe in daungier with the mul∣titude, which than was muche moued agaynst him, and vp in a greate roare. In the meane space there was amōg the people, many sōdry murmouringes, neuer an one lyke another. For (as in suche cases commonlye it chaunceth) one cryed that one thing was to be doen, another another thyng. For the multi∣tude was gathered together of diuerse nacions, and they emong themselues of sundrye myndes, insomuche that some there were, yea, the moste parte of them, that wiste not what the matter was, that they were come thither for.

[ The texte.] Some of the cumpany drewe forth Alexander, the Iewes thrustyng him forwardes. Alexander beckened with the hande, and would haue geuen the people an answer. Whē they knewe that he was a Iewe, there arose a shoute almost for the space of two houres of all men, crying: great is Diana of the Ephesians.

Wherfore the veray tyme required that some man should make an oracyon vnto them, whyche was in fauour with the people, that this sodayne commo∣cion myght by some meanes be asswaged and pacified. Than was there one Alexander compelled to stande foorthe out of the thickest prease of the people, by reason that the Iewes dyd thruste hym forwarde to cease thys sedicious commocion with some oracion. For no man durste bee so bolde, as to treate or to make anye woordes of the matter before the multitude, that was than in a rage, and in diuerse and sondrye myndes, forasmuche as whatsoeuer shoulde bee spoken, it coulde not bee chosen but that one parte or other would be offē∣ded

Page lxx

with it. Wherefore he beyng so thruste forwardes, beckened wyth hys hande, and desyred them to geue eare vnto hym, and was than aboute to haue made some aunswere. But whan as the multitude vnderstode that Alexander was a Iewe, (which people wurshippe one God, & abhorreth the goddes of the Gentyles,) then was this tumulte eftsones renewed, forsomuche as they sup∣posed that he would saye somewhat to the dishonour of their goddesse Diana. Wherefore they all cryed with one voice. Diana the great goddesse of Ephe∣sus. And thus they continued crying, by the space of almoste two houres.

[ The texte.] Whā the towne clarke had ceased the people, he sayed: Ye men of Ephesus, what man is it that knoweth not, how that the citie of ye Ephesians is a wurshypper of the greate goddesse Diana, of the image whiche came from heauē. Seyng than that no man sayeth here agaynst, ye ought to be cōtente, & to do nothyng rashely: For ye haue brought hyther these men, which are neyther robbers of Churches, nor yet despisers of your goddesse. Wherfore, if Demetrius and the craftes men which are with him, haue matter agaynst any man, the lawe is open, & there are rewlers, let thē accuse one another, but yf ye go a∣bout any other thīg, it shalbe determined in a lawful cōgregaciō. For we are in ieopardy to be accused of this daies vproure, forasmuch as there is no cause, wherby we may geue a rekenyng of this cōcourse of people. And when he had thus spoken, he let the congrega∣cion departe.

But at the last whan as the Scribe of the citie had entreated the multitude to kepe silence, Alexander spake vnto them in this wise: Ye men of Ephesus, for what purpose do ye make all this clamour and buisinesse? For what man is there lyuyng so ignoraunt, but that he knoweth howe the citie of Ephesus doeth wurship greate Diana, and her ymage that fell from heauen? And for∣asmuche as no man sayeth contrary to the thinges that ye affirme, ye nede not to make all this businesse, but ye must go peaceably to worke and do nothing rashely. For ye haue brought hither these two men, whiche haue neyther com∣mitted sacrilege, by robbyng any Churche or other holy place, ne yet blasphe∣mie agaynst your goddesse. If it so wer thā the people might iustely flocke to∣gether and reuenge their quarell. But if that Demetrius the siluersmithe, and other his adherentes of the same occupacion, that were the occasion of al this buisinesse, haue any matter to lay to any mannes charge, thei nede not thus to runne into the opē place, whiche was made for an other purpose, that is to say, for enterludes, and pageauntes, wrastlyng, and suche other syghtes, nor yet thus sediciously to make this vnlawfull assemblie, with such greate clamoure and woonder. For there be lawes here in this citie, there is sessions kept, and there be officers sent from the Emperour, by the name of proconsuls, or lorde deputies that may discusse suche causes, and maye ende all controuersies, and matters of vitiaunce, and maye punyshe the malefactours. Let them there pleade theyr matters, that were the occasion of this assembly, forasmuche as it apperteyneth not to the commons to medle with their priuate matters. Yet yf it were so that the matter were publike, and pertayned to the commons, it were not for al that nedefull to discusse it so sediciously: But yf ye require that any thyng bee doen, it maye be brought to passe in a lawfull assemblye, called together by those that haue authoritie, and in due fourme, accordyngly. Now is it to be feared, lest that we be complayned of vnto thofficers for this cōmo∣cion, and that it be thought that we went about to make an insurreccion, see∣yng that we can allege no probable cause, wherfore this assemblye of the peo∣ple was gathered together into the common place of enterludes, sightes, and games. Whan he had thus sayde, the multitude departed.

Page [unnumbered]

The .xx. Chapter.
[ The texte.] ¶After that the rage was ceased, Paule called the disciples vnto him, and tooke hys leaue of them, and departed for to go into Macedonia. And whā he had gone ouer those partes, and had geuen them a long exhortacion, he came into Grece, and there abode thre monethes. And whan the Iewes layd wayte for him, as he was about to sayle into Si∣ria, he purposed to returne through Macedonia. There accoūpanied him into Asia, So∣sipater of Berrea: & of Thessalonia, Atistareus and Secundus, & Gaus of Derba, and Timotheus: and out of Asia, Tichieus, and Trophimus. These going before, taried vs at Troas. And we sayled away from Philippos after the dayes of swete breade, & came vnto them to Troas in fyne dayes, where we abode seuen dayes.

AFter that this commocion was cleane ceassed, Paule called the disciples together, and exhorted them stedfastly to continue in those matters, that they had taken in hande, concernyng their fayth in Christ: than he enbraced them, and bad them farewell, and so departed towarde Macedonia. And after that he hadde walked ouer the parties of Macedonia, and had geuen exhor∣tacion at large to the congregacions wheresoeuer he chaunced to meete wyth any of them, wylling them to continue in the puritie of the ghospell, and that they should profite therin, he came to that part which is properly called Grece, in whiche Grece, Achaia is situated: Where, after that they had continued by the space of three monethes, and were aboute to departe thence and to sayle into Syria, he perceyued that the Iewes had layed awayt to hurt him in that iourney by water, he therfore thoughte it better to take shyppyng at an other hauen, and to returne to Macedonia agayne, and from thence to sayle to Sy∣ria, where as he firste ariued, whan he came to Macedonia. At this iourneye Sosipater of Berrea sonne vnto Pyrthus, and besydes him Aristarchus, and Secundus, beeyng both of them Thessalonians, and besydes these, also Ca∣ius of Derba, & Timothie were with vs. And besides them Tichicus & Tro∣phimus, bothe of them beeyng of Asia. These men whyles that Paule taryed in Macedonia, had goen before to make ready all thinges that were necessari, to entre the sea without daungier, and taried oure commyng at Troas. We passed by Macedonia, and so came to Philippos: From thence, after the daies of swete breade, whiche folowe easter, immediatly we departed, and wythin fyue dayes we came vnto them at Troas, where we taried seuen dayes.

[ The texte.] ¶And vpon one of the Sabboth dayes, whan the disciples came together for to breake bread, Paul preached vnto thē, ready to depart on the morow: and cōtinued ye preaching vnto mydnight. And there wer many lightes in the chāber where we wer gathered toge∣ther, & there sate in a windore a certayne young man named Eutichus, beyng fallen into a depe slepe. And as Paule was preaching, he was more ouercome with slepe, & fel down from the thyrd lofte, and was taken vp deade. But when Paule wente downe he fell on hym, and embraced hym, and said: make nothing a do, for his life is in him. So whan he was come vp agayne, & had broken the bread and eaten, and talked a long while (euē tyll the morning) at the last he departed. And they brought the young man alyue, and were not a lytle coumforted.

There chaunced a wondrefull notable thing. For vpō one of the Sabboth dayes, whan the disciples were assembled, as theyr custome was, to breake

Page lxxi

breade, Paule playing eache where the parte of a good pastour, refreshed their myndes with preachyng of scriptures, and forasmuch as he was purposed the nexte daye to departe thence, he continued so preachyng vnto theym vntyll it was ferre foorth nightes. And leste that nyght myghte haue bene occasion to breake of this delectable and pleasaunt sermon, there were many candelles in the sollare wheras we were than assembled. Among the multitude there was a certayne younge manne, whose name was Eutichus, that sate in one of the wyndores. This young man by reason that Paul continued talkyng so long, wexed slepie, and at the last so sore came the slepe vpon hym, that he fell flat∣lyng downe to the grounde three floores hyghe: by and by men ranne to him, but he was founde deade, and brought into the house. Whan as Paul percey∣ued that, he came downe, & after the ensample of the prophete Hely, he bended his body, and lay vpon him, as thoughe that he dyd by enbracyng, cherishe or kepe warm the deade bodye. Whan he had so done, he turned hymselfe to the disciples, that were muche troubled with this sodeyne chaunce, and sayde: be ye nothyng troubled with this chaunce, there is yet lyfe in hym: for the bodye is not cleane deade. Whan he had thus comforted theym, he wente agayne vp into the sollare, and brake the breade, and eate thereof: and after this, whan he had agayne so long commoned with them that it began to be lyght, and that the breake of daye appeared, he toke his leaue of them, and so at length depar∣ted. So paynefull a thyng is it, for a moste louyng father to departe from his dere chyldren. And they that remayned with the young manne, broughte hym aliue and whose into the sollare agayne. Whych thyng dyd not a litle refreshe the myndes of all that were there presente. For it was not sittyng, that that same worde that bryngeth health to all men, shoulde haue bene occasion of the young mannes death.

[ The texte.] ¶And we went afore to shyppe, & leused vnto Asson, there to receyue Paul. For so had he appoynted, & would himselfe go on foote. When we were cum together at Assō, we toke him, & came to Mitilenes. And we sayled thence, & came ye nexte day ouer agaynst Chios. And the nexte day we arryued at Samos, and taried at Trogillion. The nexte daye we came to Mileton: for Paul had determined to sayle ouer by Ephesus, because he woulde not spende the tyme in Asia, for he hasted (if it wer for him possyble) to kepe at Ierusalē the day of Penthecost. And frō Mileton he sent messēgers to Ephesus, and called the el∣ders of the congregacion.

And we, whan we had taken shippyng at Troas, sayled to Asson, whyche is a citie nere to the sea syde within the countrey of Troas. For Paul had so determined that we shoulde go thyther before by water, and he would folowe by lande, either because it was more safer so to dooe, or els that he myghte salute the moe by the waye. And after that we mette togyther at Asson, and had receyued Paule into the shyppe, we came all together to Mitilene, whiche is a citie on the sea syde in the Yle of Lesbus. Thence departed we and the nexte daye after, we came agaynste Chios Ylande. Lykewyse agayne the daye folowyng, we arryued at the Ylande of Samos, and from thence sayled to Trogillion, that is a citie on the sea banke of Asia, directly agaynst Samos. There taryed we the same nyghte, and the nexte daye after, came to Mileton, whiche is a citie in Caria. And althoughe that we in oure saylyng by the coastes of Asia, shoulde fyrste come to Ephesus, then to Trogillion or

Page [unnumbered]

Mileton, yet Paule had purposed with himselfe to passe by Ephesus, lest that he shoulde spende awaye the time tarying in Asia, yf it should haue chaunced that he coulde not safely, for watche beyng layd for him, sayle into Siria. For he hastened to kepe his witsontide in Ierusalem, yf he possibly myght so do. Yet leste that he shoulde seme eyther not to regarde, or els to hate the Ephesi∣ans, he sent from Mileton, some that should wil thauncient curates of the cō∣gregacion of Ephesus, whom he had left charged with thesame congregacion, to come vnto him.

[ The texte.] ¶Which whā they were come to him, he sayd vnto them: ye know frō the first day that I came into Asia, after what maner I haue ben wt you at al seasons, seruing ye lord wt all humblenes of mynde. And with many feares, and temptacions, whiche haue happened vnto me by the lyinges in awayte of the Iewes. Because I would kepe backe nothyng▪ that was profitable vnto you. But to shew you & reache you openly, & throughout euery house, witnessing both to the Iewes, & also to the Grekes, the repentaunce yt is towarde God: And the fayth towardes our lorde Iesus.

To whome after they were come, he spake in thys wise. Brethren, I shall not nede to reherse vnto you my vpright behauiour in preaching the ghospel. It is not vnknowen vnto you your selues, whiche haue sene the same, howe I haue behaued my selfe among you, all the whyle euen from the first daye that I came into Asia, vntill this houre: and that I sought not myne owne glorye, or lucre, but that I haue obeyed the cōmaundement of our Lorde Iesus Christ in preaching his gospel, and haue in al thinges bene cōformable vnto his wil, inasmuche as I folowed his steppes, who made lowe, humbled hymselfe, and deliuered himselfe to be afflicted & tormented, and to dye, that he might clense & establyshe his churche. Euen so lykewyse hath bene my conuersacion in setting foorth the gospell, with all humilitie or lowlynesse, yea and also shame, whiche I haue suffred of the enemyes of the gospel, with often teares whiche I haue shed beyng careful for the congregacion, with muche affliccion, or trouble that I haue bene in, through the deceytes of the Iewes, that cannot abide that the benefite of the gospel should be cōmunicated and partened vnto the Gentiles. And yet none of al these mischaunces haue troubled my minde so greatly, that I haue at any tyme for feare of affliccion, let passe any thyng that apperteined to your health, neither yet haue I spared, though it were with daungier of my lyfe, to open vnto you any thyng that myght be profitable for you, and to in∣structe you both openly in the synagoges, and also priuely within mēnes hou∣ses, as occasion hath serued: not preachyng vnto you, as the Iewes myndes were that I should haue done, that is to say, circumcisiō, obseruing of sabboth dayes, and washynges, but repentaunce for your lyfe that ye did leade before, which god requireth in all men, that he maye saue all men: and full confidence in our lorde Iesus Christe, whose gospell whosoeuer beleueth, shall be saued whether he be a Iewe, or a Greke, whether circumcised, or els vncircumcised. And therefore thesame fauour and grace whiche is indifferently profered vnto all men, I haue indifferently preached vnto all men, not hauyng respect to the person, state, or degre of any manne, nor beeyng feared or discouraged by the malice of the Iewes, who for the settyng foorth and magnifying of the lawe, doe withstande the gospell: nor yet dryuen from it by the fiercenes of the Gen∣tiles, whiche do so stiffelye vpholde and maynteyne the supersticion whiche

Page lxxii

they haue receyued of theyr forefathers. For thatsame affliccion, and perse∣cucion in whiche I was here, dyd moue me, rather because I sawe that the cō∣gregacion was in some daungier, leste any man beyng offended with mine ad∣uersitie, might be alienated and turned awaye from the ghospell, then because that I passed for ye shame that I was put to, or for the sorowes or woe whyche I suffred and endured. And in case I did at any tyme eschewe perill or daun∣gier, I dyd it rather for your pleasure, to satisfye your appetites, hauyng re∣specte to your profit, then because I cared or passed any thyng for the losse of myne owne lyfe.

[ The texte.] ¶And now beholde I go bound in the spirit vnto Hierusalē, not knowyng the thynges that shall come on me there, but that the holy gost witnesseth in euerye citie saying: that bondes and trouble abyde me. But none of these thynges do moue me, neyther is my life deare vnto my selfe, yt I might fulfyl my course with ioye, & the ministraciō of the word whiche I haue receiued of the lorde Iesu, to testifye the ghospell of the grace of god.

And I am very glad that I haue so done. Yea and nowe, thoughe I bee free in bodye and not in any bandes, yet beyng in spirite or mynde, as it were, in holde, I take my iourney towardes Hierusalem, where I am not verye cer∣teyne what wyll become of me, but onely because that the holy ghost in euerye citie, partely by mouthes of the prophetes, and partely in myne owne mynde, doeth sygnifie vnto me, that it shall come to passe that I shalbe bothe fettered and tormented. Whiche thing though I bothe beleue and knowe certaynelye, shall chaunce vnto me, yet none of al these thinges make me afrayed to execute the dutie of an apostle, whiche I am called vnto, though I shoulde be assured to abyde the paynes of death for my labour. For it is not this lyfe that I so muche regarde, whiche cannot perishe beyng vnder the tuicion of Christe, but more do I esteme my maysters commaundemente, then my lyfe: and that I may ende this my course in preachyng the ghospel, as cherefully, as I haue hi∣therto ioyfully abyden it. Nothing is there that more deliteth me, then that the ghospell maye be furthered by my affliccions. I haue delite in nothyng els but styll to runne forwardes in the race of the gospell, wherein the lorde hath set me, vntyll that I come to the marke, beyng well assured that I shall accor∣dyngly be rewarded at his handes, whyche is mayster of the game, whan he shall see tyme at his owne pleasure, who is without deceite. I auaunced not my selfe vnto this office, but the lorde Iesus set me in this roume, for to preach aswell to the Iewes, as also to the Gentiles these mooste gladsome tydynges, whiche is, that it hath pleased god frely to saue euery man by beleuyng in the ghospell. Wherfore willyngly and with all my herte wyll I nowe fulfyl this my vocacion, not regardyng whether I lyue or dye.

[ The texte.] And now behold, I am sure that henceforth ye all (thorow whom I haue goen preaching the kyngdōe of god) shal se my face no more. Wherefore I take you to recorde this daye, that I am pure frō the bloud of all men. For I haue spared no labour: but haue shewed you al the counsel of god. Take hede therfore vnto your selues & to all the flocke, among whō the holy gost hath made you ouersears, to rule the congregacion of god, whiche he hath purchased with his bloud.

As long as I conueniently myght, I was present with you, and holpe to∣wardes

Page [unnumbered]

your saluacion, teachyng, admonishyng, exhortyng, comfortynge & re∣bukyng, as I sawe occasion, with ofte recourse to see you. But nowe am I cer∣tayne by inspiration of the holye ghoste, that ye shall neuer more see me in this worlde agayne, neither ye Ephesians, nor yet any others that are inhabitours of the lesse Asia, vnto whom I haue already preached the kyngdome of God. I haue done my duetie with all diligence, and vprightly. Wherfore seyng that I muste departe from you without any hope of returne, this do I proteste be∣fore you all, that yf any man peryshe eyther by hys owne, or els by others de∣faulte, I am not gylty of theyr death. I haue shewed euery man the true way to euerlastyng lyfe. I haue opened vnto you the wyll of God, howe he is myn∣ded to saue mankynde, and what they muste do that continue in stedfast belefe towarde oure lorde Iesus, in suche wise that no man can saye for excuse of him∣selfe, that he knewe it not. I my selfe haue gyuen you ensaumple, both doyng, and also sufferyng al that I myght, to haue you continue in puritie of the gos∣pell. No mannes death can be imputed to me. And nowe it ariseth not of my free wyll that I muste hence departe frome you, nor yet do I for feare of anye persecucion conuey my selfe awaye, but wittingly and willyngly goe I to vn∣doubted daungier of my lyfe, beeyng so wylled by the spirite of Christ. Wher∣fore what ye cannot come by through my presence, that muste ye supplye wyth youre owne dylygence. See that your owne hertes fayle you not, or els that your foote slyde not backe from those thynges, that ye haue well entred into, but ye that are the elders, and vnto whom I haue cōmytted cure of this flocke, watche, partely for your own behalfes, lest ye be seduced by false apostles, and partely for the flockes sake, whyche ye haue taken in hande to feede. I haue vprightly executed myne office, that was assygned and deputed to me of oure lorde. Take ye lyke care and thought, and with semblable good wyll and vprightnes of behauiour, for the flocke that the holy ghost hath made you bis∣shoppes of, that is to saye, ouerseers, to take diligent hede that Christes shepe lacke no holsome foode, and not to playe the partes of woulues, but of faith∣full shepeherdes, towarde goddes owne congregacion, whiche ye muste not neglygently looke vpon, forasmuche as god did set so muche store by it, that he purchased it by the bloud sheddyng of his onely begotten sonne. Ye must ther∣fore beware that in no wyse the ware whiche god hath so derely boughte, maye perishe or miscary through your negligence.

[ The texte.] ¶For I am sure of this, that after my departyng, shal greuous woulues enter in among you, not sparing ye flocke Moreouer, of your own selues shall mē arise speaking peruerse thynges to drawe disciples after thē. Therfore awake, and remēbre, that by the space of iii. yeares, I ceased not to warne euery one of you, both night and day with teares.

I do not warne you of these thynges aforehande so earnestly for nothyng. For tight certaynly assured I am, that you shall not still haue Paules wyth you, but after my departyng, fierce rauenyng woulues shall prease in among you, as it were in to foldes destitute of the shepeherde, whyche shall not spare the flocke, but shall assaye by all meanes to disperse and scatter the congrega∣cion. Than it is to bee feared, leste that suche as are weake, beeyng euen ouer∣throwen with aduersitie, will forsake the ghospell. But yet is there another daunger muche greater then this, that I haue already spoken. There shall

Page lxxiii

come not onely from foreyn places, whiche by feare, by threatnyng, by decyt∣full perswasions, and by fayned & cloked holinesse, shall endeuour themselues to corrupte your pure lyuing, and to withdrawe youre lybertye, that ye haue by the ghospell of Iesus Christe: but also euen amonge your selues shall cer∣tayne men aryse, whiche betraying this concorde and vnitie of myndes, that ye are nowe in, shall speake wicked and pernicious thinges, and suche thinges as shall much swerue from the syneere veritie of the ghospell: And suche spea∣kers shall not meane, entende, or labour, ye Christes flocke may be safely preser∣ued vnto him, but to haue dysciples in their owne name to folowe their tay∣les, to the entente that they maye seme to be no small fooles; as thoughe they were afeard lesse they shoulde seme preachers nothing excellente, but altoge∣ther vnlearned, vnlesse they should teache some new straunge poinetes of doc∣tryne, of their owne brayne. But denylishe is that newe inuencion, whan men shall adde vnto the gospell, whiche of it selfe is sufficient. He that is a pastour or shepherd in dede, had rather that Christ had dysciples, then himselfe to haue disciples. And of him doeth a good pastoure receyue meate wherewith to fede them. But these men for to get themselues renoume, and for their owne pry∣uate and worldly lucre, make of Christes disciples, theyr owne dysciples, and wyll be thought to be founders of the doctrine of the ghospell, whereof we in very dede are but stewardes and ministers. Wherfore the greater the daun∣gier is that is at hande, so muche the more dilygently watche ye, hauyng styll in mynde howe that I (whan I was in Asia by the space of thre yeres) ceassed not daye and nyght to admonishe and warne euery one of you with teares.

[ The texte.] ¶And nowe brethren▪ I commende you to god, and to the wo••••d of his grace, whiche is able to buylde farther, and to geue you an inheritaunce among at them which are sanc∣tified. I haue desired no mans siluer, golde, or bestut. Yea, you your selues ••••ow yt these handes haue ministred vnto my necessities, and to thē that were with me. I haue shewed you all thinges, howe that so labouring, ye ought to receyue the weake, and to remembre the worde of the Lord Iesu, howe that he sayed it is more blessed to geue then to receue.

And thus brethren, because I must parforce departe from you, I commite you all to god (who wyll not forsake his flocke) and to preachinge the woordes of his ghospell, wherin whatsoeuer parsones doe syncerely and vprightlye vse themselues, and doe rather sette forth the franke bountie, & goodnesse of god, whiche he freely geueth to all men, then the iustice of the lawe: them wyll the fauour of God helpe forewarde in thesame. I for my parte accordynge to my duty, haue cast the foundacion: but god, that worketh all these thinges by me, may buylde on it, that the same whiche is begonne, maye according to his wyl, be finished, and lyke as it hath hitherto chaunced vnto you, by professyng the ghospell to bee the sonnes of God by adopcion, so ye continuyng in this godly purpose▪ maye atteyne to ye heritage whiche is promysed vnto all suche, as are sanctified by the grace of god, whether they be Iewes, or els Gentyles. Ye haue seen howe carefull I haue been, what trauayle I haue taken, ye haue seen what perilles I haue susteyned for your sakes, sekyng of you no rewarde for it, neyther honour, neither aduauntage of gaynes, in somuche, that I haue not receyued so muche as necessaries at your handes, whiche the other apo∣stles abrode doe, and I both lawfully and also with good conscience myghte haue receyued. I neuer desired golde, or syluer, or apparell of any manne. For (as it is not vnknowen vnto you all) these handes of myne haue sufficientlye ministred all thynges that eyther I or my felowes with me neded. I myghte

Page [unnumbered]

haue taken these thinges of you, knowyng that a labourer is worthy his wa∣ges and hiere, but I thought it better to loke for all my rewarde at gods hād: and I endeuoured my selfe by all meanes to geue you a ryghte pexfite ensam∣ple, that ye which haue by succession receyued the charge of the flocke, may per∣ceyue it to be the dutye of a good shepeherde, that whereas he refuseth no la∣boure to profyte his flocke, yet that he absteyne from receyuyng reward of any man, because of the weake, leste that any man be the more lothe, or maye beare the wurse wyll to the ghospell, for that he is compelled to fynde his curate, or els lest any manne passe lesse on the woordes of the pastours, because that he maye thinke them in his daungier, forasmuche as they receyued benefite at his hande. For the nature of men is suche, that they, (after what sorte I can not tell,) set lesse by them to whome they haue been any thing beneficiall. And although it be right, that they whiche bestowe the rychesse and treasures of the ghospell on you, be holpen againe of you, with youre temprall goodes, whiche be so vyle in respecte of the other, that there is no comparison betwene them, yet I knowyng many weake persones to bee emong you, woulde not gyue any man occasion to ymagine euyll of vs. Endeuoure your selues to fo∣lowe this myne ensample as nere as ye maye, hauyng styll in minde, what our lorde Iesus sayde: It is better to gyue then to receyue.

[ The texte.] And whan he had thus spoken, he kneled downe and prayed with them all. And they all wepte sore, and fell on Paules necke, and kyssed hym, sorowyng moste of all for the woordes whiche he spake, that they shoulde see his face no more. And they conueyed him vnto the ship.

Whan Paule had thus sayed, he kneled downe as his custome was, & all they lykewyse dyd thesame and made their prayers. Than euery man wepte excedyngly, insomuche that they toke hym about the necke, and kyssed him, as takyng gredely the fruicion of hym that streyghtwayes shoulde bee pluc∣ked awaye from them: for euery man was sorye in his mynde for his depar∣ture, but moste specially for one woorde that Paule had spoken whan he saied that they shoulde see his face neuer more in the worlde. Whan this was doen, they brought him all a longe to the shyppe (as theyr duetye was,) and loked after him, whyles he sayled, as farre as they coulde see him.

The .xxi. Chapter.
[ The texte.] And whan it chaunced that we had launched furth, and were departed from them, we came with a streyght course vnto Chous, and the day folowynge vnto the Rhodes, and from thence vnto Patara. And whan we had gotten a shyp that would sayle vnto Phe∣nyces, we wente aborde into it, and set furthe. But whan Cyprus began to appere vnto vs, we lefte it on the left hande, and sayled vnto Siria, and came to Tyre. For there the shyp vnladed her burden.

AND after we had sette vp sayle, & wer goen out of syght of them yt stoode on the banke lokinge after vs, we sayled streight furth & arryued at ye Ylande called Chous, and nexte day after at Rhodes, & thence furth tyll we touched at Patara, whiche is a citie of Licia, nere to the sea syde. There founde we a shyppe, yt was redye to sayle towarde Phenice & we toke shyppyng there, & sayled therein. But whan the Ylande of Cypres appeared vnto vs, we

Page lxxiiii

leauyng it on the lefte hande, sayled towarde Syria, & arriued at Tyre, whiche is a citie situate on the sea banke of Phenice, as Sydon is lykewyse. We desired rather to sayle streyght foorth to Palestyne, but because Tyre was a marte toune, the master of the shyppe woulde nedes set his marchaundyse on lande there.

[ The texte.] ¶And when we had founde brethren, we taryed thee seuen dayes. And they told Paule through the spirite, that he should not go vp to Hierusalem. And when the dayes wer en∣ded, we departed, and they all brought vs on our waye, with wyues and children, til we were come out of the citie. And we kneled downe in the shore and prayed. And whan we had taken our leaue one of an other, we tooke shyp, and they returned home againe.

But whan as we founde some dysciples there also, we taried with them se∣uen dayes. Emong them were some, whiche beynge enspired with the spirite of prophecye, counselled Paule, that he should in no wyse go to Hierusalem. But yet for all that, when the seuen dayes were expired, we departed from Tyre, all the disciples with their children and wyues accompanying and brin∣gyng vs out of the citie to the sea banke. Where after we had kneled downe and made our prayers with one consent, and had taken our leaue one of an o∣ther: we tooke shyppyng, and they returned home againe.

[ The texte.] ¶When we had full ended the course frō Tyre, we went downe vnto Ptolomaida, & sa∣luted the brethren, and abode with them one day. The next day, we that were of Paules cumpany, departed & came vnto Cesarea. And we entred into the house of Philip the E∣uangeliste, whiche was one of y seuen, and abode with him. The same had fower dough∣ters virgins, whiche dyd Prophecie.

From Tyre we sayled to Ptolomaida, whiche is a citie on the sea, nere to the hyll named Carmelus. Here we saluted our brethren, and remayned one daye with them. Nexte daye after, Paule and we wente furth on our iourney, and came to Cesarea, a citye of Palestine, and entred into the house of Philip, whiche firste of all had preached the ghospell to the chaumberlayne, and to the Samaritanes, and was one of the seuen deacons, that the apostles had insti∣tuted and ordeyned at Hierusalem. With him we abode. This man had fower daughters all vnmaried, whiche had aboundantly the spirite of prophecye, ac∣cordyng to the prophecye of Iohel.

[ The texte.] And as we tarried there a good many of dayes, there came a certaine Prophete from Iewry; named Agabus. Whan he was come vnto vs, he tooke Paules girdle, and bounde his feete, and handes, and sayed: Thus sayeth the holy ghoste, so shall the Iewes at Hie∣rusalem bynde the man that oweth this girdle, and shall delyuer him into the handes of the gentiles.

And whan we had continued soiourning in his house certaine daies, there came a Prophete from Iewry, whose name was Agabus. He takinge his lod∣geing emong vs, and bayting there, tooke Paules gyrdle, whiche after he had knotted about his owne legges, accordynge to the custome of the olde prophe∣tes, whiche had wount to expresse before by some visible token, that thing that they prophecied of, thorough the inspiracion of the holy ghoste, sayed: Thus sayeth the holy ghoste. He that oweth this gyrdle, shall so be bounde of the Iewes at Hierusalem, & they shall delyuer him into ye handes of the Gentiles.

[ The texte.] When we heard this, both we and other which were of the same place, besought him that he would not go vp to Hierusalem. Then Paul answered and sayed: What do ye weping and vering myne herte▪ I am ready, not to be bound onely, but also to dye at Ierusalem for the name of the Lorde Iesu. When we could not turne his mynde, we cealed, saying: the wyll of the Lorde bee fulfilled.

We beeyng muche feared with▪ these woordes, and the dysciples also that

Page [unnumbered]

dwelled there with many wepyng teres desyred him, that he shoulde not com∣mitte ne put himselfe into the handes of the Iewes at Hierusalem. This was the godly affeccion and zele of them, that were lothe to haue so excellente a pa∣stour to peryshe. But Paule, whiche had a more certaine aunswere of the holy ghost in his mynde, and knewe that he should fyrste goe to Hierusalem, and shoulde after that see Rome, sayed vnto them: wherefore do ye make my herte sory with your vayne teares? For the daungier that the Prophetes warne me of, doeth nothyng moue me, but youre douloure and sorowe maketh me to be sory and pensyfe. I am fully mynded to further that thyng whiche the holy ghost wylleth me, namely the ghospell. I nothinge feare bondes, whiche I haue been well enured with. For god forbyd, that I for feare of enprisō∣ment, should leaue of from furthering of the ghospell, seeing that I am ready, yea, yf it were to dye at Hierusalem, for my Lord Iesus sake. Let Paule lye in chaynes, so that the gospell maye haue free lybertie to passe. Let Paul lese his lyfe, so that the glory of Iesus name maye lyuely spryng and flouryshe emong all men. I am desirous of lyfe for none other ende, but that I maye profite the ghospell. But otherwyse I woulde recken it great aduauntage gotten, to be shortly ryd out of this lyfe for Christes sake. Wherefore do not ye mourne for that thing that I my selfe am desyrous of, (yf it shall so please God,) and cease ye therefore to make my mynde pensyfe with your wepyng and waylyng, for I cannot chose but be sad, seynge my frendes sad. To these his woordes, whā we had nothinge to aunswere, and sawe him fully bent to go to Hierusalem, we suffred hym to departe, saying: the wyll of the Lorde be fulfylled. For these ought to be the woordes of true Christians, and though they haue not ye same woordes styll in their mouthes, yet must they continually thinke them in their hertes, so that in aduersitie, as well as prosperitie, styll muste they saye: The wyll of the lorde be fulfylled.

[ The texte.] After those dayes we toke vp our burthens, and went vp to Hierusalem. There went with vs also certayne of the disciples of Cesarea, and brought with them one Muason of Cyprus, an olde disciple, with whome we should lodge. And whan we were come to Hie∣rusalem, the brethren receyued vs gladly. And on the morowe, Paul wēt in with vs vn∣to Iames. And all the elders came together. And whan he had saluted them, he tolde by order all thinges, that God had wrought among the Gentiles by his ministracion.

And so whan we had taryed a fewe dayes at Cesarea, we made readye oure selues to take our iourney towarde Hierusalem. And some of the disciples folowed Paule, and went in cumpany with vs from the citie of Cesarea, brin∣ging with them a certaine man named Muason, which was a Ciprian borne, with whome we should hoste at Hierusalem. For he was knowen to bee a good and godly man, for he had than of longe tyme beleued the ghospell, and had persisted and continued in the sincerite of the faythe. But whan we were come to Hierusalem, the brethren gladly and ioyfully receyued vs. And Paule the nexte day takinge vs with him, went to Iames his house the iuste, whiche was called the brother of the Lorde. For he was instituted of the Apostles, byshop of Hierusalem. And thyther assembled all the elders. Whome as soone as Paule had euerychone saluted, he rehearsed to them in ordre, what God had wrought emong the Gentiles by his ministerye, emonge whome he had nowe a good sorte of yeares preached the ghospell.

[ The texte.] And when they heard it, they gloryfied the Lorde. And sayed vnto him: Thou seest

Page lxxv

brother how many thousande Iewes there are whiche beleue, and they are all earnest folowers ouer the lawe. And they are infourmed of the, that thou teachest al the Iewes whiche are among the Gentiles, to forsake Moises, and saiest that they ought not to cir∣cumcise their children, neyther to lyue after the customes. What is it therfore? The mul∣titude must nedes come together: For they shall heare that thou art come. Do therfore this that we saye to the. We haue fower men, whiche haue a nowe on them: Them take and purifie thy selfe with them, and do coste on them, that they maye shaue their heades: and all shall knowe that those thinges, whiche they haue heard concernynge the, are no thing: but that thou walkest and kepest the lawe.

Whan they heard all the matter they glorifyed the Lorde, that had also powred his grace vpon the Gentyles. But forasmuche as Paule was accused to many of the Iewes, to be one that abhorred Moyses law, and that he in set∣tyng furth the benefyte that came by the ghospell, yelded lesse to the obseruaciō of the lawe, then he ought to do: to the entent that a remedy myght be founde for this inconuenience also, they sayed vnto hym: brother Paule, sayed they, thou seest howe many thousande Iewes be hee that beleue the ghospell, and all these are muche affeccionate to the lawe of Moses. And a rumour there is come to their eares, whiche we knowe to bee false, that thou teacheste the Iewes, which are among the Gentyles, to forsake and renounce Moyses law, so that they neyther circumcise theyr children, ne kepe the trade of theyr fore∣fathers, as concerning choyse of meates, kepyng of the Sabbothe dayes, wa∣shyng, and suche other thinges, as the Iewes, whiche are not conuersaunte with the Gentyles, do with great deuocion, obserue and folowe. These men, beyng restrayned by an acte made of their forefathers, are indifferently con∣tented, that the Gentiles be not burdened with the lawe. But that those, which are Iewes borne, shoulde be led awaye from the obseruacion of the lawe, to the Gentiles kynde of lyfe, they can in no wyse abyde. Wherfore we must take here good hede, that no sedicion be made about this matter. What remayneth thā to be doen? First it cannot be chosen, but that the multitude must be called together. For it wyll soone be knowen, that thou art come. Wherfore to the en∣tente that thou mayest bee out of this suspicion, folowe our counsell. Here be among vs fower men, whiche accordynge to the custome of the Iewes, haue taken a vowe on them, ioyne the with them, and fulfyll together all solemne ceremonies, as they do, that desyre to be purified and made holy after theyr vowe: and yf there be any thing besydes that is to be bestowed on sacrifice or offeringes, bestowe lyke coste as they do, vntyll suche tyme that they haue sha∣uen their heades. And in so doyng, euery man shall knowe for a suertie, those thinges to be false, that be rumoured abrode of the, and they shall also per∣ceyue, that thou in suche forte besydes doest preache the gracious benefite of the ghospell, that it is without reprofe of those, that kepe the ceremonies of the lawe, whiche God deliuered them, and other tradicions of their elders, whā they see thee do the same, which some had reported the to disproue. And by this meanes shall the Iewes cease to speake euyll of the, whiche are so manye in numbre, that they must nedes be had inestimacion and not neglected.

[ The texte.] ¶But as concernyng the Gentiles whiche beleue, we haue wrytten and concluded, that they obserue no suche thing, saue onely that they kepe them selues from bloud, and from thinges offered to ydolles, and from strangled, and from fornicacion.

But as for the Gentyles, that are conuerted to the fayth we haue writ but

Page [unnumbered]

of late vnto them, as it was agreed vpon, and decreed by the apostles and the whole cumpanye of dysciples, that they shall not be compelled to kepe Moses lawe, sauyng onely that they absteyne from that fleshe, that is sacrificed vnto ydolles, from bloude, from strangled beastes, and from aduoutry.

[ The texte.] ¶Then the nexte daye, Paule toke the men, and purified himselfe with them, & en∣tred into the temple, declaryng that he obserued the dayes of the purificacion, vntil that an offeryng shoulde be offered for euery one of them. And whan the seuen dayes wer now almost ended, the Iewes whiche wer of Asia (when they sawe him in the temple) moued all the people, and layed handes on him, crying: men of Israel, helpe. This is the mā that teacheth all men euery where against the people and the law, and this place. He hath al∣so brought Brekes into the temple, and hath polluted this holy place. For they had seen with him in the citie, one Etophimus an Ephesian, whom they supposed that Paul had brought into the temple. And all the citie was moued, and the people swarmed together. And they toke Paul, and drue him out of the temple, and forthwith the doores wer shut.

Than Paul dyd after this councell of Iames and of the brethren, and ta∣kyng vnto hym those fower persones, whiche had solemnely made a vowe, wente into the temple, and there professynge that his dayes of purifying wer finyshed, he omitted ne let passe no ceremonye, vntyll that sacrifyce was offred vp for euery one of them. All this required seuen dayes space for the accom∣plyshement therof. Whiche beyng almoste expired, certayne Iewes that bele∣ued not, whiche before had seen hym in Asia, and there raysed commocion a∣gaynste him, whan as they sawe Paule in the temple, they stirred vp the peo∣ple, and laied handes on Paul, crying: Ye mē of Israel helpe: this is he, whom you haue by reporte hearde of, that hath wandered ouer all countreyes, and hath taught in all places a newe doctrine againste this people, whiche God chose seuerally to hymselfe, against our lawe also, whiche we receyued of God, and againste this temple, whiche is had in great honour through all the whole worlde. And yet is not this wycked person so contented, but hathe moreouer brought with him into this our temple bothe Grekes, and others, that are not circumcised, and hath prophaned or polluted and suspēded this holy place. (For duryng the tyme that Paule had been in the citie, they had dayly seen in his cumpanye, one Trophimus whiche was an Ephesian borne, and thereby they coniectured, that Paule had brought him into the temple.) With this troublesome noyse all the citie was reysed, and the multitude flocked together. And they toke Paule and drewe hym out of the temple, (as a man worthy to bee delyuered into the handes of the furious rageyng people, to do with hym what they woulde, and forthwith the doores of the temple were shut faste vp, that he myght haue no place whither he myght safely escape. For they sought oportunitie, that is to saye, a tyme and waye conueniente to kyll him, whiche thing was not lawefull for theyr religion to doe in the temple,) as thoughe it were not an vngodly and a wicked thing in any place els to sley an innocente.

[ The texte.] As they went about to kyll hym, tydinges came to the high captayne of the souldiers that al Ierusalem was moued. Whiche immediatly toke souldiers and vnder captaines and ran downe vnto them: whan they saw the vpper captayne & the souldiers, they lefte smytyng of Paul. Than the captayne came nere and toke hym, and commaunded him to be bound with two chaynes, and demaunded what he was, & what he had doen. And sum cryed one thing, sum another, among the people. And when he coulde not knowe the cer∣tayntie for the rage, he commaunded him to be caried into the castell. And when he came

Page lxxvi

vnto a stayre, it fortuned that he was borne of the souldiers, for the violēce of the people. For the multitude of the people folowed after crying: away with him.

In the meane space, tidynges came to the capitaine marcial of the Ro∣mayne armye, that all the citie of Ierusalem was reysed vp. The captayne forthwith taking & ioyning vnto hym souldiers, with theyr vnder captaynes, hastened to them. But whan the Iewes sawe the captayne marciall hastening toward them with harnessed men, they surceassed, and lefte smytyng of Paule. And whan the captayne was come some what nere, he commaunded them to lay handes on Paule, and to bynde hym with two chaynes, supposyng him to bee some haynous malefactoure, forasmuche as the multytude ordred hym so roughly and so sore. That doen, the capitayne enquyred of the Iewes what he was, and what he had committed. But whan he coulde haue no certayne knowlege, by reason of the troublous noyse that they made on eche syde, ro∣ryng and crying with a loude voyce, one one thing, and another another thing, he commaunded that Paule shoulde bee brought into the castell, bounde as he was, that he myght knowe the trueth within the place of defence, and of safe custody, the people beyng set aparte. And whan as Paul came to the stayghers of the castell, he was caryed of the souldiers, for feare leste ye multitude shoulde violently take hym awaye. For they feared leste they woulde hurte him before he coulde be conueyghed into the castell. For the multitude of the people folo∣wed euen to the very staighers of the castell, crying out as high as they could, awaye with him, dyspatche him, awaye with him.

[ The texte.] And whan Paule began to be caried into the castell, he sayed vnto the high captaine: maye I speake vnto the? Whiche sayed: Canste thou speake Greke? Art not thou that E∣gypcian, whiche before these dayes madest an vprore, and leddest out into the wyldernes fower thousand men that were murderers? But Paule sayed: I am a manne which am a Iewe, of Tarsus a citie in Cilicia, citizen of no vyle citie, I beseche ye suffer me to speake vnto the people. And whan he had geuen him lycence, Paule stoode on the steppes, and beckened with the hande vnto the people, and whan there was made a greate sylence, he spake vnto them in the Hebrewe toung, saying.

But after they came to the entry of the holde, Paule beeyng desyrous to satisfye the mynde of the Iewes that made this businesse, sayed to the cap∣taine marciall, maye it please you to geue me leaue to speake vnto you? The marciall aunswered: canst thou skill of the greke toung? For Paul had spoken those woordes in Greke. Art not thou (saied the marciall) the same Egipcian, that hast made commocion before lykewyse, & that leaddest fower thousande murderers hence into the deserte? Paule aunswered: I am not he whome you take me for, but I am a Iewe borne, and my natyue countrey is Tarus, a noble citie in Cilicia. But I praye you geue me lycence to speake my mynde to the people. Which whā he had permitted him, Paule standyng on the steppes, beckened wyth his hande and certified the people by tokens, that he woulde speake vnto them. And streyghtwayes sylence was made, and he began to speake on this wyse, in the Hebrewe tounge.

Page [unnumbered]

The .xxii. Chapter.
[ The texte.] ¶Men, brethren, and fathers, heare ye myne aunswer which I make nowe vnto you. When they heard, that he spake in the Hebrewe tongue to them, they kepte the more sy∣lence. And he saieth: I am verayly a manne whiche am a Iewe, borne in Tarsus a citie in Cilicia: neuertheles, yet brought vp in this citie, at the feete of Bamaliel, and infourmed diligently in the lawe of the fathers, and was feruently mynded to godwarde, as ye all are this same daye, and persecuted this waye vnto death: byndyng and deliueryng into pryson both men and women, as the chiefe prieste doeth beare me wytnes and all the es∣state of the elders, of whom also I receyued letters vnto the brethren and wente to Da∣masco to bryng them whiche were there bound vnto Ierusalem, for to be punished.

YE menne whiche be here present, partely by lynage brethrē, and partely for your auncient yeares & dignitie, fathers, gyue eare to me, whiles that I purge my selfe of those thinges, wherof I am falsely accused vnto you. Whā Paul had spokē these wor∣des in manier of a preamble, ye multitude heatinge him speake Hebrewe, made ye more silence, whither it were because yt euery man vnderstoode this language, or els because ye al men beare more fauour to their owne countrey speache, thē to any other. Than did Paul procede and goe furth in his tale in this wyse. To the entent that ye maye perceyue me to haue committed nothing blasphemously, eyther againste this Iudaicall people, or againste Moyses lawe, or els against the temple: I am a Iewe borne, my father and my mother both Iewes, and borne I was at Tarsus, a citie in Cili∣cia. But brought vp was I in this citie, at the feete of a man, that ye all knewe well inough, whose name was Gamaliel, and euen from my chyldehoode was I diligently instructed in the lawe of my countrey, earnestly bent to the honou∣ring of the true God, in suche sorte as ye do to this presente tyme: insomuche that I, for the affeccion that I bare to the lawe, dyd persecute this doctrine of the ghospell, whiche I nowe professe, pursuyng suche as professed thesame, not to pryson and bandes onely, but also to death, entendyng nothyng els then persecucion, with sore threatnynges, and sondry kyndes of death againste the professours of the ghospell, byndyng and castyng into pryson, bothe man and woman, that stycked to the sayed doctrine. And that I tell nothinge otherwyse then trueth, he can beare me wytnesse whiche was than the high priest and all the other auncientes with him, from whom I receyued letters and tooke my iourney towardes Damasco, that I myght bryng thē prysoners from thence to Hierusalem, whiche proessed Christes name, to the entente that they myght be punyshed, accordyng to the dyscrecion of the priestes and elders.

¶And it fortuned (as I made my iourney, and was come nygh vnto Damasco) about none, sodaynly there shone from heauen a great lyght rounde about me, and I tell vnto the yerth, and I heard a voyce saying vnto me. Saule, Saule, why persecutest thou me? And I aunswered: what art thou Lord? And he saied vnto me: I am Iesus of Nazareth, whome thou persecutest. And they that were with me, sawe veryly a lyght and were a¦frayed but they heard not the voyce of hym that spake with me. And I sayed: what shall I do Lord? And the Lord sayed vnto me: aryse, and go into Damasco, and there it shall be tolde the of all thinges, whiche are appoynted for the to doe. And when I sawe nothyng for the bryghtnesse of the lyght, I was led by the hande of them that were with me▪ and came into Damasco: And one Ananias a perfecte manne (and as pertaynyng to the lawe,

Page lxxvii

hauing good reporte of all the Iewes whiche dwelt there) came vnto me, and stoode and sayed vnto me. Brother Saule, receyue thy sighte. And the same houre I receyued my syght, and sawe him. And he sayed: the God of our fathers hath ordeyned the before, that thou shouldest know his wil, and shouldest here the voyce of his mouth, for thou shalt be his witnesse vnto all men of those thinges whiche thou hast seen and heard. And nowe why tariest thou? Aryse, and be baptised, and washe awaye thy synnes in callyng on the name of the Lorde.

This mynde dyd I than beare them, for none other cause, then for the af∣feccion that I had to the lawe, and to our relygion, whiche I had receyued of my forefathers, whiche thing is the occasion that ye nowe at this presente are so muche against me. Nowe wyll I tell you, by what occasion I chaunged my mynde, whiche whan ye shall perceyue, perchaunce ye also wyll turne your myndes. For it chaunced, whan as I went thyther, and was almoste at Da∣masco, aboute high noone, sodaynlye a great lyght compassed me about from heauen, wherewyth stricken I was, and I fell downe to the grounde, and hearde a voyce speake vnto me from heauen, saying: Saule, Saule, why doest thou persecute me? Unto whome, whan I had made aunswer: What art thou lorde? the voice saied againe: I am Iesus of Nazareth whom thou pursuest. But my companions that were with me sawe the light, and were sore afrayed, as for the voyce that spake vnto me, they hearde it not. Than sayed I: Lorde what is thy wyll that I shoulde doe? The lorde made aunswer againe in this wyse: Aryse and go to Damasco. There shall eche thynge that thou must doe, be tolde thee. And where myne iyes were so daseled with the brightnes of that lyght, that I coulde see nothyng at all, my felowes led me by the hande, vntyll I came to Damasco. There mette I with a good man, and one that for his vpryght walkyng in the lawe, was also Godly, named Ananias, of whome all the Iewes that dwelt than at Damasco reported well. This Ananias standyng by me, sayed thus. Brother Saule receyue thy syght againe. And I forthwith receyued my syght and sawe him.

Than sayed he: The God of our fathers hath chosen, and ordeyned the for this ende, that thou shouldest knowe his wyll, and that thou shouldest see him, that is onely iuste: whiche iustifyeth all thynge, and that thou shouldest heare the voyce of his mouthe. For Iesus was in the same lyghte, that daseled thyne iyes, and it was his voyce that thou dyddest here, forbecause thou shalte bee a wytnes vnto him before all menne, of those thinges, whiche thou hast seene and hearde, and now seeing this is the wyll of god, wherefore doest thou stay. Aryse, and be christened, and washe awaye thy synnes, callyng vnto his name, whom thou before hast persecuted.

[ The texte.] ¶And it fortuned, that when I was come agayne to Hierusalem, and prayed in the temple, I was in a traunce, & saw him, saying vnto me: Make haste and get the quicke∣ly out of Hierusalem: for they wil not receyue thy witnes that thou be arest of me. And I sayed: Lord, they knowe, that I prysoned and bet in euery Synagoge them that beleued on thee. And when the bloud of thy witnes Steuen washed, I also stode by, and cōsen∣ted vnto his death, and kept the tayment of them that slewe hym. And he sayed vnto me: departe, for I wyll sende thee a farre hence vnto the Gentyles.

These thynges doen at Damasco, when as I within shorte space after, had returned vnto Ierusalem, beeyng than a newe man, and was praying in

Page [unnumbered]

the temple, rauished I was besydes my selfe, and Iesus I sawe whiche sayed vnto me: Make haste, and get the spedely out of Hierusalem, for here wyl they not receyue thy testimony of me. Than aunswered I in this wyse: Lorde, I haue a good hope, that I shall doe good amonge this people, forasmuche as themselues knowe, that I for fauoure that I dyd beare vnto the law cruelly handled thy disciples, halyng into pryson as many as I coulde take, & whyp∣pyng them in all congregacions, that gaue credence vnto thy gospell. And yet was I not satisfyed with this doyng. But whan the bloude of Steuen was shed, whiche by his death bare faithfull witnes of the, and with great boldnes and constancie, I also was by whan they stoned hym, & consented to the death of the innocent man, insomuche thā. I kepte their garmentes, whiche brought hym to the place of execucion, and that fyrst began to cast stones at him. And seyng that euery man may well vnderstande by this, howe muche affeccionate I was once towardes the lawe, they may now ryghte well perceyue that I chaunged not myne intent without great causes, & many shall be founde, that wyll so muche the more gladly folowe myne ensample, the more they shall see that my zeale was towardes this olde religion, for loue whereof I the more cruelly persecuted thyne. Whan I had this sayed, the Lorde aunswered: Goe, I say, and do as I byd the, for nowe is tyme come, that the spreadynge of my gospell all the worlde abrode were begun. And for this ende haue I chosen the, that I maye sende the from hence to far countreyes amonge the Gentyles.

[ The texte.] ¶They gaue him audience vnto this worde, and then lyfted vp theyr boyces, and sayed: away with suche a felowe from the yearth: for it is not reason that he should liue. And as they cryed, and casle of theyr clothes, & thrue dust in the ayer, the captayne com∣maunded him to be broughte into the castel, and bad that he shoulde be scourged, and to be examined, that he might know, wherfore they cryed so on him. And when they bound hym with thonges, Paule sayed vnto the Centurion that stode by hym: Is it lawfull for you to scourge a man that is a Romayne, and vncondemned: Whan the Centurion heard that, he wente and tolde the vpper captayne, saying: what entendest thou to do? For this manne is a citizen of Rome.

The Iewes had peaceably suffred Paule to speake his mynde, vntyll he spake those wordes, yt is (I wyll sende the to farre coūtreyes among the Gentiles.) These wordes renewed eftsones euery mans griefe, because that the Iewes beare great despite, and wunderfully abhorred the Gentiles: & for this cause dyuerse of those also whiche despysed not the ghospell, would in no wyse that the Gentyles shoulde haue been made partakers of the gracious benefite that rummeth by the ghospell: or yf they nedes shoulde be receyued, that than they shoulde not be receiued, vnlesse they woulde be circumcised, as who should say, that a man might not bee a good man & in the fauour of God, vnlesse he wer a Iewe. Wherefore whan they heard that the Gentiles were preferred before the inhabitauntes of Hierusalem, with great clamoure and noyse they inter∣rupted Paules tale, and sayed vnto the marcyall: Rydde this felowe out of the worlde, for it is pitie that he lyueth. And whan the Iewes by many to∣kens, vttred the outrageous griefe of theyr myndes, by crying, and castyng of their garmentes, and finally by throwyng dust into the ayre, the marciall supposed that some haynous crime had been commytted, by occasion wherof, all the people thus was stirred vp after so straunge a sorte: specially seeyng that through licence gyuen by hym vnto Paule to tell his tale, there had come nought els, but more inconuenience, cōmaunded his souldiers to bryng Paule

Page lxxviii

into the castell, and by waye of examinacion to whyppe hym, to the ende that by that meanes at the least wise, they might of his owne confession, get out of him the cause, why the people tooke vp suche exclamacion against him.

And whyles they at the commaundemente of the marcyall, were in byndynge him towardes his whyppynge, Paule sayed vnto an vnder captayne standing by, whiche was appoynted to see hym examined with tormentes: What, is it a thing lawfull for you to whyppe a Romayne, yea, and that before he be cast or founde giltie of his trespace? Whiche woordes whan the pette captaine heard, he spedely went vnto the marciall, and shewed hym what he had heard, saying: what intende ye to doe? For this man, whome ye haue commaunded to be whypped, is a citizen of Rome.

[ The texte.] Than the vpper captayne came, and sayed vnto him: tell me, arte thou a Romaine? He sayed: yea. And the captayne answered: with a great sum obtayned I this freedome. And Paule sayed: I was free borne. Then streyght waye they departed from him which should haue examined hym. And the high Captaine also was afrayed, after he knew that he was a Romayne, and because he had bounde hym.

But assone as the marciall heard this, he came to Paul himselfe, and saied vnto him: Tell me is that same true, that my petie captayne hath certified me of? Art thou a citizen of Rome? And when Paule had affirmed that he was a citizen of Rome, the marciall aunswered: It is a great matter that thou spea∣kest of. For it coste me a great some of money, before I could be franchised and made a citizen of Rome. Then sayed Paule: In this matter my chaunce was better, for I was borne citizen of Rome, and that lawfullye, for my parentes before me were lykewyse. Than furthwith those whiche were ready there to haue gotten out the trueth of him by meane of tormētes, departed from Paul. And the marciall also himselfe feared of his owne parte, after that he perceiued hym to be a citizen of Rome, because that he had bounde him. So greatly was the name of the Romaynes than feared.

[ The texte.] On the morowe (because he would haue knowen the certaintie wherfore he was accu∣sed of the Iewes) he leused him from his bandes, and commaunded the high priestes and all the councell to come together, and he brought Paul forth, and set him before them.

The nexte daye the captayne beyng desyrous to knowe what the matter was, that the Iewes had accused him, leused him out of his bandes, and com∣maunded that the chiefe priestes shoulde assemble togyther, and all the whole councell lykewyse, and furthe brought he Paule before them, that the matter myght be entreated by the heades without commocion of the multitude.

The .xxiii. Chapter.
[ The texte,] ¶Paule behelde the councell, and sayed: men and brethren I haue lyned in all good con∣science before God vntyll this daye. And the hye priest Ananias commaunded them that stoode by, to smyte him on the mouthe. Then sayed Paule vnto him: God shall smyte the thou paynted wall. Sittest thou and iudgest me after the law and commaundest me to be smitten contrary to the law? And they that stode by, sayed: reuilest thou Gods hye priest? Then sayed Paul: I wyst not brethren, that he was the hye priest. For it is written: thou shalt not curse the ruler of thy people.

Page [unnumbered]

THan Paule hauyng his iyes fixed and stedfastly set on ye councell, begon to speake in this wyse: I haue been con∣uersaunt in the sight of God, who onely gyueth rightful iudgement, vntyll this present day, beating my selfe vp∣ryghtly and with a good conscience, in all matters. Whan the high priest Ananias had heard him so boldly speake, and so freely, howe that streyght wayes he decla∣red and auouched himselfe to be gyltles, to the iudges re∣profe, and other his accusers, takyng the matter greuously, that he had not reuerently spoken of hym, neyther that he any thinge cloked the matter, com∣maunded those that stoode by, to buffet hym on the face whyles he was spea∣kyng. This was it, that the lorde had certified Paul of before, whan he saied: They shall not receyue thy wytnesse of me. Thā Paule on the one syde disdey∣nyng in his mynde at this iniury, whiche was neuer vsed, no not in the iudge∣mentes of the heathen, and on the other syde certifyinge hym that he should be punished at Gods hande afterwardes in time to come for such manifest tirāny, sayed vnto him: God shall smite the thou whitelymed wall. Syttest thou in this wyse, that whan thou hast heard the matter, thou mayest geue sentence accordyng as the lawe requireth, and commaundest thou me to bee smitten be∣fore thou hearest the matter, contrary to the lawe? whiche forbyddeth that a∣ny man shoulde be punyshed, excepte he be lawfully conuicted and cast. Than they whiche stoode nexte vnto Paule, sayed vnto hym: Doest thou in this wise reuyle Gods high priest? To suche extreme tyranny was than the priesthoode of the Iewes come, that they claymed it as a thing lawfull for them, againste right and equytie, to do euery man hurte, and yet would not they permit other mē freely to speake. Whiche was an euidēt token that their priesthood shoulde not long continue, after it was come to the extremitie of all mischiefe. Than Paul, perceyuing that he should nothing furder his cause vnder such a iudge, thought that best it was onely to seke occasion, howe that assembly myght be dissolued. Wherefore he aunswerd: Brethren I was vncertayne that this man was the high priest. Els I remembre well, that it is written in the booke of Exodus: Thou shalte not speake euyll by the Prince or rewler of the people. After he had with this aunswere, somewhat appeased these that warned hym thereof, he ymagined some occasion, howe he myght auoyde the tumulte and murmouring of the people. For lawfull it is to voyde peryll by crafte, wheras appereth no hope of profityng.

[ The texte.] Whan Paule perceyued that the one parte were Saduceis and the other Phariseis, he cryed out in the councell. Men & brethren, I am a Pharisee the sonne of Pharisee. Of ye hope & resurrecion frō death, I am iudged. And whā he had so sayd, there arose a debate betwene the Phariseis & the Saduceis: and ye multitude was deuyded. For ye Saduceis say, yt there is no resurreccion, neither aungell, nor spirit: but the Phariseis graunt both.

Wherfore Paul, consideryng that in the congregacion there were two sor∣tes of menne, the one Sadduceis, the other Phariseis, whiche agreed not one with an other, sayed with a loude voyce in audience of the counsell, so that e∣uery man might here him: Brethren I am a Pharisey, and my parentes were Phariseis, and I am arrayned, for because that I preache, that the dead shal aryse agayne. After he had thus sayed, there arose dyssencion betwene the Phariseis, and the Sadduceis: And the multitude also that was presente seeyng them at variaunce, varyed among themselues, and were of sundrye

Page lxxix

opinions and partes. For the Sadduceis, in asmuche as they beleue that the soule dieth with the body, do neyther alowe resurreccion, nor suppose that there is any spirite or aungell: The Phariseis on the other part beleue both that re∣surreccion shalbe, and that there be bothe Angelles and spirites. Wherefore the multitude with great clamour began to make trouble.

[ The texte.] And there arose a great crye, and whan the Scribes whiche were of the Phariseis parte arose, they stroue saying: we finde no euil in this man: Though a spirite or an angel hath appered to him, let vs not striue against God. And whan there arose great debate, ye cap∣tayne (fearing est Paul shoulde haue ben plucte a sundre of them) commaunded the soul∣diers to go downe, and to take him from among them, and to bring him into the castle.

In the meane space, certayne Scribes of the Phariseis secte, arose, and contended in the fauour of Paule, and sayed: We perceyue nothynge wherein this man hath transgressed. And yf that the holy ghoste or an aungell hath spoken vnto him, it is not oure parte to contende ne striue with God. This they sayed, vpon the occasion that Paule the day before, had shewed thē, that the lorde had appered vnto hym by a vision in the temple. So muche doeth it auayle in cases alredye rwled and determined, to be of this secte, or of that. But whan this dyssencion encreased more and more by reason that the Sad∣duceis cryed out so sore against the Phariseis, and the matter seamed lyke to growe to nothing els, but to an extreme and deadly commocion, the marciall fearing lest that Paule shoulde be plucked in pieces among them, commaun∣ded the souldiers to go downe, and take Paule from the throng, and to bring him into the castell againe.

[ The texte.] The night folowynge, God stoode by him and sayed: bee of good chere Paul: for as thou hast testified of me in Ierusalem, so must thou beare witnes also at Rome.

Than was it tyme, that God shoulde somewhat coumforte him, that so manfully had wrastled for hym, seyng that these troubles were so sore, and yet sorer wer at hande. Wherefore the nexte night againe, the Lorde stoode by hym, saying: Be of good courage Paul. These troubles shal not make an end of the, for the tyme of death is not yet come: but yet is it to come, that euen as thou hast valiauntly borne witnesse of me at Ierusalem, so shalte thou wit∣nesse of me at Rome also. Thou hast doen thy parte in this citie, whiche is the chiefe in all Iewry, it remayneth nexte that thou do the same in Rome, whiche is the head citie of all the worlde.

[ The texte.] And whan it was daye, certayne of the Iewes gathered themselues together, and made a vowe, saying that they would neither eate nor drinke, tyll they had killed Paul. They were moe then fowertie men, which had made this conspiracion. And thei came to the chiefe priestes & elders, and sayed: we haue bounde our selues wt a vowe, that we wil eate nothing, vntyll we haue slayne Paul. Nowe therefore geue ye knowledge to the vp∣per captayne and to the councell, that he bring him forth vnto vs to morowe, as though we would knowe some thinge, more perfectly of him. But we (or euer he come nere) are ready to kyll hym.

But as soone as it was day, certayne Iewes made a conspiracion, and cursed them selues to the deuyll and to damnacion, yf they dyd eyther eate or drinke, before they had slayne Paule: so greate malyce had they conceyued againste hym. And it was no small noumbre, that had made this conspiracie, but they were aboue fowertie. These persons wente to the high priestes and elders, and shewed them their entente and purpose, sayinge: We haue moste depely

Page [unnumbered]

cursed our selues, to be perpetually damned in hell, if we eyther eate or drynke, before we shall haue slayne Paule. Nowe must ye lykewyse put vnto your helpyng handes to the furtheraunce of our request, that we maye the more easely bryng to passe that thinge, whiche we are all desyrous to doe. Sende ye woorde to the highe marciall, both in your names, and also in the name of the whole counsell, that he bryng Paule before you againe, pretendynge that ye wyll enquyre more dilygently of him, forasmuche as yesterdaye ye coulde not, by reason of the commocion. And we shall so prouyde, that he shall not come safely into the castell againe, as he yesterdaye dyd, but before he come to the place, where the counsell shalbe kepte, we wyll be ready to slay him.

[ The texte.] ¶When Paules syster sonne heard of their laying wayte, he wente, and entred into the castell and tolde Paul. And Paul called one of the vnder captaynes vnto him, & said: Bryng this young man vnto the high captayne, for he hath a certaine thing to shew him. And he toke hym, and brought him to the high captaine, and sayed. Paul the prisoner cal∣led me vnto him, and prayed me to bring this young man vnto the, which hath a certaine matter to shewe the. The hygh captayne toke him by the hande, and wente with him out of the waye, and asked him, what is it that thou hast to tell me? And he sayed: the Iewes are determined to desire the yt thou wouldest bring forth Paule to morowe into the coun∣sel, as though they would enquire sumwhat of him more perfectely. But folow not thou their myndes: for there lye in wayte for him, of them, moe then fowerty men, which haue bound them selues with a vowe, that they wil neither eate nor drynke, tyll they haue kil∣led hym. And nowe are they ready, and loke that thou shouldest promyse. The vpper cap∣tayne then let the young man departe, and charged hym, saying: see thou tell it out to no man, that thou hast shewed these thinges to me.

Whiche craftye trayne of so deadly daungier, after that a certaine young manne, neuewe vnto Paule by his sisters syde, had perceyued, he thought the matter woulde not be slepte, but forthwith entred into the castell, and vttred vnto Paule, the daungier that was at hande. Whan Paul knew of this he cal∣led one of the vnder captaynes vnto hym, and sayed: Bryng this younge man vnto the marciall, for a certaine matter he hath to dysclose to hym.

Than the Captayne toke the young manne, as he was desired to doe, and led hym to the marciall, and sayd: That same felowe Paule, which is in holde, desired me to bryng this young man vnto you, and saied that he had a certaine matter, whiche he desyred to talke with you of. Than the marciall toke the young man by the hande, and wente asyde with him, and asked: What is the matter that thou wouldest speake with me? He aunswered. The Iewes haue conspired the death of Paule, and haue thus agrred among themelues, that they wyll entreate you, to bryng Paule againe before the councell to morowe: vnder the pretence, that they wyll more dilygently make enquirie of hym, for∣asmuche as yesterday they coulde not well saye al that they woulde haue sayed vnto hym. But they entende an other matter. Wherefore ye had nede to take hede, that ye do not vnawares graunt them their desyres. For they haue layed theyr heades together and do vtterly purpose to destroy Paule, yea there be a∣boue fowerty, that haue cursed themselues depely, yf they eyther eate or drinke, before they haue slaine him. And euen nowe are they ready to commit this mis∣chiefe, and loke but for an aunswer of you. Whan the marciall had heard this, he let the young man departe chargeyng him, that he shoulde tell no man, that he had vttered this matter vnto the marciall. For he was desyrous to saue Paules lyfe, but yet so, that he myght auoyde the yll wyll of the Iewes.

[ The texte.] ¶And he called vnto him, two pete Captaynes, saying: make redye two hundred

Page lxxx

[ The texte.] souldiers to goe to Cesarea, and horsemen three score and ten, and speare men two hun∣dred at the thirde houre of the nighte. And delyuer them beasles that they may set Paule on, and bring him safe vnto Felix, ye high deputie: and he wrote a letter after this maner. Claudius Lisias vnto the moste mighty ruler Felix, sendeth gretinges. This manne was taken of the Iewes, and shoulde haue been kylled of them. Then came I with souldiers, and rescued him, and perceyued that he was a Romayne. And when I would haue knowen the cause, wherefore they accused hym, I brought him foorth before the counsel. There perceiued I that he was accused of questions of the lawe. But was not giltye of any thing woorthy of deathe or of bandes. And whan it was shewed me howe that the Iewes layed wa••••e there for him, I sent him streyghte waies to the, and gaue commaun∣demēt to his accusers, that the thinges, which they haue against him, they should tel be∣fore the: fare well.

Wherefore he called two of his petie Captaynes vnto hym, and sayed: Make ye readye of souldiers, two hundreth foote men, and three skore and ten horsemen, and two hundreth speare men, that may go to Cesarea, soone vpon the thirde houre of the nyght: prouyde also horses, that ye maye carry Paule safe to the presydent Felyx: the cause of the marcyalles so preste dilygence, was not for this onely cause and purpose to saue a mannes lyfe (for he was not a man of any suche conscience) but his desyre was to be dyspatched of Paul whome he neyther coulde defende or maynteyne against the sette malice of the whole counsell, nor yet durst commit him beyng a citizen of Rome, vnto their furiouse handes. And therfore commaunded he that he shoulde be had forth a∣way by nyght, with a great bende of men, fearynge leste that yf he had gone in the daye, or with a small company, the Iewes woulde haue taken him away in his iourney, and kylled him: and than the faulte should haue lyen on his necke, because it woulde haue been thought, that he had betrayed a citizen of Rome. And he sente also a lettre vnto Felix, the tenour wherof foloweth. Claudius Lysias vnto the moste woorthye president Felix, gretyng. The Iewes had layed handes on this man, and would haue laine him, vnlesse I, vpon know∣ledge that he was a citizen of Rome, had cummen with a bende of men, and taken him from them▪ And forasmuche as I was desyrous to knowe the cause wherfore they accused him. I brought him before their owne councell. Whome I founde to be clee without faulte, eyther worthy death, or els wher∣fore he had deserued to be emprysoned, sauyng that certayne questions of the Iewes lawe were layed to his charge, but nothinge els. As soone as I was certifyed, that the Iewes had appoynted to lye in wayte for him, I sente him forthwith vnto you, admonyshynge the Iewes withall, whiche bee his accu∣sers, that yf they haue any thing to laye to his charge, they shoulde take theyr iourney to plead their matter before you. And thus fare ye well.

[ The texte.] ¶Then the souldiers (as it was commaunded them) tooke Paule, and brought him by night to Antipatras. On the morowe they left their horsemen to go with him, & returned vnto the castell. Whiche whan they came vnto Cesarea (and deliuered the epistle to ye de∣putie) presented Paul before him. Whā the deputie had red the letters, he asked of what countrey he was. And when he vnderstoode that he was of Cilicia, I wil heare the (saied he) whan thyne accusars are come also: and he commaunded hym to be kept in Herodes iudgement hall.

Than the souldiers, accordyng as they were commaunded of the marcial, beyng charged with Paule, brought him by night to Antipatras the citie.

The nexte daye for asmuche as Cesaea was not ferre of, and they supposed then that there was no great daungier to be feared, the footemen returned to Hierusalem into the castell agayne, and the horsemen wente with Paule vnto

Page [unnumbered]

Cesarea. Whyther after they were come, and had delyuered the letter vnto the presydent, they brought Paul also before him. And whan the presydente had perused the letters, he asked Paul of what prouynce he was. Whan Paul an∣swered that he was a Cilician borne: I wyll heare the, (sayed he,) whan thy accusers are presente. And so commaunded that he should be kepte in Herodes iudgement hall.

The .xxiiii. Chapter.
[ The texte.] ¶After fyue dayes, Ananias the high priest descended with the elders, and with a cer∣tayne oratou named Tertullus, whiche enfourmed the deputie against iust Paule. And whan Paul was called forth, Tertullus began to accuse him, saying: Seyng yt we lyue in great quietnesse by the meanes of the, and that many good thinges are doen vnto this nacion, through thy prouidence, that allowe we euer, and in al places, most noble Felix, with all hākes. Notwithstāding, that I be not tedious vnto thee, I pray the, that thou wouldest heare vs of thy curtesy, a fewe wordes. For we haue found this man, a pestilēt felowe, and a mouer of debate vnto all the Iewes, in the whole world, and a maynteiner of sedicion, of the sect of the Nazarites, whiche hath also enforced to pollute the tēple. Whom we toke, and would haue iudged him according to the law: but the high captaine Lisias, came vpon vs, and with great violence toke him awaye out of our handes, com∣maunding his accusers to come vnto the. Of whom thou mayest (yf thou wilte enquire) knowe the certayntie of all these thinges, whereof we accuse him: The Iewes lykewyse affirmed, saying that these thinges were euen so.

THan within fyue dayes after, Ananias whiche was than the high prieste, and certaine other, elders, came downe to Cesarea: hauing in their traine a certaine oratour named Tertullus, whiche shoulde pleade this matter. So ear∣nestly were they set to slay Paul. Whiche men after they had spoken with the presidente, and had required that the prysoner myght be brought foorth, Felix commaunded Paule to be called forth to appere.

Than Tertullus, beeing but a sendre and a base defendour or protectour of an euyll cause, beganne in this wyse to accuse Paule: Where as we maye thanke you that all matiers haue been quiet and peaceable emonge vs this long space, and many dyuerse and soondry thinges are ryghte well gouerned in our common weale by your wysedome, we at all tymes and in all places knowelege and sette forth this your goodnesse towardes vs, moste noble cap∣tayne Felix, and nowe therfore, doe tendre vnto you moste herty thankes.

And this your redynes of right gentle herte towardes our nacion, putteth vs in great hope and confidence, that ye wyll consydre the tranquilitie of our coū∣trey, as concernyng this cause also, whiche we nowe bryng before you. But lest that I should retaine, and kepe you awaye from your soondry and weighty effayres with ouer long a processe or cyrcumstaunce of woordes, I shall de∣syre you, as your accustomed gentilnesse is, to here vs speake oure myndes in fewe woordes. We haue perceyued this manne to bee a deadly enemye to our countrey, for as muche as he hath sette debate betwene the Iewes, not onely those that inhabite Siria, but the others also in all countreys through the worlde, wheresoeuer is any resorte of Iewes, makynge hymselfe the brynger in of a new secte, whiche is called the Nazarenes. And not contented with this,

Page lxxxi

he was not afrayed to come to Hierusalem, and bryngyng into the temple men that were not circumcised, sticked not to prophane & suspende our temple, whō we tooke with the dede doyng, and would haue iudged accordyng to our law, but Lisias the hygh marciall, came with a greate bande of men, and toke hym out of our handes, leauyng the examynacion of the matter vnto you, and wil∣led hys accusers to come before you: so that the marciall hymselfe canne testi∣fye vnto you, that these matiers are true, whiche we laye to his charge. In this wyse this slender and liyng oratour sayed: and the Iewes that were presente at this accusacion, affyrmed that it was euen so, as Tertullus had sayed.

[ The texte.] Then Paul (after that the debitie himself had beckened vnto him, that he should speake) answered: With a more quiet mynde do I answer for my selfe, for as much as I vnder∣stand, that ye hast bene of many yeares a iudge vnto this people: because that thou mayst know, that there are yet but twelue daies sence I wente vp to Ierusalē for to worship, & they neyther found me in the tēple disputing with any man, neyther raysyng vp ye peo∣ple, neyther in the Sinagoges, nor in the citie. Neither can they proue the thinges wher∣of they accuse me.

Than after this Paule whan the presidente by his bekenyng had wil∣led hym to make answere for hymselfe, began to defende his owne part in this wise: I shall with a great dele the more quiet mynde answere for my selfe, for asmuche as I knowe that ye haue bene of manye yeres enbuisied emong thys people: and that by reason of decisyng matiers belongyng to the Iewes, ye are not ygnoraunt of our lawes. And the later that this matter hath been don whereof these men accuse me, so muche the more certaynlye maye ye, by enqui∣rie, knowe it, for it is yet but twelue dayes synce that I accordynge to the cu∣stome of the Iewyshe relygion, came vp to Ierusalem, there to make my pray∣ers, and to purifie my selfe, after I had taken on me a vowe accordyng to the solemne manier and fashion of the Iewes. If ye call this violatyng or pollu∣tyng of the temple, I knowledge my faulte and offence. Neyther founde they me in the tēple disputyng wyth any man, neither making ye people to flocke to∣gether, no nor in the Sinagoges, nor yet in any place of the citie. Neyther can they dewlye proue by any reason, such faultes as they laye vnto my charge.

[ The texte.] But this I confesse vnto the, that after ye waye (which they call heresy) so worship I the God of my fathers, beleuyng all thinge which are writtē in the law & the prophetes, & haue hope towardes God, that ye same resurrecciō of ye dead (which they thēselues loe for also) shalbe both of iust & vniust. And therfore study I to haue alway a cleare consci∣ence towarde God, and towarde man.

As for that poyncte whiche they laye vnto me, concernyng the secte of the Na∣zarenes, I wyll not denye that that is true. And yet myne accusers haue no∣thing to doe therwith, forsomuch as the Iewes haue not condemned that secte, and agayne I am not the autour therof. But if ye bee desyrous to heare what secte I professe, I wyll shewe you: I doe according to the tradicion of ye Pha∣risees, and their secte, wourship the God, that is commonly wurshipped in my countrey, and am not autour of any new religion, but kepe those thynges, that I haue receyued of my forefathers dylygentlye, beleuynge all thynges to bee true, that are wrytten in the lawe, and in the prophetes, whiche thynges al for the moste pate, inasmuche as god, lyke as he promysed, hath now fulfylled, I doe fully beleue that those thynges also wyll cum to passe▪ whiche he hath pro∣mysed for to cum, that is to say, that the dead shall ryse againe in tyme to cum, as well the badde as the good: the good to receyue gloriously lyfe euerlasting, the badde to euerlastyng punishement. These thynges am not I in a waue∣ryng

Page [unnumbered]

belefe of, but so earnestly I am perswaded in thē, that for asmuche as I knowe that in time to cumme, I shall appeare before god in ye place of iudge∣ment, & shalbe rewarded according to my dedes, I endeuoure my selfe earnest∣ly, so to lyue, that I in nothing offende the lawe of God: but that I may haue a pure & a clere conscience, not only in the sight of god, which examyneth mans herte, but also in the syght of man. And this haue I dyligently obserued & fo∣lowed, euen vntyll thys day. And therfore haue they nothyng wherof to accuse me as touchyng my lyfe that is past, whereby that suche matiers as they laye vnto my charge, maye appere the more probably to be true.

[ The texte.] But after many yeares, I came & brought almes to my people, & offerynges, in the which they founde me purified in the temple, neyther wt multitude, nor yet with unquietnesse. Howbeit there were certayne Iewes out of Asia which oughte to be here present before thee, & accuse me, yf they had oughte againste me: or els let these same here saye, yf they haue founde any euyll doing in me, whyle I stand here in the councell, excepte it be for this one voyce, that I cried standyng among them: of the resurreccion from deathe, am I iudged of you this daye.

For whan I had lyued vprighte wythoute faulte many yeares, at the laste came I to Hierusalem, there to make deliuery of certayne money which I had gathered in Asia, to helpe the poore & nedye folkes in my countrey. If this be the parte of a malefactour for to helpe my poore countreymen, bestowyng on them my benefite, I wyll acknowledge that, that they laye to my charge. And in the meane time, lest that they, which sought occasion, might make any trou∣ble or businesse, I shaued my heade, and so went into the tēple, and was purifi∣ed with accustomed ceremonies, doyng nothing wherby anye trouble or busi∣nesse mought aryse. For I began no newe thing, but the same ceremonies vsed I, that all the whole countrey vseth. Buth the commocion that was made, was reysed vp by certayn Iewes of Asia, whom it had bene expedient to haue bene present at the debating and triall hereof, forasmuche as they are the workers of this matter, and that they shoulde accuse me yf they had anye thyng to laye to my charge.

But it is a greate suspeccion, that they haue smal confidence in their cause for∣asmuch as they absent themselues from this iudgemente, perceiuyng that the matter is pleaded before you whiche are the presidente here. Yf I had offen∣ded, I myght haue bene conuicted by thē, or els quitte by them. Albeit I feare no manne, what euer he be that accuseth me. Yea let them themselues whiche are here present, speake: seing that I stand here before the counsel, if they haue sene me do any thing otherwise, then is lawful before god, and standyng wyth the lawe. For it is lawful where iudgement is kept accordyng to the law, both for the plaintie to laie to the charge of the transgressour, and for the defendaūt to be his owne man of lawe, or proctoure.

But I knowe thei haue nothing against me, excepte thei wil laie these wordes in my teathe, whiche I with a loude voyce spake: that I was a Pharisee, and that I was for this poinct accused, because I preached resurreccion of ye dead, agayne vnto lyfe: whiche wordes I sayed, forasmuche as standyng as I dyd emong them, and permitted of the marcial to vtter my mynde, I saw nothyng doen vpryghtly by lawe, but all to passe vpon playne hatred and malice. And whan I had so sayed, they contended betwene themselues, vntill that the mar∣ciall tooke me out of theyr handes. I spake nothing but the trueth, and mete

Page lxxxii

it was that the multitude should knowe wherfore I was endaungered before the counsell: forasmuche as I sawe there was no helpe to be loked for, at the handes of the chiefe rewlers.

[ The texte.] Whan Felix heard these thinges, he deferred them, for he knewe very wel of that way, & sayed: whan Lisias the captaine is cum downe, I wyl know the vtmost of pour maier. And cōmaūded an vnder capitaine to kepe Paul, & to lette him haue rest, & that he should forbid none of his acquayntaunce to ministre vnto him, or to cum vnto him.

Whan Felix had hearde this, because he was well acquainted with the secte of the Pharisees which Paule professed, he minded to deferre the examynacion of the matier, vntill an other tyme, and sayed: Forasmuche as Lisias knoweth al this whole matier how it standeth, whan he cummeth hyther, I will heare you. And than gaue he commaundement vnto his vnder captaine, that he shoulde in the meane season kepe him in warde, but yet so, that he myght be gentely or∣dred, and that he myght dyuerse tymes be at lyertye, and that hys familiars myght freely repayre vnto hym, and bryng him suche thynges as he lacked.

[ The texte.] And after certayne dayes, when Felix came wt his wite Drusilla (which was a Iewesse) he called furth Paul, & heard him of ye faith, which is toward Christ. And as he preached of right wisenes, tēperasice, & iudgement to cum, Felix trembled & answered: Go thy way for this time: whan I haue a conuenient season, & wil sende for the. He hoped also, ye mo∣ney should haue bene geuē him of Paul, that he might leuse him: wherfore he called him the ofreuer, & cōmoned with him. But after two yeares, Festus Porcius came into Felix roume. And Felix willynge to shewe ye Iewes a pleasure, lefte Paule in pryson bounde.

And whan a good sorte of dayes were past, Felix came to Cesarea wt his wife Drusilla, whiche was a Iewe borne, and than sent he for Paule, beeyng desy∣rous to haue farther knowledge of him, as concerning ye sect that he professed. Than Paule opened vnto him the way to saluacion by ye gospel, which thing he before had not spoken of, and how that saluacion was not obteyned by ob∣seruing of Moyses lawe, as the Iewes supposed, but by beleuynge in Iesus Christe, whome beyng so many hundreth yeres loked for, the Iewes had cru∣yfied: and that by baptisme, all synnes committed by the whole time & course of mannes lyfe before, were at once washed away, so that suche as were rege∣nerate in Christ, should lyue sincerely and holyly, accordyng to the rewle of the ghospel, from thence foorth, vntyll suche tyme that the same Iesus, which hath geuen himself for the redempcion of manne, dyd gloriously returne in syght of all menne, with the power of his father, to iudge the quicke & the dead. Whan as Paule had talked on this wise at large of suche matters as these be, that is to wete, of the gracious fauour of god, that man cummeth to through faythe: of euangelical iusticie, of temperaunce, and sobernes of the spiritual life, and of the latter iudgement, that no manne coulde escape. Felix was afrayed, and so∣muche moued therewith, not that he foorthwith dyd acquite Paule (for he fea∣red the Iewes, whom he knewe dyd deadly hate hym) but that Paule was for the meane space kepte in holde after a gentle orte, vntyll that he myghte haue occasion to delyuer hym.

There was an other matter also, that caused hym not streight wayes to quitte hym, for he trusted that Paule woulde gyue hym some readye money, that he myght be delyuered. And for this cause did he often sende for Paule, and com∣moned with hym, that he myght gyue him occasion to profer him money, that he vpon famyliar acquayntaunce and gentyll entertaynement of ye president,

Page [unnumbered]

myght put awaye shamefastenes, whiche he thought dyd staye Paule, that he durst not profer money. For the Emperours lawes doe punyshe the iudge, that suffereth a malefaciour to escape by brybery. In the meane tyme, whan Paule continued two yeares at Cesarea, the Emperoure Aero sent a certaine man named Porcius Festus to succede Felix in the roume. And than had he a good occasion to dimisse Paul. But he thought he woulde not departe from his prouynce with mennes displeasures, and willing rather to shewe ye Iewes a pleasure, then with an vpryght conscience to deliuer an innocēt, he lefte Paul bound. So harde a matter it is for the great men and rewlers of the world, to behaue themselues in all matters vpryghtly.

The .xxv. Chapter.
[ The texte.] Whan Festus had receiued the office, after three daies, he ascended fō Cesarea vnto Ie∣rusalē. Than enformed him the high Priestes & the chief of the Iewes, of Paule. And they besought him & desired fauour agaynst hym, that he would send for him to Ierusa∣lem, & they laid awaite for him in the way, to kil him, Festus answered, ye Paul shoulde be kepte at Cesarea, but that himselfe would shortely departe thyther, let thē therefore (sayd he) which among you are able, cum doune wt vs, & accuse him, if there be any faulte in the man.

WIthin three dayes after Festus came to hys prouynce, he went frō Cesarea to Ierusalem. But whan the Iewes hearde tel yt a newe president was cum, their malice was newely kyn∣dled agayne. For byanby the high pryestes & chiefe rewlers of the Iewes came vnto him and desired his fauour ye it myghte please him to sende for Paule to Ierusalem, forasmuche as it was not so cōmodious to haue ye matter pleaded at Cesarea. For they trusted, that ye president (which, by reason that he late came into that prouince, was ignoraunt of those thynges, yt had bene done) would soone in this so smal a mat∣ter shewe thē fauour. But the Iewes were at this pynete, that yf Festus had graūted thē theyr request they would haue layed watche, & haue slaine Paule by the way. But Festus beyng more indyfferent then they woulde he shoulde haue bene, made answere: yt Paul should remaine in custody at Cesarea, & that he within fewe dayes, would repaire thyther, & heare their matter. Wherefore sayed he, if there be anye amonge you that be mete men to folowe this matter, leate thē go with me downe to Cesarea, there shal he be arrayned before you. And yf this man that you speake of, be giltie, they maye accuse hym.

[ The texte.] Whan he had taried there among thē more then ten daies, he went down vnto Cesarea, and the next day sate down in the iudgement seate, & cōmaunded Paul to be broughte, which whan he was cum, the Iewes, which were come from Ierusalem, stoode aboute him: & layde many & greuous cōplayntes agaynst Paul which they coulde not proue, as long as he answered for him selfe, that he had neyther agaynst the lawe of the Iewes neyther agaynste the temple, nor yet agaynst Cesar, offended any thing at all.

And whan he had continued there among thē more then ten daies, he wente to Cesarea. And the nexte daye he sat in the place of Iudgement, and commaun∣ded Paule to be brought before him. And after that he was brought forth, the Iewes, whiche came from Ierusalem, stoode rounde about him, laiyng many and sore matters to his charge, but none of them were they hable to proue: for Paul answered for himselfe, and euidently declared, that he had neyther offe∣ded the Iewes lawe, forasmuche as he had diligently kepte it, neyther yet had

Page lxxxiii

prophaned or suspended the churche, seyng that he had purely and peaceablye been conuersaunt therin, nor had offended againste themperoure at any time.

[ The texte.] ¶Festus wyllyng to dooe the Iewes a pleasure, answered Paule, and saied: wilte thou go vp to Ierusalem, and there be iudged of these thinges before me? Thā said Paul: I stande at Cesars iudgement seate, where I ought to be iudged. To the Iewes haue I o harme doen, as thou very well knoweste. If I haue hurte thē, or cōmytted any thing worthy of death. I refuse not to die, yf none of these thinges are, wherof they accuse me, no man maye deliuer me to them, I appeale vnto Cesar. Than spake Festus with deli∣beracion, and answered. Thou haste appealed vnto Cesar: vnto Cesar shalte thou goe.

But whan Festus perceyued on thone parte the innocencie of Paule, and on the other, the hatred that the Iewes bare against Paule, whiche neuer woulde bee satisfyed, endeuouryng himselfe so to gratifye the Iewes, that he myghte seme yet to doe the partye whiche was accused no wronge, sayde vnto Paule: wylt thou go to Ierusalem and there be iudged before me? For he supposed that this woulde please the Iewes well, forasmuche as it was theyr owne re∣quest before: Than Paule beyng assured of thyntent of the Iewes, made aun∣swere: I see no cause wherefore this matter shoulde be dyfferred vntil an other tyme, for there is no let, but that euen here I may be eyther quit, or caste: I am attained nowe at the barre before themperours officer, in this citie of Cesarea, & here nedes muste I receyue my iudgement. I haue doen the Iewes no hurte or iniurye, as you your selfe knowe right well. But yf that I haue noied them in any thinge, or haue committed any thing whereby I haue deserued deathe, I am well content to dye. But yf all those thinges, which these men haue layed to my charge, be false, it is not the parte of a Iudge contrarye to ryghte and iustice, to permitte them to handle me, accordynge as they of conceyued malyce and hatred, would desire to doe. For the iudge can not for fauoure of any per∣son, condemne a man that is attained, and I appeale to themperoure. Than Festus after that he had communicacion with the councel of the Iewes, made answere vnto Paul. Seyng that thou hast appealed to the Emperoure, to the Emperour shalte thou goe. For the Iewes were better content ye Paule should be sente to themperoure, then that he should be quit: for they trusted that some thing woulde chaunce whereby they at the last might ryd him out of the waye.

[ The texte.] ¶And after a certayne dayes, ynge Agrippa and Bernice came vnto Cesarea to salute Festus. And whan they had been there a good season, Festus rehearsed Paules cause vn∣to the kyng, saying: there is a certaine man lefte in pryson of Felix, aboute whome whan I came to Ierusalem, the hye priestes and elders of the Iewes enformed me, and desired to haue Iudgement againste him. To whom I answered: It is not the maner of the Ro∣mayns, for fauour to delyuer any man, that he shoulde peryshe, before that he which is accused, haue the accusers before him: & haue licence to answere for himself, concerning ye crime layed against him. Therefore, whan they were come hither together, without anye delaye, on the morow I sate to geue iudgemēt, & cōmaunced the man to be brought furth. Against whom, whan the accusers stode vp, they brought none accusaciō of such thinges as I supposed: but had certaine questions against him of their owne supersticion and of one Iesus whiche was dead, whom Paul affirmed to be alyue. And because I douted of suche maner of questions, I asked him, whether he would go to Ierusalem, and there be iudged of these matters. But whan Paul had appealed to be kept vnto the knowleage of Ceasar, I commaunded him to be kept til I might send him to Ceasar.

In the meane space within a fewe dayes, kynge Agrippa, whiche had succeded Herode his father in the kyngdom, whom the Aungel of god had striken, came to Cesarea with his wyfe Bernice, to salute and to welcome the newe presy∣dent Festus. And when they had continued there a good sorte of daies, Festus by occasion rehersed vnto the kynge, Paules matter, in this wyse: Felix whiche

Page [unnumbered]

was my predecessor, hath left here a certain man in holde, whom the high prie∣stes and chief rewlers of the Iewes complayned on, whan I was at Hierusa∣lem, and defired me for their sakes to geue sentence against him. Unto whom I made answere, ye the Romaynes wer not accustomed to geue sentēce of death on any mā for fauour of any person, before that his accusers appeared, & gaue sufficient euidence against him, and he had liberty to answere to such thinges, as shoulde be layed againste him. And soe whan his accusers were cumme hyther, I without any delaye, sate the nexte daye in iudgement, and wylled the prisoner that was accused, to appere before me. And whan as his accusers came foorth, they laied no such matters to his charge, as I thought they would haue doen, but certaine questions demaunded they of him, concernynge theyr owne supersticion, and layde to his charge, that he shoulde affirme one Iesus, whiche was dead, to be arisen from death to lyfe again, and that he also is now alyue. But I perceiuyng that it was the leste parte of myne office, to make enquirie of such questions, neyther wel knowing what I might saye in ye mat∣ter, asked him whether that he were willyng to go to Hierusalem▪ and there to stande to iudgement, as concerning those thynges that were layed vnto hym, forasmuche as the priestes, Scribes and Phariseis, knew better how the mat∣ter stoode, then I. But when as Paul had refused that, and appealed to Cesar, in wyll to be arrained before him, I cōmaunded yt he in the meane space should be kept in custodie, vntil such time ye I might haue occasiō to send him to Cesar.

[ The texte.] Agrippa said vnto Festus: I would also heare the man my self. To morow (sayd he) thou shalt heare him. And on the morow whā Agrippa was cum & Bernice with great pompe, and wer entred into the councel house, wt the captaines & chief men of the citie, at Festus commaundement was Paule brought foorthe. And Festus saydt: kyng Agrippa, and all ye men whiche are here present with vs, ye se this manne, about whom all the multitude of the Iewes haue entreated me, both at Hierusalem and also here, criyng that he ought not to lyue any longer. Yet found I nothing worthie of death yt he had cōmitted. Neuer∣theles, seyng that he hath appealed to Cesar. I haue no certaine thing to write vnto my lord. Wherefore, I haue brought him vnto you, and specially vnto the, O king Agrippa, that after examinacion had, I might haue sumwhat to write. For me thinketh it vnrea∣sonable for to sende a prisoner, and not to shew the causes whiche are layde against him.

Whan Agrippa had heard this, he saide vnto Festus: I haue of late hearde much speakyng of that same Iesus, and of his disciples, and therfore would I my self heare that felowe before he goe to Cesar. Than saied Festus: To mo∣rowe shall you heare him. The nexte day, after yt Agrippa and his wyfe Ber∣nice had with much pompe and a great trayne, entred with the captaynes and the chiefe of the citie into the common hall, Festus commaunded Paule to be brought before him. Than Festus, iest yt he should seme to haue brought furth Paule onely to get fauour of the kyng, spake in this wyse: king Agrippa, and you all that are here present, ye se the man, whom al the Iewes haue complay∣ned on to me, as well at Hierusalem, as here also in this citie, & haue with great clamour cried, that it was pitie of his life. But I haue made enquirie, and can not see that he hath any waye deserued deathe. Albeit forasmuche as he hath of his owne free wil appealed to the Emperour, I am in full mynd to sende hym thyther. And yet I cannot wel tell, what I maye certifye vnto his maiestie in wrytyng. Wherfore I haue here brought him furth before you, and especially before you, kyng Agrippa, that we may examyne him, and to haue sumwhat to wryte. For me thinketh it standeth with no reason, to sende a prysoner and not to shewe withal what is layde to his charge.

Page lxxxiiii

The .xxvi. Chapter.
[ The texte.] Agrippa sayed vnto Paul: thou art permitted to speake for thy selfe. Th•••• Paul stretched foorth the hande and answered for himselfe. I thinke my selfe happy king Agrippa, be∣cause I shal this day answer before y, of al the thinges wherof I am accused of ye Iewes: namely, because thou art expert in all customes and questions, whiche are among the Ie∣wes. Wherefore I beseche the to heare me paciently.

THen kyng Agryppa turned himselfe to Paul, who stoode before him bounde, and said: Thou hast pardon to speake for thy selfe, yf thou haue any thing to saye in thine owne defence. And forthwith Paul holdyng vp his hande, be∣gan to defende hymselfe in this wyse: It maketh not a li∣tell matter in my opinion, O kyng Agrippa, before what iudge, a man that is indicted, pleadeth his cause. For he whose confidence is wholy in his own innocencie, desireth nothinge more, then to haue suche a iudge, that eyther knoweth his cause very well already, or els can soone perceiue it. For yf the iudge bee ignoraunt of the matter, he that pleadeth it, shall in vayne go about to set it furth in fyne pain∣ted termes. And therefore, althoughe the Iewes haue layed dyuerse trespaces to my charge, yet I thynke my selfe happy for this cause, that I shall this day pleade this matter before you, whiche knowe ryght wel the customes, and or∣dre, and also the doubtfull questions and poyntes that concerne the law of the Iewes. Wherefore I wyll desire you to heare me paciently.

[ The texte.] My liuing yt I haue led of a childe (whiche was at the firste amonge myne owne nacion at Ierusalem) knowe al the Iewes, which knew me from the beginning, yf they woulde testifie. For after ye most streigth secte of our religion, I liued a Pharise. And now I stād and am iudged for ye hope of the promyse, made of God vnto our fathers, vnto which pro∣myse our twelue tribes (instantly seruing God day & night) doe hope to cum. Nor which hopes sake, kyng Agrippa, I am accused of the Iewes.

First and formoste wheras they laye vnto my charge, that I haue trespaced a∣gainst the lawe, howe false that is, al my whole lyfe, whiche I haue hitherto led shall declare. For although I was borne at Tarsus, yet haue I euen from my chyldehode been brought vp among the Iewes at Ierusalē, where I diligent∣ly applyed the lawe at the feete of Gamaliel. So that the Iewes know wel y∣nough, how syncerely and godly I dyd lede my lyfe among my countrey men, and in the most royal citye, for they knewe me many yeres agoe, sence yt I was fyrste conuersaunt at Iierusalem, yf they would speake, as they knowe it to be true in dede. For I did not onely kepe the Iewes religiō dilygently, but I pro∣fessed that secte also whiche excelleth the reste, bothe in obseruinge the religion, and also in moste perfecte knowledge of the lawe: that is to saye, the secte of the Phariseis. And it is a thing doen without al shame, to accuse me that I am not a Iewe, seeyng that I was, and euen yet at this present also am a Pharisee by profession, as who say, yt any man could denye him to be a Iewe, that is borne at Ierusalem. For among the Iewes, ye secte of the Phariseis especially doeth beleue, that the bodies shal arise again, and that euery manne shalbe rewarded according to his liuing and dedes that he did here in this world. Neither haue I at any tyme, shronken from the Phariseis secte: for euen now am I here ar∣tayned, because I beleue that they shalbe in a great felicitie▪ that haue here ly∣ued well, accordyng as god made promyse to our forefathers.

Page [unnumbered]

But if it be a faulte to looke for that, that god promysed to them that wurship him, not I onely, but many one moe than I, are in the same faulte. For why do the twelue trybes of our countrey wurship god daye and nyght, but onely for because they trust ye they shall come to this blisse, which he hath promised? And therefore scarcely is he worthye to be called a Iewe, which trusteth not to that, that god hath promised. And yet, O kyng Agrippa, for this cause chiefely that I so beleue, I am nowe endicted here of the Iewes.

[ The texte.] ¶Why should it be thought a thing incredible vnto you, that God should rayse agayne the dead? I also verely thought in my selfe, that I ought to doe many thinges contrary, cleane againste the name of Iesus of Nazareth: which thing I also did at Ierusalē. And many of the sainctes did I shut vp in prison, & had receiued authoritie of the hye priestes. And whan they were put to death, I gaue the sentence. And I punished them oft in euery sinagoge, and compelled them to blaspeme: and was yet more mad vpō them, and perse∣cuted them, euen vnto straunge cities. About which thinges as I wōt to Damasco, with authoritye and licence of the hye Priestes, euen at mydday, (O kyng) I saw in the way a light from heauen, aboue the bryghtnes of the Sunne shyne round about me & thē which iorneyed with me.

I knowe many wil thinke it a thing impossible, yf a man should affirme that the bodye, whan it is once dead and putrified, shoulde aryse againe. But many thinges seme to menne impossible, whiche afterwarde yet they finde true. If a manne should saye ye one manne might rayse an other from death to lyfe, he might iustely seme to speake a thing impossible, and y not without a cause.

But wherefore shoulde you thinke it impossible, that god, whiche is hable to doe whatsoeuer shall please him, should raise the dead to lyfe againe? Can not he, whiche gaue euery manne lyfe, restore to lyfe whome shal please him? Shal we thinke him to be a lyar, or breakyng promyse in that whiche he hath made? Yea I my selfe haue supposed thinges to be impossible whiche I afterwarde proued true: and thinges to bee contrarye to oure lawe, and vngodlye, which I tried afterwarde to bee the principall pointes of perfeict godlynes and religy∣on. In somuche, that once I was of the same mynde towarde the discyples of Iesus of Nazareth, that the Iewes are now towarde me: for I stryued with al my power against thaduaūcing of his name, and thought that I did wonder∣full godly, whan that I persecuted those, that professed him, to the vttermost y I coulde: and so did I euen at Ierusalem. For many holy men did I caste into pryson, hauyng a commission of the high Priestes so to doe, and pronounced ye sentence of deathe against them, whan they should suffre. And I punyshed thē not onely at Ierusalē, but in al Sinagogues, whersoeuer I could heare of thē in any assembly, purposing earnestly to bring them by veracion, once to suche a pointe, as to make them to speake in dispite of that moste blessed name lyke as I my selfe dyd in those dayes. Neyther was I thus contented, but more madly raged against them, insomuche that I rode to forein cities, and suche as were farre from Ierusalem, to thentent that I myghte punyshe suche as pro∣fessed his name. And vpon a tyme whan I was most sette and bent to this cru∣ell businesse, whiche I dyd not yet of malyce, but onely of zele that I bare to the lawe of my countrey, and in this mynde tooke my iourney towarde Da∣masco, being supported with authoritie of the high priestes, euē at mydde day, O king Agrippa, I sawe a certayne light, whiche was muche clerer then the brightnesse of the Sunne, sodainlie to shine from heauen. And it shyned round aboute me, and those that were with me.

[ The texte.]

Page lxxxv

¶Whan we were all fallen to the yearth, I hearde a voyce speakyng vnto me, and say∣ing in the Hebrewe toung: Saule, Saule, why persecutest thou me? It is harde for the to kycke againste the pryches. And I sayde: who art thou lorde? And he sayde: I am Iesus whom thou persecutest, but ryse and stande vpon thy feete: For I haue appered vnto the for this purpose, to make the a ministre, and a witnesse of these thinges, which thou hast seen, and of those thinges in the whiche I wyll appere vnto the, delyueryng the from the people, and from the Gentiles, vnto whome now I sende the, to open their iyes, that they maye be turned from darkenes to lyght, and from the power of Sathan vnto God, yt they may receyue forgeuenesse of synnes, and inheritaunce emong them, which are sanctified by fayth that is towarde me.

And whan we all, beyng amased by reason of the brightnesse of the lyght, had fallen doune on the grounde, I hearde a voyce speake vnto me, that sayd in the Hebrue tong: Saule, Saule, why doest thou persecute me? It is hard for the to wynche againste the prycke. Than aunswered I: what arte thou lorde? Than spake he againe, and sayed: I am Iesus of Nazareth whome thou persecutest. But aryse, and stande vp on thy feete. Therefore haue I striken the downe, beyng a persecutour, that I may set the on thy feete againe, a preacher of my name. For I haue now appered vnto the to this ende, that beeyng chosen by me, thou mayest beare witnesse of me, and execute suche thinges, as thou hast sene, and others that I hereafter by vision, shall shewe vnto the. In all whiche thinges wyll I bee thy defendoure, and deliuer the from the people, and from the barbarous nacions of the heathen that be far of, whither I wyl now sende the in legate, that lyke as thou art, by delyueraūce of thyne errour made of a blinde man, perfecte in sight: so thou maiest by prea∣chinge the true worde of my ghospell, open theyr iyes, that from synne & ig∣noraunce, whiche they haue been hitherto holden withall, they lykewyse may bee conuerted to the lyght of my gospel: and that suche as haue been heretofore geuen to ydolatrie, and by reason therof haue become subiectes vnto Sathan, maye be made the seruauntes of god, who is lorde of all thinges: and they that hitherto haue been defiled with al kinde of fylthinesse, nowe through faith and credence geuing to my gospell, may freely obtayne remission of all sinnes: and suche as hytherto haue been called not an electe people, but separated from God, and deuyded from all the companye of good men, may nowe haue parte amonge them that be sanctifyed, not by circumcision, or obseruing of the lawe, but by beleuynge in me, and because they geue credence to my gospell. For there is nowe none other way remaynynge whereby man maye bee sanctifyed.

[ The texte.] ¶Wherefore (o kynge Agrippa) I was not disobedient vnto the heauenly vision: but shewed first vnto them of Damasco, and at Ierusalem, and thorowe out all the coastes of Iewry, and then to the Gētiles, that they shoulde repente and turne to God, and do suche workes as become them that repent. For this cause the Iewes caught me in the temple, and went about to kylle me. Seyng therfore that I haue obtayned helpe of god vnto this day, I continewe, witnessyng both to small and to great, saying none other thinges then those whiche Moyses, and the Prophetes did say should come. That Christ should suffer, and that he should bee the first that should arise from death. And should shewe light vnto the people, and to the Gentiles.

These thinges, kyng Agrippa, were not doone eyther in the night tyme, or in any dreame, but whan it was brode daye, many of vs sawe the clere∣nesse of the lyghte, and heard the voyce distynctlye speakyng. Wherfore I be∣yng assured that this was doen of god from heauen, was not dysobediente to the heauenly vision, but lettyng passe the businesse that I had than taken in hande, by authoritie of the high priestes, I tooke a cleane contrarye waye,

Page [unnumbered]

thynkyng it more expedient and necessarie, to put in execucion that god com∣maunded me, then that the hyghe priestes had wylled.

For forth with I preached the ghospell at Damasco, and than at Hierusalem, afterwardes throughout all the partes of Iewrye: and to be shorte, emong dyuerse nacions of countreyes beeyng farre a sunder, wyllyng them to repent their lyfe paste, and that they shoulde turne from dumme Idolles, to the true and lyuyng God: and that after they were once baptised, they shoulde worke from thencefoorth suche workes, as became suche persones as earnestly hath repented. For this cause the Iewes, whan they sawe me in the temple, tooke me, and woulde haue slayne me. Neyther haue I hytherto defended me with weapon, and yet by the ayde of God, at whose commaundemente I dooe this that I dooe, I am yet alyue, testifying to bothe greate and smalle, those thinges that I was commaunded to preache to all men without res∣pect of any person, feynynge no newe doctrine of myne owne head, but prea∣ching onely those thinges, that Moyses and the Prophetes affirmed should cum to passe. For the Iewes also had wont to dyspute in this wyse of Christe by the prophecies of the Prophetes, whether that Messias shoulde cum, as a man subiect to misery and death, or whether he fyrste shoulde begynne to rayse the dead to lyfe, and whether that he shoulde preache the true lyght, fyrste to the Israelites, and after to the Gentyles. Whiche thinges euery∣hone, forasmuche as they were spoken of before by the Prophetes, and by Moyses hymselfe of Messias, I preache, that we muste looke for none other Messias, for why▪ All these thinges are fulfylled in Iesus of Nazareth: and nothing nowe remayneth, but that all menne through penaunce and puritie of lyfe prepare themselues againste his cummynge, whan he shall cum to iudge all the whole worlde.

[ The texte.] ¶As he thus spake for himselfe: Festus sayed with a loude voyce: Paul, thou art be∣syde thy selfe. Muche learning both make the mad. And Paule sayed: I am not madde (most dere Festus) but speake forth the wordes of trueth and sobernesse. For the kynge knoweth of these thinges, before whome also I speake freely, neyther thinke I that any of these thinges are hydden from him. For this thinge was not doen in a corner. Kyng Agrippa, beleuest thou the Prophetes? I wote wel that thou beleuest. Agrippa sayed vnto Paul: Sumwhat thou bringest me in mind for to beleue, and becum christened. And Paul sayed: I would to God that not onely thou, but all also that heare me to day, wer not sumwhat onely, but all together, suche as I am, excepte these handes.

Whan as Paule had spoken this and muche more in his owne defence, Festus, whiche coulde nothing skylle of the Iewes religion, estemynge all as dotage, that he had spoken of his visyon, and of the arysynge agayne of the dead, sayed with a loude voyce: Thou dotest Paule. It is so with the as it often chaunceth to other men. Muche knowledge in learning hath taken thy ryght mynde clene from the. Paule answered: I dote not moste noble Festus. For dotynge is called, whan a man through erroure of his mynde, swerueth from reason. But I am sober, and speake as the truth is, the whiche trueth to knowe, is veraye witte in dede. And that these thinges are so, it is not vn∣knowē to the kyng, before whom I doe muche the more frankely talke of these matters, because I suppose, that he is ignorante in none of these poyntes, that I haue spoken. For this thing was not dooen in a corner, but openly, and the rumour of it was sparsed throughout all Iewry. Than Paul turned himself to Agrippa, and sayed: O kynge Agrippa, beleue ye the Prophetes to bee

Page lxxxvi

true? I knowe ye doe beleue them. And he that beleueth them, cannot chose but beleue the ghospell, which sheweth that it is cum to passe, that the Prophetes sayed shoulde cum. Than Agrippa breakyng his communicacion, sayed vnto Paule: Thou doest sumwhat perswade me to becum a Christen man. Than sayed Paule: veraily I would wyshe of God with all my herte, that ye shoulde beleue, not onelye sumwhat, but throughly: and not your selfe onely, but also that all men, that heare me this daye, shoulde be lyke me, this thing onely ex∣cepted, that I would not wyshe any of them to bee thus in bandes as I am.

[ The texte.] ¶And whan he had thus spoken, the kyng arose vp, and the deputie, & Bernice, and they that sate with them. And whan they were gone aparte, they talked among them selues, saying: This man doeth nothing worthy of d••••th, or of bandes. Than sayed Agrippa vnto Festus. This man might haue been let leuse, yf he had not appealed vnto Cesar.

Whan Paul had this saied, the kyng, the presydent, and Bernice, arose, and all the other that late there by. And whan they had gone asyde to common of the matter, they agreed euery man in this opinion that they sayed that Paule hath committed nothing worthy death, ne yet of imprisonment. Wher∣fore it had cum to passe, that Paul had been dimissed, had not kyng Agrippa sayed vnto the president Festus, this man myghte haue been quytte, yf he had not appealed vnto the Emperour.

The .xxvii. Chapter.
[ The texte.] ¶Whan it was concluded, that we should sayle into Itay, they delyuered both Paul and certaine other prisoners, vnto one named Iulius, an vnder captaine of Cesars soul∣diers. And we entred into a shyp, of Hadramicium, and leused from lande, appoyncted to sayle by the coastes of Asia, one Aristarchus out of Macedonia, of ye countrey of Thes∣salonica ratiyng stil wt vs. And the next day we came to Sydon. And Iulius courteous∣ly entreated Paul, and gaue him libertie to go vnto his frendes, and to refreashe himself. And whan we had launched from thence, we sayled hard by Cypres, because the wyndes were contrary. And whan we had sayled ouer the sea of Cilicia, and Pamphilia, we came to Myra, whiche is in Licia.

ANd after that kyng Agrippa had geuē suche sentēce, that euen as Paul had appealed to the Emperoure, so shoulde he goe into Italy, they deliuered Paule, and with him cer∣taine other prysoners in handes, vnto ye vnder captaine of the Emperours souldiers, named Iulius. And thā entred we into a shyppe, whiche came frō Hadramicium, a citie of Affrike, whiche shoulde set vs vp in Asia the lesse, foras∣muche as her iourney laye by the coastes of Asia, at what time Aristarchus out of Macedonia, a Thessalonian borne, contynued with vs, and would nedes beare vs company in our iourney. And so the nexte daye after we had leused from Cesarea, we arriued at Sydon. There the captayne Iulius, forasmuche as he entended to handle Paule gentilly, per∣mitted him to goe out of the shyp, and to goe visite his frendes yf he had any in Sidon, to the ende that he might the better bee refreshed of them. And whā we had leused thence also, we aduētured not into the maigne sea, but tooke the left hande, and shored by the sydes of Cypres, for because that the wynde was a∣gainst vs. After we had passed ouer the sea, whiche is righte againste Cilicia and Pamphilia, we came to Myra, whiche standeth on the sea syde in Licia.

[ The texte.]

Page [unnumbered]

¶And there the vnder captaine found a ship of Alexandria ready, that sayled into Ita∣ly, & he put vs therein. And whan we had sayled slowely many dayes, and scarce wer cum ouer against Guydon (because the wynde withstode vs) we sayled hard by the coastes of Candie, ouer against Salmon, & with much worke sayled beyōd it, and came vnto a place whiche is called the fayre hauens: nygh wherunto was the citie of Lasca. Whan muche tyme was spēte, & whan sayling was nowe ieopardouse, because also that they had ouer lōg fasted, Paul put them in remembraunce, and sayed vnto them: Syrs, I perceiue that this vyage wyll be with hurte and muche damage, not of the ladyng and shyppe onelye, but also of our lyues. Neuerthelesse the vndercaptayne beleued the gouernoure and the mayster of the shyp, more then those thinges whiche wer spoken of Paul. And because the hauen was not commodiouse to wynter in, manye toke councell to departe thence, yf by any meanes they might reache to Phenice, and there to wynter: whiche is an hauen of Candie, and lyeth towarde the Southwest and Northwest wynde. When the South∣wynde blewe, they supposyng to obtain their purpose, leused vnto Asson. And saled past all Candie.

There met the capitayne with an other shyppe, whiche had cum from Alex∣andria, a citie of Egypte, and was readye to sayle into Italye, and shyfted vs into thesame. And after that we had sayled many dayes slowly, and scarcely at the last were cum ryghte againste Guidus, by reason that the wynde was against vs, we turned to the Ylande Candie, nighe to a citie of the fame Ylāde, whiche is sytuate on the very sea banke, and is called Salmon, or (as sum menne called it,) Sammonium. After we had with muche a dooe passed by Salmon, we came to an other hauen of Candie, that is called fayre hauens. This place was not far of from the citie of Lasea. And after that we had spent a long season in this nauigacion, or saylyng, Paule perceyuing that it was daungerous sayling, not onely forbecause they could not kepe such course as they would haue kepte, by reason of the winde being against them, but also because they had ouer long absteyned from meate, he admonished and warned the mariners in this wyse: Syrs I perceiue that this saylynge wyll be daun∣gerous, and full of damage and peryll, not onely of the burden that is in the shyppe and the shyppe it selfe lykewyse, but of our lyues, wherefore we were better cease from saylyng forwarde. But the captayne gaue are to the mayster of the ship and to the Sterne man, rather then to Paules sayinges. And for as muche as there was no conuenient hauen, where they might couch to lye at rode beynge wynter season, manye were of this mynde, that yf they possyblie coulde, they woulde sayle as farre as Phenice, whiche is an hauen of Candie, hangyng into the sea towardes the Southwest, and Northwest wynde. In the meane tyme the South wynde blewe, and they trustynge that they might obteyne their purpose, and that they might reache to Phenice, leused from the sea coaste of Asson, that is a citie of Candye, and shored by the coastes of Candie.

[ The texte.] But not long after, there arose againste theyr purpose, a flawe of wynde, out of the Northest. And whan the shyp was caught and could not resist the wynde, we let her go, and she draue with the wether. But we wer carryed into an Yle which is named Clauda, and had muche worke to cum by a boate, whiche they toke vp, and vsed helpe, and made fast the shyp: earing leste they shoulde fal into the Syrtes. And so they let downe a ves∣sell, and were carried.

But within a shorte space, there arose a sodeyne and boysterous wynde whiche the shyppemen feare moste of all other wethers, and they call it a whyrle wynde and a pierrie. And thesame, because it cummeth betwene the North and the east, is called the Northeast wynde. After this wynde

Page lxxxvii

had taken the shyppe, & the shyppe could not withstande the tempest, we let her go at al aduentures whither soeuer ye windes and waues would cary vs. And whan we were at the last brought into a certaine Yland whiche is on the south syde of Candie, named Clauda, we had much worke to get a boate, wherby we myght succour our selues, if any thing chaunced otherwyse then wel. And whā at the last we had drawen the boate vp into the shyp, they vsed other polices to preserue the ship, for feare lest that she chaunce to breake by beatyng herself on the shalowes & flattes, thei girded the shippe, about with ropes, thei feared lest the wynde shoulde driue them in to the Syrtes, whiche were certayne flattes & quicke sandes not farre from them south warde, seyng that the pierie blew and droue that waye, and therwith they let downe a certaine vessell to staye the ship that she should not runne so fast forwarde. And by suche meanes we beeyng sumwhat holpen, droue with the wind and were caried forwarde.

[ The texte.] The nexte daye (whan we were tossed with an exceading tempest) they lightened y shyp, and the thirde day, we cast out with ou handes the tacklyng of ye shyppe. When at ye last neither ye Sunne, nor starres, in many dayes appeared, and no small tempest lay vpon vs, al hope that we should escape, was then takē away. But after long abstinence, Paul stode furth in the myddes of them, and sayed: Syrs, ye should haue harkened to me, & not haue leused from Candie, neyther to haue brought vnto vs this harme & losse: And nowe I ex∣horte you to be of good chere. For ther shalbe no losse of any mannes lyfe amōg you, saue of ye ship onely. For there stoode by me this night the Aungel of god, whose I am, & whom I serue, saiyng: feare not Paul thou must be brought before Cesar: And loe God hath ge∣uen the all thē ye sayle with the: wherfore Syrs be of good chere, for I beleue God, that it shalbe euen as it was tolde me, howbeit we muste be cast into a certayne Ylande.

But the tempeste styl continuyng, whan we had been tossed and water∣beaten very daungerouslye, the nexte daye they went to extreme shyftes, for they vnloded the shyppe, and caste all into the sea, for to lyghten and sumwhat to ease the shyppe. But whan the tempest styll contynued the thyrde daye we caste awaye ouer boorde with our owne handes, the tacklyng of the shyppe. And forasmuche as neither the Sunne, ne yet the starres appered for the space of manye dayes, but the tempeste styll waxed more and more, euerye manne was in despayre, and looked for none other but deathe. And moreouer by reasō of this troublous sayling, they had eaten no meate, of a long space. Thā Paul standyng in the mydle amonge them, sayed: Syrs ye should before haue folo∣wed my councell, whan I gaue you warning, that ye should not leuse from the sea coaste of Candie. For yf ye hadde so doen, ye hadde escaped this daun∣gier, and also this losse of goodes. But forasmuche as that nowe cannot be vn∣doen againe that is paste, begynne yet at the laste to folowe my councell, and to waxe wyse. Be of good chere, for not one of you shal peryshe. The shyp one∣ly shal be loste. This is no dreame, that I speake, but the Aungell of god, whō I serue and wurshyppe, stoode by me this night and sayed: Paul be not afrai∣ed, thou shalt not perishe here, but thou muste firste appeare before Ceasar, and not onely thou shalt escape safe, but God hath heard thy praiers, and geuē vn∣to the all these, that are in shyp with the: wherefore I say, be of good chere. For I doubt not, but that it shal cum to passe, that god hath promised by his Aun∣gell. And yf ye wyll knowe, howe we shall escape safe with our lyues, I wil tell you: we shalbe cast vp into a certayne Yland, & there shal we be saued, but not without shypwrecke.

[ The texte.]

Page [unnumbered]

But whā the fowertēth night was cū, (as we wer sailyng in Adris, about mydnight) the shypmen demed that there appered some countrey vnto them: & sounded, & found it twen∣ty adoms. And when thei had go a litle further they sounded againe, and found fiftene adoms. Then fearing lest they shoulde haue fallen on some rocke they cast fower ankers out of the sterne, and wished for the day. As the shypmen were about to flie out of the ship (whan they had let downe the boate into the sea, vnder a colour as though they woulde haue cast ankers out of the foreshippe) Paul sayed vnto the vnder captaine & to the soul∣diers: except these abyde in the shyppe ye can not be safe. Then the souldiers cut of the rope of the boate and let it falle away.

And so whan the fourtenth nyght was cum well on, and we were saylyng in the sea, whiche was called Adriaticum, the mariners lokyng furth aboute mydde∣night supposed that they saw lande. And beyng mynded to proue, whether that they might safely arryue thyther, they let downe a lyne with a plummet, whiche the shypmen call in ye Greke toung Bolis, because it is cast down into the water to sounde: and they founde that it was twentye fadoms depe: than sayled we a litle farther, and they let downe againe the plummet and sounded, and founde that it was fiftene fadoms. And whan they perceiued, that it wexed shalower & shalower, fearing leste they should hytte vpon sharpe rockye places, they caste fower ankers out of the sterne, and wysshed for day, that they might certainely perceiue, what countrey it was, that appeared. Than ye mariners, hauing smal hope to saue the shyppe, forasmuche as they perceyued that they were not farre from lande, they first thought to saue themselues, and for that cause, they lette downe a boate into the sea, feynyng and semblyng they went not aboute to con∣ueigh them selues away, but pretendyng that they would lette down ye ankers out of the foreparte of ye shippe, because the tempest was great. But Paul per∣ceyuyng what they entended, and knowyng that ye mariners could not be mis∣sed, but must nedes helpe to saue the reste that wer in the shyp, warned the vn∣der captaine, saiyng: Except these men abyde in the shyppe, ye can not be saued. Whan the souldiers hearde this worde, they out with their swerdes, and cutte the ropes, that the boate hong by, and lette fall into the sea.

[ The texte.] And whā the day began to appeare, Paule besought them al to take meate, saying: this is the fowertenth day, y ye haue taryed & cōtinued asting, receiuing nothing at all. Wher∣fore I praye you to take meate. For this (no doubte) is for your elth: for there shal not an heate fal frō the head of any of you. And whan he had thus spokē, he toke bread & gaue thankes to God in presence of them all: & whan he had broken it, he begonne to eate. Thā were they al of good chere, and they also tooke meate: We wer altogether in the shyppe, two hundred, thre score and syxtene soules. And whē they had eaten ynough, they lyghte∣ned the shyp, and cast out the wheate into the sea.

But whan the nyght by litle and litle vanyshed awaye, and day began to breake, Paul exhorted them all to eate sum meate, & sayed: It is now fower∣tene dayes sence ye eate any thing, and ye are styll fasting, wherfore I woulde councel you to take summe sustenaunce: for it is for your health so to dooe, lest that whan ye haue escaped this tempest, ye bee in daunger for lacke of foode. For ye muste not thinke in your mynde, what shoulde we nede to eate, seeynge that we shall streyght wayes dye? For this wyll I promyse you, that not so∣muche as an heare of any of your heades shall peryshe. Whan Paule hadde thus sayde, he tooke breade in his handes, and gaue thankes to god in syghte of them all, and whan he had broken it, after the ensample of Iesus the lorde, than began he to eate. And the others beyng than sumwhat reuiued, and en∣couraged,

Page lxxxviii

partely by Paules exhortacion, and partely by his ensample, began also to eate. We were in noumbre in the shyp, two hundred, threscore and syx∣tene. Whan they had taken susteinaunce, they eased the shyp, that she myghte approche nere vnto the lande, and they cast out a great quantitye of wheat, whiche they had brought out of Egypt towardes Italye. For Egipt had been of long continuaunce, a sure storer and furnysher of Rome, with wheate and o∣ther grayne.

[ The texte.] When it was daye, they knew not the land, but they spied a certaine hauen with a banke into the whiche they were mynded (if it were possible) to thrust in the ship. And whē they had taken vp the ankers, thei comitted themselues vnto the sea, & leused the rudder bou∣des & hoyced vp the maine sayle to the winde, & drue to the land. And whā they chaunced on a place, which had the sea on both sides, they thrust in the ship. And the fore part stucke fast and moued not, but the dyder parte brake with the violence of waues.

After yt it was day they sawe lande, but they knew not what countrey it was. But thei perceiued, that it had a certaine creeke, by reason that the banke stret∣ched furth on bothe sydes, into whiche creeke, they purposed, yf they possiblye might, to dryue the shyppe. And so they toke, vp the ankers, and committed thē selues to the sea, and leused withal the ioyntes of the sterne and the rudder, to ye intent that they might vse them also at their pleasure and ease, to guide and to turne the ship whither they thought best. Then thei set vp ye saile, and than thei turned also the crosse piece, wherupon the sayle hangeth, to the wynde, and ha∣uyng ye wind with them, hastened toward ye shore. But whan they could not ge into the creeke as they had purposed, but by violence of the wyndes wer driuē into a place ye hong a great way into the sea, there they pytched in the ship. And ye fore part of the shyp being fastened in the ground, which was there shalowe, stoode stiffe, and the hinder part leused asunder by violence of the waues. And than was there none other remedy, but that euery man should shift for himself, and swimme furth.

[ The texte.] ¶And the souldiers councel was to kil the prisoners, lest any of them whan he had swim∣med out, should runne away. But the vnder captaine, wyllyng to saue Paule kepte them from their purpose, and commaunded that they which could swymme, should cast them∣selues first in to the sea, and scape to land. And the oth•••• he commaunded to go, some on boordes & some on broken pieces of the ship. And so it came to passe, that they escaped all safe to lande.

Than the souldiers thoughte it best to kyll the presoners, leste that any of thē whan he had swimmed furth to lande, should happen to runne awaye, but the captaine was against this cruel & vnmerciful counsel, beyng desyrous to saue Paul, forasmuch as by his meane, they all had bene preserued. And lest that a∣ny one should perishe, he commaunded, ye suche as coulde swymme wel, should first leape into the sea and swymme to lande. And they that could not swimme, should partly take boordes and lye on them, and partly help themselues with other instrumentes of the shyppe, and so to escape to lande. By this meane at ye last it came to passe, that euery one came safe to lande.

Page [unnumbered]

The .xxviii. Chapter.
[ The texte.] And whan they were escaped, than they knewe that the Yle was called Melite. And the straungers shewed vs no litle kyndenesse, for they kyndled a fyer, and receyued vs euery one, because of the present rayne, and because of the colde. And whan Paul had gathered a boundell of stickes, and layed them on the fier, there came a vyper out of the heate, and caught him by the hande. When the straungers sawe the beast hang on his hande, they sayed amonge themselues: no doubt this man is a murtherer. Whome (thoughe he haue escaped the sea) yet vengeaunce suffereth not to lyue. And he shooke of the vyper into the tyer, and felt no harme Howbeit they awayted whan he shoulde haue swolue▪ or fallen downe dead sodaynly. But after they had looked a great whyle, and saw no harme cum to him, they chaunged their myndes, and sayed that he was a God.

ANd whan they wer gotten on land, they knew not what Yland it was, but afterwardes they enquited of the inhabitours, and heard that it was called Melite. Thesame Melite is situate & lyeth betwene Epirus and Italy, towarde the northe parte of Sicile. Than the people therof pietiyng our myschaunce, en∣tertayned vs very gentilly. For they made a great fier for vs, & brought vs al together to it, beyng sore handled, what with meate and what with cold. And whan Paule had gathered a great boundel of stickes, and had cast them on the fyer, a vyper, whiche before was euen styffe for colde, and laye hydden there, beyng stiered vp with the heate, crept forth, & stynged the hande of Paul. But the inhabitauntes of Melite seeyng this venemous beast hang∣yng by the styng at the hande of Paule, sayde: vndoubtedly it must nedes bee true yt this felowe is sum murderer: whiche though he haue escaped ye daungier of the sea being cast vp by tempest, yet the vengeaūce of god suffereth not him to remayne on lyue. But as soone as Paul perceyued the vyper styng him, he cast her of into the fier, and had no hurte at all. But the people that looked on him, supposed it would cum to passe that ye poison would get through y vaines and that his body would strayght waye burne and swell, or that he woulde so∣daynly fall downe dead, the strength of the poyson percyng furthwyth to the hearte. And whan they had marked a greate whyle to see what woulde becum of Paule, and sawe that he had no hurte by the stynging of the vyper, with like lyghtnesse they eftfones chaunged their mynde, and saied that he was a God. For the inhabitours of Melite had not yet hearde the fame of Iesus, whiche gaue this to al them that professed his name, that no strength of poyson, wer it neuer so extreme or deadly, myght hurt them.

In the same quarters wer landes of the chief man of y Yle (whose name was Publius) which receyued vs, & lodged vs thre dayes courteously. And it fortuned that y father of this Publius, lay sycke of a feuer, & a blouddye ••••ix. To whō Paul entred in & prayed, & laye his handes on him & healed him. So, whan this was doen, others also whiche had diseases in the Yle, came & wer healed: which also did vs great honour. And whā we de∣parted they laded vs with suche thynges as were necessary.

And nere besydes the shore where we arryued, laye a lordshippe belonging to the chief man of the Yle, named Publius, who receyued vs into his house, and for the space of thre dayes, entertayned vs very gentilly. The same tyme Publius father was sicke of an agewe, and of a blouddye flixe, so sore, that he kepte his bedde. This Paule hauyng in mynde the commaundement of his mayster▪ came in to the dyseased person, and whan he had made hys prayers to God, he layed his handes on hym, and healed hym. Whiche thyng after it was bruted abrode ouer all the land, others lykewyse that wer sycke, came vn∣to Paule, and were healed. Wherefore they, as long as we continued there

Page lxxxix

shewed vs muche gentilnes, and whan we made readye our selues to departe, they brought into our shyppe all maner necessaries.

[ The texte.] After three monethes, we departed in a shyp of Alexādria, which had wintred in the yle, whose badge was Castor & Pollur. And whā we came to Syracusa, we taried there thre daies. And frō thence we fette a coumpace, & came to Rhegium. And one daye after, the south wind blew, & we came the nexte day to Puteoli: where we founde brethren & were desired to cary wt thē seuen dayes, & so came we to Rome. And frō thence whā the brethrē heard of vs, thei came to mete vs at Appii forum, & at the three rauernes. Whā Paul saw thē, he thanked God, & wexed bolde. And whā we came to Rome, y vnder capitayne dely∣uered the priesoners to the chiefe capitayne of the host: but Paul was suffered to dwell by hym selfe with a souldier that kept hym.

And so whā we had continued three monethes in the Ylande, we gotte an other shyp of Alexandria, that al the winter had harboured in Melite. The baner of it had paynted on it Castor and Pollux, for theyr badge: whome the Grecians doe call Dioscuros, and suppose that they prosper those ye sayle on the sea, whan they appeare sitting ioyntlye together, the one by the other on the crosse pyece, whereunto the sayle is fastened. Whan we had entred into the shippe, we leu∣sed from Melite. And after yt we arriued at Syracusa, a citie of Sicilie harde vpon the sea, we taryed there three dayes. Than leused we from Syracusa, & shoring about by the coastes of Sicilie we came to Rhegium, a citie in ye bor∣ders of Italy, situate and liyng wythin ye territory, that belongeth to the Bru∣tians. From thence is but a smale iourney to Sicilie. For on that syde bothe Sicilie and Italy sumtime ioyned together, vntyll suche tyme that the vyo∣lence of the sea dyuyded the one countrey from the other, breakyng in betwyxte them no more but a myle & an halfe, for which cause the Greciās called it Rhe∣gium. From thence a day after, it chaunced vs to haue a good wynde, that is to saye a sowthwinde, & so we sailed to a toune called Puteoli. Where we mette with christen men which desired vs to tary there with them for a certain space. Wherfore we satisfyed their request, and remayned there seuen dayes, & thence we wente streyght to Rome. And forasmuch as the brethren, that wer at Rome had heard that we wer cummyng thyther (for the name of Paul was very wel knowen among al the christen men, that were than at Rome, by reason that he had wrytten afore ye time, an epistle vnto them) certayne of them came forth of the citie to a place that is there called Appii forum, and to a certain place, called ye three rauernes, to mete vs. And whan Paul sawe thē, he was muche coumfor∣ted, perceiuyng yt there also were sum, that hertily fauoured the gospel: and ge∣uyng god thankes, he toke a bolde hert with him, and hoped wel. And whan we were cum to Rome, the vnder captaine deliuered the others that wer in bōdes, vnto the chiefe captayne of the army there. But Paul had libertie to abid and remayne at his libertie, sauyng onely that he had one souldier to kepe him.

[ The texte.] And after three dayes, Paul called y chiefe of the Iewes together. And whan they were come, he sayd vnto thē: Men & brethren, though I haue cōmitted nothing agaynst y peo∣ple or lawes of ye Elders: yet was I delyuered prisoner frō Ierusalē, into the handes of the Romaynes. Which whē they had examined me, would haue let me goe because there was no cause of death in me. But whā the Iewes spake contrarye, I was constrained to appeale vnto Cesar, not because I haue ought to accuse my people of. For this cause haue I called for you, euē to see you, & to speke with you? because that for the hope of Israell I am bounde with this theyne.

And forasmuche as he was brought to Rome in bandes wyth others lest any of the Iewes shoulde suppose that he was thus serued for sum trespace after

Page [unnumbered]

the thyrde day, he called together all the heades of the Iewes ye were abydyng at Rome, and spake vnto them in this wyse.

Brethren (sayeth he) whereas I haue commytted nothyng agaynste my coun∣treymen, or els against the tradicions of our forefathers, beyng cast in bandes at Hierusalem, I was deliuered into the handes of ye Romaines, who brought me into Cesarea before the president Felix, afterwardes before Festus. Which after they had examyned my matter, would haue quitte me for asmuche as, euē as they themselues graunted, they founde nothyng in me worthy death. But whan ye Iewes maliciously renoūced and cried agaynste me, I was compelled to appeale to Cesar: not because that I am offended wyth my countreymen for this matter, or yt I intende in lyke maner to accuse them of anye thynge before Cesar, and so to encrease ye hatred that he beareth agaynst them, but to defende myne owne innocencie. For I wyshe well to all men, that wt a pure herte wur∣shyp god, accordyng to the lawe of my countrey. And for this cause, bearynge such good affeccion and zele towardes you, & yet by reason of these bandes be∣yng in suche case ye I myght not come vnto you to visite you, I willed you to be sent for, that with the syght of you and cōmunicacion withal, I myghte be somwhat the more cōforted. And why do the Israelites so earnestly wurshippe god, despising the Idolles of the Gentiles, but because they trust at the fynall resurrection to be rewarded for theyr good dedes? And for this hope, which all my countreymenne, as well as I are in, am I nowe thus bounde, as ye see, in cheynes. And other fault can not they laye vnto my charge.

[ The texte.] And they saied vnto him: we neither receyued letters out of Iewry pertaining vnto the, neyther any of the brethren that came, shewed or spake any harme of the. But we wyll eare of the what thou thinkest. For as concernyng this secte, we know ye euery where it is spoken against. And when they had appoynted hym a daye, there came many to him in his lodgyng. To whō he expounded & testified the kyngdome of god, & preached vnto thē of Iesus, both out of the law of Moises, & out of ye prophetes, euen frō morning to night. And some beleued the thinges whiche were spoken, and some beleued not.

Unto this the chiefe of the Iewes aunswered in this wyse: Where as thou purgest thy self vnto vs, as though some man had accused the, be thou assured that no man hath so much as wrytten a letter vnto vs frō Iewrye concernyng any hurte done of thy parte, neyther hath anye man come from thence hyther and spoken any hurte of the. Yet are we desyrous to heare thy mynde, euen of thyne owne mouth. For as cōcernyng this newe secte of Iesus of Nazareth whiche arose to lyfe agayne, assured we are that euery man constauntly cryeth out agaynst it, as a vaine thyng. Thou shalt therefore do vs a good pleasure yf thou enstruct vs certaynlye what thy mynde is therin. Which thyng whan Paule had aunswered he woulde gladlye do, vpon the daye appoynted, the Iewes resorted vnto hym agayne in hys ynne where he taryed, mo then hadde cūmen vnto hym before, vnto whom he expounded the doctrine of the ghospel, witnessyng that the kyngdome of God was than come, and ye Messias ought no longer to be loked for, forasmuche as Iesus of Nazareth was he: and that he proued by the figures of Moises law, and the foresaiynges of the prophetes euydently expressyng, that whatsoeuer was shadowed in the lawe, and spoken of before by Moyses and the prophetes, was playnly and wholly fulfilled in in Iesus of Nazareth.

Whan Paul had very largely spoken of these matters, from mornyng vntyll euenyng, sum of the Iewes beleued the woordes of Paul, sum beleued not.

[ The texte.]

Page xc

And when they agred not among thēselues, they departed, after ye Paul had spoken one word: wel spake the holy goste by Esay the prophete vnto our fathers, saying: Goe vnto this people, & say: with your eares shall you heare, & shall not vnderstande: & with your iyes shal ye see, and not perceiue. For the hert of this people is wexed grosse, & with their eares haue they had no lust to heare, & their iyes, haue they closed, leste they should see wt their iyes, & heare with theyr eares, and vnderstande with their hertes, & shoulde be con∣uerted, & I should heale thē. Be it knowen therfore vnto you, that this saluacion of God is sent to the Gentiles, & they shal heare it. And whan he sayd these wordes, the Iewes departed from hym, & had great disputacions among thē selues. And Paule dwelte two yeres ful in his lodgeyng, & receyued all that came in vnto hym. Preaching the kyngdom of God, & teaching those thynges whiche concerne the Lorde Iesus with al confidence, no man forbyddyng him.

And whan they were at variaunce among themselues, they began to departe, after Paul had once added vnto his long sermon, a woorde or twoo wherein he reproued their hardenesse of belefe, whiche coulde not finde in their hertes to beleue so manyfest testimonies of the lawe and prophetes beyng playnely ful∣fylled in Iesus. The holy ghoste, sayed he, hath well prophecied of you by the prophete Esai, speakyng vnto our forefathers, whos stubberne mysbelefe you resemble. Goe, sayd he, vnto this people, and saye vnto theim: With eares ye shall heare, & not vnderstande: and with iyes shall ye see, and not perceyue. For the herte of this people is wexed grosse, and they haue hadde wyth theyr eares no lust to heare, and theyr iyes haue they closed, left they should see, and heare with their eares, and perceyue with their herte, and should be conuerted, that I myght heale them. Wherfore be you well assured, yt this health, whiche is offered vnto you of God by Iesus, shalbee caried vnto the Gentyles, for asmuche as you doe reiecte it. For he reiecteth it, that beleueth it not, neyther is any man apte to receyue this fauour, that beleueth not the gospell. Unto you firste is the gyfte of god declared. For so the lorde commaunded: And ye ought chiefly to haue beleued, whiche professed the law and the prophetes, but ye kepe your iyes closed, & shut vp agaynst all these thinges, your eares stop∣ped, and a hert hardened, styll gaynesaying the euident light of the truth of the ghospell. But the Gentiles, whiche neyther knowe God, nor haue the lawe or prophetes, shall turne from theyr wourshyppyng of idols, and through fayth shall obtayne this fauoure of God which ye refuse, beeing frely profered vnto you. Whan Paule had spoken these woordes, the Iewes departed from hym, beyng at great disputaciō among themselues. And so continued he by ye space of two yeares in the house that he had hyred, ientylly receyuing al mē that came to him, whether they were Iewes, or vncircumcised, preachyng vnto them the kyngdome of god, and teaching with all boldenesse the doctrine of the gospell, no mā forbidding or letting him, alleging prophecies, which were many yeres sence spoken of Iesus: conferryng his dedes, woordes & promyses thereunto.

Notes

Do you have questions about this content? Need to report a problem? Please contact us.